You are on page 1of 237

# Metastock Formulas

## 1-2-3 High or Low

LOW
Mx:=Mov(L,4,S);
L > Ref(L,-1) AND L>Mx AND
Ref(L,-1) < Ref(Mx,-1) AND
LLV(L,4 ) > LLV(L,10 ) AND
RSI(14)<50
HIGH
Mx:=Mov(H,4,S);
H < Ref(H,-1) AND H < Mx AND
Ref(H,-1) > Ref(Mx,-1) AND
HHV(H,4 ) < HHV(H,10) AND
RSI(14)>50
1 2 3 Ross Hook
Col A: Peak(1,H,10)<=1.1*Peak(2,H,10)
AND Peak(1,H,10)>=0.9*Peak(2,H,10)
AND Trough(1,L,10)>=1.1*Trough(2,H,10)
AND Trough(1,L,10)<=0.9*Trough(2,H,10)
AND LLV(L,25)
Col B: Peak(1,H,5)<=1.1*Peak(2,H,5)
AND Peak(1,H,5)>=0.9*Peak(2,H,5)
AND Trough(1,L,5)>=1.1*Trough(2,H,5)
AND Trough(1,L,5)<=0.9*Trough(2,H,5)
AND LLV(L,25)
Col C: Peak(1,H,1)<=1.1*Peak(2,H,1)
AND Peak(1,H,1)>=0.9*Peak(2,H,1)
AND Trough(1,L,1)>=1.1*Trough(2,H,1)
AND Trough(1,L,1)<=0.9*Trough(2,H,1)
AND LLV(L,25)
Filter colA=1 OR colB=1 OR colC=1
1234's Sell
A:Close
B:ADX(14){The higher the better}
C: PDI(14)<MDI(14)
D:If(H>Ref(H,-1) and Ref(H,-1)>Ref(H,-2) and
Ref(H,-2)>Ref(H,-3),1,0)
E:{Entry}LLV(L,3)-.125
F:{stop}HHV(H,3)
Filter:ColB>30 and ColC and ColD=1
2 Day Hammer Exploration
Here is an exploration that pattern traders may find useful. It tends to pick
up two patterns: a two day hammer, that is if you combined the open for
day 1 and close for day 2, the resulting bar would be a hammer, and a
pattern similar to a Ross Hook, as I understand a Ross Hook.
Ref((C-L)/(H-L),-1)<=.30 AND
((C-L)/(H-L)) >= .70 AND
Ref(ATR(1),-1) >ATR(10) AND

## ATR(1) >= ATR(10)

21 Day Trigger
Look at these two oscillators in MSWIN, and compare them to Dahl. Put a
21 day EMA on each, think of the 21 day ema as a trigger. See what they
tell you -- Dahl is long term, Ian is shortest term.
Raschke Oscillator = Mov(Fml( "Raschke 3-10" ),16,E)
where "Raschke 3-10" = Mov(C,3,S) - Mov(C,10,S)
Ian Oscillator = (Mov(C,4,S)-Mov(C,9,S)) + (Mov(C,9,S)-Mov(C,17,S))
3 Minute Bar Breakout
{Functions used in Middle Screen}
MiddleScreenBlue := Mov( Close, 34, E )
MiddleScreenYell := Mov( Open, 13, E )
{Functions used in Lower Screen}
StochRed := Stoch( 9, 7 )
StochLagging : = Mov( StochRed, 7, S )
{ Main analysis section }
{BULLISH}
Cross( StochRed, StochLagging ) AND ( MiddleScreenYell >
MiddleScreenBlue )
{BEARISH}
Cross( StochLagging, StochRed ) AND ( MiddleScreenYell <
MiddleScreenBlue )
{ Breakout Notifier }
UpperSupportNow := Mov( OPEN, 10, E )
LowerSupportNow := Mov( CLOSE, 8, E )
PrevUpperSupport := Ref( Mov( OPEN, 10, E ), -1 )
PrevLowerSupportNow := ref( Mov( CLOSE, 8, E ), - 1 )
TRUE := 1
FALSE := 0
SignalledHigh := FALSE
SignalledLow :=FALSE
{ BULLISH }
IF ( ( L > UpperSupportNow ) AND ( Ref( L, -1 ) > PrevUpperSupport ) AND
SignalledHigh = FALSE )
THEN
SignalledHigh := TRUE
IF ( SignalledHigh = TRUE )
THEN
SignalledLow :=FALSE
{BEARISH}
IF ( ( H < LowerSupportNow ) AND ( Ref( H, -1 ) > PrevLowerSupport ) AND
SignalledLow = FALSE )
THEN
SignalledLow := TRUE
IF ( SignalledLow = TRUE )
THEN
SignalledHigh := FALSE
5 Day High
{"Today must make a five-day high and today the close must be below the
open."}

## {Place the following in the MetaStock Explorer filter section.}

HIGH > Ref(HHV(HIGH,4),-1) AND CLOSE < OPEN
{or you can write it this way too ...}
HIGH > Ref(HIGH,-4)
AND HIGH > Ref(HIGH,-3)
AND HIGH > Ref(HIGH,-2)
AND HIGH > Ref(HIGH,-1)
AND CLOSE < OPEN
52 Week Hi-Lo Exploration
ColA: {Close}C;
ColB: {52-week High} HighestSince(1, (DayOfMonth()=08 AND
Month()=05
AND Year()=1998), H);
ColC: {52-week Low} LowestSince(1, (DayOfMonth()=08 AND Month()=05
AND
Year()=1998), L);
{Choose one of these filters}
{Filter 1:} ColA >= (0.9*(ColB))
{Filter 2:} ColB >= 2*ColC
{If you want both the conditions to be satisfied in the same query, just
join the two filters by the AND operator:}
Filter: (ColA >= (0.9*(ColB)) AND ColB >= ColC)
{One problem with the 52-wk High and 52-wk Low formula--every day
you've got
to change the values for dayofmonth(), Month() and Year() functions. The
formula given above assumes that you would be running the query on May
07,
1998. Change the values of the above functions accordingly.}
7 Day Rate Of Change Ported From Super Charts
((C-Ref(CLOSE,-7))/Ref(CLOSE,-7)*100)
Adaptive Moving Average by Perry Kauffman
This is a Metastock for Windows version 6.5 formula.
Periods := Input("Time Periods",1,1000, 10);
Direction := CLOSE - Ref(Close,-periods);
Volatility := Sum(Abs(ROC(CLOSE,1,\$)),periods);
ER := Abs(Direction/Volatility);
FastSC := 2/(2 + 1);
SlowSC := 2/(30 + 1);
SSC := ER * (FastSC - SlowSC) + SlowSC;
Constant := Pwr(SSC,2);
AMA := If(Cum(1) = periods +1, ref(Close,-1) + constant * (CLOSE ref(Close,-1)),
Prev + constant * (CLOSE - PREV));

## ADX And Trendlines

if you want to identify directional movement by expressing that the ADX
"is rising" the most basic way to do it would be:
There is another aspect to the ADX that bears investigation, though;
namely the level of the ADX. There seems to be a general consensus that
an ADX over, say, 30 indicates a stronger trend than lower ADX readings.
So you could either write ADX(14) > 30 -- or not, depending on your
objectives. You can stipulate that both conditions are true by joining them
with the word "and."
Also, I have found the following helpful: try using the custom ADX formula
posted on the MetaStock website. Wilder wrote the original ADX in such a
fashion that it rounds the readings out to the nearest whole number. The
"regular" canned MetaStock ADX does this, while the custom ADX does
not. The non-rounded readings are just a shade more sensitive, which can
{MetaStock code written by Equis and published in the Oct99 TASC}
Periods:= Input("Enter time periods",1,100,14);
PlusDM:= If(HIGH>Ref(HIGH,-1) AND
LOW>=Ref(LOW,-1), HIGH-Ref(HIGH,-1),
If(HIGH>Ref(HIGH,-1) AND LOW<Ref(LOW,-1)
AND HIGH-Ref(HIGH,-1)>Ref(LOW,-1)-LOW,
HIGH-Ref(HIGH,-1), 0));
DIPlus:= 100 * Wilders(PlusDM,Periods) /
ATR(Periods);
MinusDM:= If(LOW<Ref(LOW,-1) AND
HIGH<=Ref(HIGH,-1), Ref(LOW,-1)-LOW,
If(HIGH>Ref(HIGH,-1) AND LOW<Ref(LOW,-1)
AND HIGH-Ref(HIGH,-1)<Ref(LOW,-1)-LOW,
Ref(LOW,-1)-LOW, 0));
DIMinus:= 100 * Wilders(MinusDM,Periods) /
ATR(Periods);
DIDif:= Abs(DIPlus - DIMinus);
DISum:= DIPlus + DIMinus;
ADXRaw:= 100 * Wilders(DIDif/DISum, Periods);
ADX with Stochastic Signals
Metastock users can reproduce the trend bars and entry signals shown on
the CWO chart using the Expert Advisor. Create a new expert and under
Symbols add a new entry with the following condition :

## ADX(14) > 20 AND ( Mov(C,15,S) > Mov(C,30,S)) AND ( Mov(C,5,S) >

Mov(C,30,S)) AND Stoch(5,3) < 30 AND Ref(Stoch(5,3) ,-1)> =30
Under Trends add the Bullish formula :
ADX(14) > 20 AND ( Mov(C,15,S) > Mov(C,30,S)) AND ( Mov(C,5,S) >
Mov(C,30,S))
and the Bearish formula :
ADX(14) > 20 AND ( Mov(C,15,S) < Mov(C,30,S)) AND ( Mov(C,5,S) <
Mov(C,30,S))
Alligator Indicators
Following are the Bill William's Alligator indicators I put together.
Please read his book "Trading Chaos" and pick up a demo of his
"Investor's Dream" software from his web site to see how they are used.
Hope you find them useful.
originally from Gary Randall -- Brunswick, Maine, U.S.A.
---------------------------------------------Chaos Blue BL
{Alligator Blue Balance Line - Jaw }
{13 bar smoothed average offset 8 bars }
Ref(Wilders(MP(),13),-8);
---------------------------------------------Chaos Red BL
{Alligator Red Balance Line - Teeth }
{8 bar smoothed average offset 5 bars }
Ref(Wilders(MP(),8),-5);
---------------------------------------------Chaos Green BL
{Alligator Green Balance Line - Lip }
{5 bar smoothed average offset 3 bars }
Ref(Wilders(MP(),5),-3);
---------------------------------------------Chaos Gator
{ Chaos Alligator }
{ Plot as histogram }
green := Fml("Chaos Green");
red := Fml("Chaos Red");
blue := Fml("Chaos Blue");

## If(green > red AND red > blue, green - blue,

If(blue > red AND red > green, green - blue,
0));
---------------------------------------------Chaos AO
{ Chaos Awsome Oscillator - measures momentum }
( A very close approximation of MFI }
{ Plot as histogram }
Mov(MP(),5,S) - Mov(MP(),34,S);
---------------------------------------------Chaos AO Signal Line
{ Chaos Awsome Oscillator Signal Line }
{ Plot as line over AO histogram }
Mov(Mov(MP(),5,S) - Mov(MP(),34,S),5,S)
---------------------------------------------Chaos AC
{ Chaos Accelerator/Decelerator Oscillator }
{ Measures acceleration }
{ Plot as histogram }
Fml("Chaos AO") - Mov(Fml("Chaos AO"),5,S);
---------------------------------------------Chaos Fractal
{ Chaos Fractal (simple version +1=Up, -1=Dn) }
High1 := Ref(HIGH,-2);
High2 := Ref(HIGH,-1);
High3 := Ref(HIGH,0);
High4 := Ref(HIGH,1);
High5 := Ref(HIGH,2);
Low1 := Ref(LOW,-2);
Low2 := Ref(LOW,-1);
Low3 := Ref(LOW,0);
Low4 := Ref(LOW,1);
Low5 := Ref(LOW,2);
Fractal :=
If((High3 > High1) AND (High3 > High2) AND (High3 > High4) AND (High3
>
High5), +1,0);
Fractal :=
If((Low3 < Low1) AND (Low3 < Low2) AND
(Low3 < Low4) AND (Low3 < Low5),

## If(Fractal > 0, 0, -1), Fractal);

Fractal;
Alligator System Modifications
from Murray Richards . . .
Drag this to the chart and change it to a histogram and plot green
AO oscillator Green
If( Mov(( H+L)/2, 5, S)- Mov(( H+L)/2, 34, S),
>,Ref(Mov( ( H+L)/2, 5, S)- Mov(( H+L)/2, 34, S),-1),( Mov(( H+L)/2, 5, S)Mov(( H+L)/2, 34, S )),0)
Put in the same window and plot it red as a histogram
A Oscillator red
If( Mov( ( H+L)/2, 5, S)- Mov( ( H+L)/2, 34, S),
<,Ref(Mov( ( H+L)/2, 5, S)- Mov( ( H+L)/2, 34, S),-1), Mov( ( H+L)/2, 5,
S)- Mov( ( H+L)/2, 34, S),0)
Acc
Mov(( H+L)/2, 5, S)- Mov(( H+L)/2, 34, S)Mov(Mov(( H+L)/2, 5, S)- Mov(( H+L)/2, 34, S) , 5, S)
Put in its on window as a histogram and plot red
AC Red
If( Fml( "Acc" )<Ref( Fml( "Acc" ),-1) ,Fml( "Acc" ),0 )
Put in the same window and plot green
AC green
If( Fml( "Acc" )<Ref( Fml( "Acc" ),-1) ,Fml( "Acc" ),0 )
Start a new expert and chose highlights
color red
Fml( "AC RED" )AND Fml( "A Oscillator red" )
Color green
Fml( "AC Green" ) AND Fml( "A Oscillator Green " )
Save as a template
Anti Trigger- LB Raschke (For Metastock v6.5)
Original formula based on L.B. Raschke's "Street Smarts"
book's Quick Indicator Articles. Re-written by Ton Maas.
{FUNCTIONS-IND-REFERENCE-INDEX:
FF=FASTLINE,SS=SLOWLINE,SETBARS=3DAYMOVAVE,
{FUNCTIONS-VAR-REFERENCE-INDEX:
LXSTOP(VAR),SXSTOP(99999),MP(VAR)}

{FUNCTIONS-MISC-REFERENCE-INDEX:
AT0SSELL =BEARSHORT
AT0CSELL =CLOSEBEARSHORT
AT0MP =MARKETPOSITION (-1=LONG,+1 SHORT)
AT0LXSTOP=CLOSELONGEXITLEVEL(STOPLOSS)
AT0SXSTOP=CLOSESHORTEXITLEVEL(STOPLOSS)}
{INDICATOR NAME : ANTI TRIGGER}
{THE FORMULA (+REQUIRED FUNCTIONS) FOR THE ANTI TRIGGER
INDICATOR}
AT0SETBARS:=3;
AT0FF:=Stoch(7,AT0SETBARS);
AT0SS:=Mov(Stoch(7,AT0SETBARS),10,E);
AT0CSELL:={use in expadv or systest}{for RT del the REF-function}
If(AT0FF>Ref(AT0FF,-1) AND AT0SS<Ref(AT0SS,-1),C+1,0);
AT0CBUY:={use in expadv or systest}{for RT del the REF-function}
If(AT0FF<Ref(AT0FF,-1) AND AT0SS>Ref(AT0SS,-1),C+1,0);
AT0BBUY:={use in expadv or systest}{for RT del the REF-function}
AT0SSELL:={use in expadv or systest}{for RT del the REF-function}
-1,If(AT0SSELL>0,1,0));
{AT0LXSTOP:=}{use in expadv or systest}{for RT del the REF-function}
{IF(REF(AT0MP,-1)<1 OR (REF(AT0BBUY,-1)<99999 AND
{AT0SXSTOP:=}{use in expadv or systest}{for RT del the REF-function}
{IF(REF(AT0MP,-1)>-1 OR (REF(AT0SSELL,-1)>0 AND
AT0MP
Are There Weekly Patterns in the Stock Market?
Do price pressures build up over the weekend that cause predictable
distortions in the stock market on Monday? If the market is up or down a
certain number of days in a row, what are the chances it will follow the
trend the next day? Is the trend on Monday reversed on Tuesday? To find
out, we loaded our S&P 500 data back to 1980, and ran a test. The results
were this - the trend on Monday (either up or down) was reversed 55% of
the time, a fairly significant result. This might tell us that the weekend
causes an emotional buildup that moves the market an excessive amount
on Monday, which is then corrected by Tuesday. Larger stocks, as
represented by the Dow Jones Industrial Average, reversed slightly less 54% of the time. Small stocks, as represented by the Russell 2000 (data
back to 1990) showed the opposite pattern, going with the trend 60% of
the time.
In the futures markets, the US dollar (data back to 1990) reversed 54% of
the time, and the 30 year treasury bond (data back to 1987) reversed 53%
of the time.

In recent years, the pattern has been less pronounced. In fact, if you study
just the last two years, you get reversals of 53% in the Dow, 52% in the
S&P 100, a continuation in the trend 50.5% of the time in the S&P 500 and
a continuation 54% of the time in the Russell 2000 . The US dollar has
reversed 58% of the time in the last two years, the CRB index 54% of the
time, while other futures have shown continuation trends - 55% for gold,
54% for treasury bonds, and 55% for crude oil.
Next, we studied every possible price trend for the five day period. A nice
Thursday trend emerged - if Monday and Tuesday went one direction, and
then Wednesday reversed this trend, there was a 62% chance that
Thursday would continue this reversal (well represent this as XXOO, where
X just means one direction, not necessarily up or down, and O means the
other direction). If the first four days of the week all moved in the same
direction (XXXX), Friday had a 61% chance of doing the same (XXXXX).
And if Tuesday reversed Monday, but was then reversed by Wednesday,
and the trend continued Thursday, there was a 63% chance that Friday
would continue the trend set Wednesday (XOXXX).
The MetaStock formulas for the Tuesday calculation are included below.
Formulas for the remaining days of the week build on these formulas, and
are too extensive to include here (you need 2 formulas for Tuesday, 4 for
Wednesday, 8 for Thursday, and 16 for Friday).
To build an exploration that looks for stocks with a high incidence of
Tuesday reversal, simply put the formula "Tuesday % occurrence. of XX vs.
XO" in a column in the Explorer, run an exploration on all of your
securities, then sort by the aforementioned formula.
======================
Formula "Tuesday XX Pattern"
{ Looks for XX pattern, returns +1 if it finds it }
If(Ref(DayOfWeek(),-2) = 5 {2 days ago was Fri} AND
Ref(DayOfWeek(),-1) = 1 {Yesterday was Mon}
AND
DayOfWeek() = 2 {Today is Tuesday}
AND { Either both days were up or down }
((Ref(CLOSE,-2) > Ref(CLOSE,-1) AND
Ref(CLOSE,-1) > CLOSE ) OR
(Ref(CLOSE,-2) < Ref(CLOSE,-1) AND
Ref(CLOSE,-1) < CLOSE )) ,
+1, { +1 if XX pattern }
0) { Otherwise 0 }
======================
Formula "Tuesday XO Pattern"
{ Looks for XO pattern, returns +1 if it finds it }
If(Ref(DayOfWeek(),-2) = 5 {2 days ago was Fri} AND
Ref(DayOfWeek(),-1) = 1 {Yesterday was Mon}
AND
DayOfWeek() = 2 {Today is Tuesday}

## AND { Tuesday is opposite direction of Monday }

((Ref(CLOSE,-2) > Ref(CLOSE,-1) AND
Ref(CLOSE,-1) < CLOSE ) OR
(Ref(CLOSE,-2) < Ref(CLOSE,-1) AND
Ref(CLOSE,-1) > CLOSE )) ,
+1, { +1 if XO pattern }
0) { Otherwise 0 }
======================
Formula "Tuesday % occurrence. of XX vs. XO"
{ Gives the % occurrence of XX (that Tuesday goes the same direction as
Monday) }
Cum(Fml("Tuesday XX pattern"))/
(Cum(Fml("Tuesday XX pattern")) + Cum(Fml("Tuesday XO pattern")) ) *
100
======================
Note that unchanged days, either Monday or Tuesday, are ignored in the
calculations.
by John DeBry
ATR Custom Indicator
periods:=Input("ATR Periods?",1,100,10);
TH:=If(Ref(C,-1) > H,Ref(C,-1),H);
TL:=If(Ref(C,-1) < L,Ref(C,-1),L);
TR:=TH-TL;
Mov(TR,periods,S)
ATR Modified
prd1:=input("enter ATR period",1,9999,7);
prd2:=(prd1*2)-1;
{max (absolute) of yesterday's close to today's high or today's low}
myatr1:=Max(Abs(Ref(C,-1)-H),Abs(Ref(C,-1)-L));
{max of yesterday's close to today's high or today's low or today's range}
myatr2:=Max(myatr1,H-L);
ATR Trailing Stop Loss
For Long:
HHV(H - 2.5*ATR(5),10)
For Short:
LLV(L + 2.5*ATR(5),10)
Furthermore, it may be beneficial to dynamically adjust the number of
lookback periods in the HHV() or the LLV() function.
Automatic Support and Resistance
Copied from Technical Analysis of Stocks and Commodities Magazine. This
is in regards to an article on page 51 of the May 1998 issue.
In my article "Automatic support and resistance" in this issue, I present a
computerized approach to finding support and resistance levels on a chart.

## To recreate the indicators and system described in my article using

MetaStock for Windows, enter the following formulas:
Indicators:
S1: IF(Ref(LOW,-4)=LLV(LOW,9),Ref(LOW,-4),PREVIOUS)
S2: IF(Fml("S1")=Ref(Fml("S1"),-1),PREVIOUS,Ref(Fml("S1"),-1))
S3: IF(Fml("S1")=Ref(Fml("S1"),-1),PREVIOUS,Ref(Fml("S2"),-1))
S4: IF(Fml("S1")=Ref(Fml("S1"),-1),PREVIOUS,Ref(Fml("S3"),-1))
S5: IF(Fml("S1")=Ref(Fml("S1"),-1),PREVIOUS,Ref(Fml("S4"),-1))
S6: IF(Fml("S1")=Ref(Fml("S1"),-1),PREVIOUS,Ref(Fml("S5"),-1))
WSO: 100*(1(Int(Fml("S1")/CLOSE)+Int(Fml("S2")/CLOSE)
+Int(Fml("S3")/CLOSE)+Int(Fml("S4")/CLOSE) +Int(Fml("S5")/CLOSE)
+Int(Fml("S6")/CLOSE))/6)
R1: IF(Ref(HIGH,-4)=HHV(HIGH,9),Ref(HIGH,-4),PREVIOUS)
R2: IF(Fml("R1")=Ref(Fml("R1"),-1),PREVIOUS,Ref(Fml("R1"),-1))
R3: IF(Fml("R1")=Ref(Fml("R1"),-1),PREVIOUS,Ref(Fml("R2"),-1))
R4: IF(Fml("R1")=Ref(Fml("R1"),-1),PREVIOUS,Ref(Fml("R3"),-1))
R5: IF(Fml("R1")=Ref(Fml("R1"),-1),PREVIOUS,Ref(Fml("R4"),-1))
R6: IF(Fml("R1")=Ref(Fml("R1"),-1),PREVIOUS,Ref(Fml("R5"),-1))
WRO: 100*(1(Int(Fml("R1")/CLOSE)+Int(Fml("R2")/CLOSE)
+Int(Fml("R3")/CLOSE)+Int(Fml("R4")/CLOSE) +Int(Fml("R5")/CLOSE)
+Int(Fml("R6")/CLOSE))/6)
The indicators S1 through S6 and R1 through R6 should be plotted as
points and not as a continuous line.
Trading System Formulas and Parameters: Enter long positions on either
building support or sustained uptrend and exit position using stops. No
short positions.
Enter Long: Fml("WSO") > Mov( Fml("WSO") , 4 , S ) OR Mov( Fml("WRO") ,
30 , S ) > 95
Stop Out:
Breakeven stop: Floor level at 2%
Trailing stop: Profit risk of 10 Percent, ignoring 10 periods
Maximum loss stop: Maximum loss of 7%
Other Conditions:
Initial equity = 1000, Long positions only, Trade price = close, Trade delay
= 0, Entry commission = 0%, Exit commission = 0%, , Interest rate = 5%,
Margin req. 100%
Average Dollar Price Volatility Exploration-Deel
This exploration is designed to provide the average dollar price volatility
figure in column F. This will find this figure for all stocks scanned. It is most
useful to apply this just to an exploration of a small group of stocks. It
matches the steps in Deels book The Strategic Electronic Day Trader.
Col A: day 1 HIGH - LOW
Col B: day 2 Ref((HIGH-LOW),-1)
Col C:
Ref((HIGH-LOW),-2)
Col D:
Ref((HIGH-LOW),-3)
Col E:
Ref((HIGH-LOW),-4)
Col F:
(H - L + (Ref(H,-1) - Ref(L,-1)) + (Ref(H,-2) - Ref(L,-2))+(Ref(H,-3) Ref(L,-3)) + (Ref(H,-4) - Ref(L,-4))) / 5
Average Dollar Price Volatility Indicator-Deel

This indicator plots the value on the chart display. It is useful only as a
quick method of attaching the volatility value to the stock. Apply this with
caution and make sure that the new scale display is also included.
(H - L + (Ref(H,-1) - Ref(L,-1)) + (Ref(H,-2) - Ref(L,-2))+(Ref(H,-3) - Ref(L,3)) + (Ref(H,-4) - Ref(L,-4))) / 5
Average-Modified Method
From The New Commodity Trading Systems and Methods,
by Perry J. Kaufman Chapter 4 - Moving Averages, pg. 60.
This formula is for version 6.5 of MetaStock for Windows 95& NT only and
cannot be written in previous version.
This is a modified simple moving average.
The formula will prompt you for input for the number of time periods to
use in the moving average.
Day:=Cum(1)+1;
Z:=Input("Periods",2,1000,5);
MV:=(1/Z);
If(Day<(Z+2),C,If(day=(Z+2),Mov(C,LastValue(Z),S),PREV+(MV*(CPREV))))
5 35 5 MACD
The 5,35,5 MACD is a variation of the standard 12,26,9 MACD and was
made popular by Chris Manning, who uses it to identify major market
divergence points:
((Mov( CLOSE, 5, E) - Mov( CLOSE, 35, E))-(Mov((Mov( CLOSE, 5, E) Mov( CLOSE, 35, E)),5,E)))
When first plotted on a chart, the 5,35,5 MACD will appear as a solid line
with no horizontal line at the value of zero. After applying the 5 35 5 MACD
indicator to your chart, use the following steps to create a histogram with
vertical line at zero.
1.
Double click the indicator to open the properties dialogue box.
2.
Select the Color\Style tab and using the Style drop-down list,
select the histogram setting (second from the bottom).
3.
Select the Horizontal Lines tab and enter a value of zero (0) for
the horizontal line value. Click Add.
4.
Click OK
The Absolute Breadth Index (ABI) is a market momentum indicator that
was developed by Norman G. Fosback. The ABI shows how much activity,
volatility, and change is taking place on the New York Stock Exchange
while ignoring the direction prices are headed. You can think of the ABI as
an "activity index". High readings indicate market activity and change,
while low readings indicate lack of change. In Mr. Fosback's book, Stock
Market Logic, he indicates that historically, high values typically lead to
higher prices three to twelve months later.
The MetaStock formula for the Absolute Breadth Index is:
ABS ( Advancing Issues - Declining Issues )
To plot it:

## Create a composite security of the Advancing Issues - Declining

Issues. In Windows versions use The DownLoader to create the
composite or in the DOS versions use MetaStock's File Maintenance to
create the composite.

In MetaStock open the composite and plot the custom formula
ABS( C ) on it.
Advance Decline Line with Negative Volume
There is a way to get the negative volume on an advance-decline line
chart in MetaStock for Windows.
The requirement is: Each security must have both the number of issues
and the volume in the file. Advancing issues with advancing volume in one
security and declining issues with declining volume in one security file.
These files may be obtained from Reuters Trend Data by way of The
DownLoader for Windows. You will also need to create a composite
security of the Advance-Decline line, which is the advances - declines.
The following steps will get you an advance-decline line with negative
volume where applicable. Follow these steps once and save as a CHART.
When you want to use it simply load the chart and the program will
calculate the new volume plot using the new data.

## Delete the volume plot on the advance-decline composite chart.

Copy the volume from the advancing issues chart and paste it
into the new inner window on the declining issues chart.

## Drop the custom formula, P-V on the advancing volume plot in

the declining issues chart, creating a new scale.

Copy that plot to the empty inner window (where the volume
was) of the advance-decline composite.

## Save that chart as the adv-decl chart (perhaps advdecl.mwc).

This will be the chart you load to do your study of the advance-decline line
with negative volume.
Here are custom ADX and ADXR formulas that will plot the decimals after
the calculation. The built-in indicators plot exactly as Welles Wilder plots
them in his book, New Concepts in Technical Trading Systems. These
custom indicators calculate the same way except they do not round as
Wilder does.
Periods:=Input("Time Periods",1,100,14);
PlusDM:=If(H>Ref(H,-1) AND L>=Ref(L,-1), H-Ref(H,-1),If(H >Ref(H,-1) AND
L<Ref(L,-1)
AND H-Ref(H,-1)> Ref(L,-1)-L, H-Ref(H,-1),0));
PlusDI:=100*Wilders(PlusDM,Periods)/ATR(Periods);
MinusDM:=If(L<Ref(L,-1) AND H<=Ref(H,-1), Ref(L,-1)-L,If(H>Ref(H,-1)
AND L<Ref(L,-1)
AND H-Ref(H,-1)<Ref(L,-1)-L, Ref(L,-1)-L,0));
MinusDI:=100*Wilders(MinusDM,Periods)/ATR(Periods) ;
DIDif:=Abs(PlusDI-MinusDI);
DISum:=PlusDI+MinusDI;
Periods:=Input("Time Periods",1,100,14);

## PlusDM:=If(H>Ref(H,-1) AND L<=Ref(L,-1), H-Ref(H,-1),If(H>Ref(H,-1) AND

L<Ref(L,-1)
AND H-Ref(H,-1)>Ref(L,-1)-L, H-Ref(H,-1),0));
PlusDI:=100*Wilders(PlusDM,Periods)/ATR(Periods);
MinusDM:=If(L<Ref(L,-1) AND H<=Ref(H,-1), Ref(L,-1)-L,If(H>Ref(H,-1)
AND L<Ref(L,-1)
AND H-Ref(H,-1)<Ref(L,-1)-L, Ref(L,-1)-L,0));
MinusDI:=100*Wilders(MinusDM,Periods)/ATR(Periods) ;
DIDif:=Abs(PlusDI-MinusDI);
DISum:=PlusDI+MinusDI;
Arms Index (TRIN)
The Arms Index, also known as TRIN, is a market indicator that shows the
relationship between the number of stocks that increase or decrease in
price (advancing/declining issues) and the volume associated with stocks
that increase or decrease in price (advancing/declining volume). The Arms
Index was developed by Richard W. Arms, Jr. in 1967.
The Arms Index is primarily a short term trading tool. The Index shows
whether volume is flowing into advancing or declining stocks. If more
volume is associated with advancing stocks than declining stocks, the
Arms Index will be less than 1.0; if more volume is associated with
declining stocks, the Index will be greater than 1.0.
The formula for the Arms Index is:
(Advancing Issues / Declining Issues) / (Advancing Volume / Declining
Volume)
To calculate the Arms Index in MetaStock for Windows you will need to
first collect the four pieces of data.

Reuters Trend Data (RTD) supplies this data in two files. The
tickers are X.NYSE-A (Advances, number and volume) and X.NYSE-D
(Declines, number and volume).

## Dial/Data also supplies this data in two files. Advances, number

and volume and Declines, number and volume. The tickers are @*NAZ_K
and @*NDZ_K.

## CompuServe supplies this data in 4 files. The tickers are NYSEI

(Advances)use the cusip 00000157 rather than the symbol; NYSEJ
(declines); NYUP (Advance volume) and NYDN (decline volume).
After the data has been collected follow these steps:
For data from RTD or Dial Data

## This gives you the Arms Index (TRIN).

For data from CompuServe

## In the DownLoader create the two composites.

o
Advancing Issues / Declining Issues
o
Advancing Volume / Declining Volume

## Tile the charts so they can both be viewed.

Drag the plot of the Adv. Volume/Dec. Volume composite into an
inner window in the Adv. Issues/Dec. Issues chart.

## Create the custom formula: C/P

Plot this formula on top of the Adv. Volume/Dec. Volume plot (the
Adv. Volume/Dec. Volume plot will turn a purplish color to signify the
formula will be plotted on it).
You will know have the Arms Index (TRIN) plotted. You can drag it to its
own inner window if you prefer.
For interpretation refer to Mr. Arms book, The Arms Index.
Aroon Indicators, by Tushar Chande
For interpretation of the Aroon indicators refer to Tushar Chande's article
"Time Price Oscillator" in the September, 95 Technical Analysis of Stocks &
Commodities magazine.
The Aroon down:
100* (14 - (( If (Ref (L,-1) = LLV( L ,14 ) ,1 , If ( Ref (L ,-2 ) = LLV ( L,14 ) ,2 ,
If ( Ref (L ,- 3 ) =
LLV( L,14 ) ,3 ,If ( Ref (L ,-4 ) = LLV ( L ,14 ) ,4 ,If (Ref ( L ,-5 ) = LLV ( L ,14 )
,5 ,If (Ref (L ,-6 ) =
LLV( L,14 ) ,6 ,If ( Ref (L ,-7 ) = LLV ( L,14 ) ,7 ,If (Ref ( L ,-8 ) = LLV ( L ,
14 ) ,8 ,If (Ref( L ,-9 ) =
LLV( L,14 ) ,9 ,If ( Ref (L,-10) = LLV (L,14 ) ,10 ,If (Ref (L ,-11) = LLV( L,14 ) ,
11 ,If (Ref(L,-12 ) =
LLV(L ,14) ,12,If ( Ref (L,-13) = LLV (L ,14 ) ,13 ,If ( Ref ( L,-14) = LLV( L,14 )
,14 ,0) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) / 14 The Aroon up:
100 * ( 14 - ( ( If (Ref (H ,-1) = HHV(H ,14 ) ,1 ,If (Ref (H ,-2 ) = HHV (H ,14 )
,2 ,If (Ref (H ,- 3 ) =
HHV(H ,14 ) ,3, If (Ref (H ,-4 ) = HHV(H ,14 ) ,4 ,If (Ref (H ,-5 ) = HHV(H ,14
) ,5 ,If (Ref (H ,-6 ) =
HHV(H ,14 ) ,6 ,If (Ref (H,-7 ) = HHV(H ,14 ) ,7 ,If (Ref (H ,-8 ) = HHV(H ,14)
,8 , If (Ref (H ,-9 ) =
HHV(H ,14) ,9 ,If (Ref (H ,-10 ) = HHV(H ,14 ) ,10 ,If (Ref (H ,-11 ) =
HHV(H ,14) ,11 ,If (Ref (H ,-12 ) =
HHV(H ,14) ,12 ,If (Ref(H ,-13) = HHV(H ,14 ) ,13 ,If (Ref (H ,-14 ) =
HHV(H ,14 ) ,14 ,0 ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) / 14
The Aroon Oscillator = Aroon up - Aroon down.
** The UP and DOWN Aroon indicators are to be plotted in the same innerwindow.
** These are constructed using 14 time periods, you can alter this by
replacing every entry of 14 with the desired time period.
Note: The Aroon indicators are built in indicators, in MetaStock 6.0 for
Windows.
2/20 Day EMA Breakout System
To create the 2/20-Day EMA Breakout System by David Landry in
MetaStock for Windows, choose System Tester from the Tools menu. Now
choose new and enter the following system test rules and options:
Signal Formulas
Enter Long
Alert(Cross(Sum(L > Mov(C,20,E),2) = 2,.5),10) AND HIGH> =
Peak(1,Cross(Sum(L > Mov(C,20,E),2) = 2,.5) *
HHV(H,2),1) + .001{10 ticks} AND BarsSince(Cross(Sum(L >
Mov(C,20,E),2) = 2,.5)) <

Close Long
LOW <= Mov(C,20,E)
Enter Short
Alert(Cross(Sum(H < Mov(C,20,E),2) = 2,.5),10) AND LOW< =
Peak(1,Cross(Sum(H < Mov(C,20,E),2) = 2,.5) *
LLV(L,2),1) - .001{10 ticks} AND BarsSince(Cross(Sum(H < Mov(C,20,E),2)
= 2,.5)) < BarsSince(HIGH >= Mov(C,20,E))
Close Short
HIGH >= Mov(C,20,E)

## Trade price Close

Please note the {10 ticks} comment in the system rules. The value used in
these rules is for most currencies. You should change this value based
upon the commodity your testing.
Alan Hull's Rate of Return Indicator, translated from TradeStation code
MetaStock -> Tools -> Indicator Builder -> New
Copy and paste all formulae below. Plot only last formula.
RorPlot1
If(Round(
(6.854*LinearReg(C,13)
+4.236*LinearReg(LinearReg(C,13),11)
+2.618*LinearReg(LinearReg(LinearReg(C,13),11),7)
+1.618*LinearReg(LinearReg(LinearReg(LinearReg(C,13),11),7),5)
+LinearReg(LinearReg(LinearReg(LinearReg(LinearReg(C,13),11),7),5),3))
/16.326*100)/100 > PREV
,If(Round(
(6.854*LinearReg(C,13)
+4.236*LinearReg(LinearReg(C,13),11)
+2.618*LinearReg(LinearReg(LinearReg(C,13),11),7)
+1.618*LinearReg(LinearReg(LinearReg(LinearReg(C,13),11),7),5)
+LinearReg(LinearReg(LinearReg(LinearReg(LinearReg(C,13),11),7),5),3))
/16.326*100)/100 - (2.5*ATR(13)) > PREV
,Round(
(6.854*LinearReg(C,13)
+4.236*LinearReg(LinearReg(C,13),11)
+2.618*LinearReg(LinearReg(LinearReg(C,13),11),7)
+1.618*LinearReg(LinearReg(LinearReg(LinearReg(C,13),11),7),5)
+LinearReg(LinearReg(LinearReg(LinearReg(LinearReg(C,13),11),7),5),3))
/16.326*100)/100 - (2.5*ATR(13))
,PREV)
,LinearReg(C,13))
RorPlot2
Tperiod:=13;
CFlow:=100000;
If(
Sum(WC()*V,13) > CFlow

AND (LinearReg(WC(),13)
+LinearReg(LinearReg(WC(),8),13)
+LinearReg(LinearReg(LinearReg(WC(),5),8),13)
+LinearReg(LinearReg(LinearReg(LinearReg(WC(),3),5),8),13)
+LinearReg(LinearReg(LinearReg(LinearReg(LinearReg(WC(),2),3),5),8),13)
)/5
> (LinearReg(Ref(WC(),-1),13)
+LinearReg(LinearReg(Ref(WC(),-1),8),13)
+LinearReg(LinearReg(LinearReg(Ref(WC(),-1),5),8),13)
+LinearReg(LinearReg(LinearReg(LinearReg(Ref(WC(),-1),3),5),8),13)
+LinearReg(LinearReg(LinearReg(LinearReg(LinearReg(Ref(WC(),1),2),3),5),8),13))/5
AND LLVBars(WC(),Tperiod) = Tperiod-1
AND PREV = 0
AND Mov(WC(),13,S) > Mov(WC(),21,S)
,Tperiod-1
,If(PREV > Tperiod-2
AND Mov(WC(),13,S) > Mov(WC(),21,S)
{AND Ref(Fml("RorPlot3"),-1) > 24} {Invalid circular reference!}
AND Fml("RorPlot1") >= Ref(Fml("RorPlot1"),-1)
,PREV+1
,If(Mov(WC(),21,S) >= Mov(WC(),13,S)
OR Sum(WC()*V,13) > CFlow
OR Ref(Fml("RorPlot1"),-1) > Fml("RorPlot1")
{OR Ref(Fml("RorPlot3"),-1) < 25} {Invalid circular reference!}
,0,PREV)))
RorPlot3
Round(
If(Fml("RorPlot2")>0,
If(Fml("RorPlot2")<52,
(5200/(Fml("RorPlot2")+1))*((LinearReg(WC(),13)
{-Ref(WC(),-Fml("RorPlot2")) <--MS cannot handle variables in Ref
function!}
-Ref(WC(),-20)) {<-- replaced with 20 period Ref function!}
/LinearReg(WC(),13)),
100*((LinearReg(WC(),13)-LinearReg(Ref(WC(),51),13))/LinearReg(WC(),13))),0))
ATR - True & Reverse
{ True, Reverse & MetaStock ATR v3.0 }{ Copyright 2004 Jose Silva }
{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
{ Reverse True Range is the the *smallest* of the following for each
period:
* The distance from today's High to today's Low;
* The distance from yesterday's Close to today's High;
* The distance from yesterday's Close to today's Low.}
{ user input }
plot:=Input("True ATR, Reverse ATR, Both, MS-ATR",1,4,1);
pds:=Input("Average True Range periods",1,252,10);
pdsN:=Input("normalizing periods (1=none)",1,2520,1);
smooth:=Input("Sine-weighted smoothing? Yes, No",0,1,0);

## { define True Range }

x1:=ValueWhen(2,1,C);
TrueRange:=Max(H-L,Max(Abs(x1-H),Abs(x1-L)));
RevTrueRange:=Min(H-L,Min(Abs(x1-H),Abs(x1-L)));
{ average True Range }
ATRtrue:=Mov(TrueRange,pds,E);
ATRrev:=Mov(RevTrueRange,pds,E);
ATRmeta:=Mov(TrueRange,pds*2-1,E);
{ normalize ATR }
ATRraw:=If(plot=1,ATRtrue,If(plot=2,ATRrev,If(plot=4,ATRmeta,ATRtrue)));
ATRnorm:=100*(ATRraw-LLV(ATRraw,pdsN))/(HHV(ATRraw,pdsN)LLV(ATRraw,pdsN)+.000001);
ATRplot:=If(pdsN<2,ATRraw,ATRnorm);
rATRnorm:=100*(ATRrev-LLV(ATRrev,pdsN))/(HHV(ATRrev,pdsN)LLV(ATRrev,pdsN)+.000001);
rATRplot:=If(pdsN<2,RevTrueRange,rATRnorm);
{ optional sine-weighted smoothing }
ATRplot:=If(smooth=1,(Sin(30)*ATRplot
+Sin(60)*Ref(ATRplot,-1)
+Sin(90)*Ref(ATRplot,-2)
+Sin(60)*Ref(ATRplot,-3)
+Sin(30)*Ref(ATRplot,-4))
/(Sin(30)*2+Sin(60)*2+Sin(90)),ATRplot);
rATRplot:=If(smooth=1,(Sin(30)*rATRplot
+Sin(60)*Ref(rATRplot,-1)
+Sin(90)*Ref(rATRplot,-2)
+Sin(60)*Ref(rATRplot,-3)
+Sin(30)*Ref(rATRplot,-4))
/(Sin(30)*2+Sin(60)*2+Sin(90)),rATRplot);
{ plot ATR }
If(plot=3,rATRplot,ATRplot);
ATRplot
2-point plot
{ 2-point plot, coding example v2.5 }{ Trendline choice 1: last High/Low in
month }{ Trendline choice 2: lows at Jan/June 2004 }{ Copyright 20032004 Jose Silva }{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
plot:=Input("choose event trend [1~2]",1,2,1);
choose:=Input("plot: trendline , event points ",1,2,1);
{define events}
time1:=C=HHV(C,21);
time2:=C=LLV(C,21);
time2:=time2 AND time2<>time1;
{alternative events}
dateA:=Year()=2004 AND Month()=1;
dateA:=If(LastValue(Cum(dateA))=0,
Year()=LastValue(Year())-1

AND Month()=LastValue(Month()),dateA);
LoValA:=Lowest(ValueWhen(1,dateA,L));
timeA:=dateA AND L=LastValue(LoValA);
dateB:=Year()=2004 AND Month()=6;
dateB:=If(LastValue(Cum(dateB))=0,
Year()=LastValue(Year())
AND Month()=LastValue(Month()),dateB);
LoValB:=Lowest(ValueWhen(1,dateB,L));
timeB:=dateB AND L=LastValue(LoValB);
timeB:=timeB AND timeB<>timeA;
{choose events}
time1:=If(plot=1,time1,timeA);
time2:=If(plot=1,time2,timeB);
price1:=If(plot=1,C,L);
price2:=If(plot=1,C,L);
{restrict to last events}
time1:=time1
AND Cum(time1)=LastValue(Cum(time1));
time2:=time2
AND Cum(time2)=LastValue(Cum(time2));
{sort events}
x1:=If(t1pds>=t2pds,time1,time2);
x2:=If(t1pds>=t2pds,time2,time1);
y1:=If(t1pds>=t2pds,price1,price2);
y2:=If(t1pds>=t2pds,price2,price1);
{fix coordinates}
y1:=ValueWhen(1,x1,y1);
y2:=LastValue(ValueWhen(1,x2,y2));
{trendline definition}
plot:=Ref(Ref(plot,-b2),b2);{rem to extend plot}
If(choose=1,plot,time1+time2)
Backdating Metastock Explorations
Perhaps the above is enough for many traders, but a few further
MetaStock nuances can add to the value of the information you've
uncovered. For example, wouldn't you like to know which stocks have met
the chosen crossover criteria in the past, say, five days? And wouldn't it be
handy to be able to sort your newly discovered stocks in order of price or
volume? If so, read on for a few more simple tips.
1. Go back to the main Explorer tool section, highlight your "Moving
Average Crossover" Exploration, and hit the "edit" key this time. You can
now make alterations to your Exploration. Ignore the upper "Notes"

section and click on Column A first. You will see a large white field for entry
of formulas and a small field in the lower left, entitled "Col Name." Simply
put a "c" in the large formula section and "Close" in the column name
section. Repeat these actions for Column B, with "v" and "Volume"
respectively. Now when your Exploration presents you with your data, you
can easily sort by price (c) or volume (v).
2. Finally, click on the "Filter" tab again to slightly modify your Exploration
formula. The way you have it set up initially tells MetaStock to find all
stocks which meet the criteria today. You now want it to find all stocks that
have met these criteria over the past five days. The answer is the
MetaStock Alert function, which is written "Alert( A , Number ) where "A" is
any formula you care to choose, and "Number" is the number of days. So
now you put your original formula in the place of A. The result is:
"Alert( Cross( Mov(C,3,E) , Mov(C,10,E) ) ,5)" without the quotation marks.
Save your new Exploration with the "OK" button and you're ready to find
all stocks whose 3 day moving average passed above the 10 day moving
average in the past five trading days!
The above information should allow you to write further Explorations by
simply changing the numbers. If you prefer to use Exponential Moving
Averages instead of Simple Moving Averages, change "s" to "e" in the
formulas. You can also open up the ready made Equis Explorations,
investigate how they're written, and change them with the "Edit"
command (then saving with a new name). A further step is to investigate
the hundreds of formulas available here on this web site and modify them
in the same way. This is the quick and easy way to learn how to program
with MetaStock. Follow the examples given by all the kind and clever
MetaStock users who have gone before you, and tweak, tweak, tweak.
Barnes' Accelleration
The Barnes' Acceleration measures rate of price change as opposed to
price
levels
If the Barnes' Acceleration sustains the value of -1 for many days then the
security may be ready to show strong trend or it may already be trending.
Examine the chart for prolonged values at -1. This may indicate an
upcoming
stall or turnaround. The number of days needed may be different
depending on
the type of issue. A utility stock may need to sustain the -1 level for 10
days whereas a highly volatile technology stock may need to sustain the
-1
trend for as little as 5 days.
From the 1981 Technical Commodity Yearbook, Robert M. Barnes
formula 1: if(mov(fml("Barnes' acceleration",2) - ref(fml("Barnes'
acceleration",2),-1),20,e)>0.0001,1, if(mov(fml("Barnes' acceleration",2) ref(fml("Barnes'
acceleration",2),-1),20,e)<-0.0001,-1,0))
formula 2: mov((c-ref(c,-1))/ref(c,-1),daysm,e)
Based on the premise that closing price may be predictable based on
previous

closes
See (1981 Technical Commodity Yearbook Robert M. Barnes Van Nostrand
Reinhold 1981) for theory and applications.
formula 1: if(fml("Barnes' adaptive forecast",2)>0.05,1,if(fml("Barnes'
formula 2: mov(c,dayf,e) - ref(mov(c,dayf,e),-1)
Barnes' Moving Average
See (1981 Technical Commodity Yearbook Robert M. Barnes Van Nostrand
Reinhold 1981) for theory and applications.
if (c - mov( c, dayf, e) > pf,
{ Then Action } 1,
{ Else Action } if ( mov( c, dayf, e) - c > pf, { Then } -1, { Else } 0))
{ Notice that comments may be placed within braces }
BDPL Trend Filter
cum ((if ((mov((C-ref(C,-1)),21,s))>0,1,-1) * pwr(((mov((pwr(C-ref(C,1),2)),21,s))+1),.5)) + ((pwr(((pwr(C-ref(C,-1),2))+1),.5))) * if ((C>ref(C,1)),1,-1))
(fml(" BPDL Trend Filter") - (ref((fml(" BPDL Trend Filter")),-21))) /
((hhv(fml(" BPDL Trend Filter"),21)) - (llv(fml("BPDL Trend Filter"),21)))
BUY -1 SELL 1
Bearish Engulfing Pattern
Col A: CLOSE
Filter enabled Yes
Periodicity Daily
Records required 1300
Bianchi Approach
enter long
When(Mov( Mid(C, opt1) ,opt1,E),>,Mov(Mid(C, opt1),opt2,E))AND
When(Ref(Mov(Mid(C,opt1),opt1,E),-1), <= ,
(Ref(Mov((Mid(C,opt1)),opt2,E),-1)))AND
When(Mov(Abs((Mo(opt3))),opt4,E),>,Ref(Mov(Abs((Mo(opt3))),opt4,E),-1))
enter short
When(Mov( Mid(C, opt1) ,opt1,E),<,Mov(Mid(C, opt1),opt2,E))AND
When(Ref(Mov(Mid(C,opt1),opt1,E),-1), >= ,

(Ref(Mov((Mid(C,opt1)),opt2,E),-1)))AND
When(Mov(Abs((Mo(opt3))),opt4,E),>,Ref(Mov(Abs((Mo(opt3))),opt4,E),-1))
OPT 1: 5 to 20 step 1
OPT 2:10 to 16 step1
OPT3:5 to 15 step 1
OPT4:20 to 29 step 1
but you are free to change any value of OPT!
Biggest Losers
Col A: CLOSE
Col B: ROC(C,5,%)
Filter: (ROC(C,5,%)>10 OR ROC(C,5,%)<-10) AND C>5
Filter enabled: Yes
Binary Wave System Test for Metastock
{created by Jim Greening}
The basic idea behind a MetaStock binary wave is to use "if" statements
on several MetaStock indicators and have them return plus one for a
bullish indication, minus one for a bearish indication, and zero for a neutral
condition. Then you add them all up for your binary wave indicator. I
decided to format all my indicators so they could be plotted as a
histogram. For these indicators plotting as histograms, positive is bullish
and negative is bearish. To cut down on whipsaws, I decided that over +5
would be bullish, under -13 would be bearish and anything in between
would be neutral. Therefore my binary wave formulas are:
BW2 Demand Index
If(Tema(DI(),21) > 5,+1,If(Tema(DI(),21) < -13,-1,0))
BW3 Linear Regression Slope
If(Tema(10000*LinRegSlope(C,34)/C,34) > 5,+1,
If(Tema(10000*LinRegSlope(C,34)/C,34) < -13,-1,0))
BW4 CCI
If(Tema(CCI(21),21) > 5,+1, If(Tema(CCI(21),21) < -13,1,0))
BW5 ROC
If(Tema(ROC(C,21,%),21) > 2,+1,If(Tema(ROC(C,21,%),21)<
-2,-1,0))
BW6 Money Flow
If(Tema(MFI(21),21)-50 > 5,+1,If(Tema(MFI(21),21)-50
< -5,-1,0))
BW7 CMO
If(Tema(CMO(C,21),21) > 5,+1,If(Tema(CMO(C,21),21)
< -5,-1,0))
BW8 VAR ma
If(Mov(C,21,VAR) > Mov(C,55,VAR) AND
HHV(Mov(C,233,VAR),5) =
HHV(Mov(C,233,VAR),13),+1,If(Mov(C,21,VAR) <
Mov(C,55,VAR) AND LLV(Mov(C,233,VAR),5) =
LLV(Mov(C,233,VAR),13),-1,0))
The next formula just adds up the binary wave.

Fml("BW2") + Fml("BW3") + Fml("BW4") + Fml("BW5") +
Fml("BW6") + Fml("BW7") + Fml("BW8")
Next, I decided to do something a little different. Since the whole purpose
of this test is to catch a trending stock, I decided to add an amplifier that
would get larger as the trend got stronger. Since I like Fibonacci numbers, I
decided to use Rsquared as a measure of trend strength and base my
amplifier on Fibonacci numbers. The formula I finally came up with after a
lot of tinkering follows.
BW Amplifier
If(RSquared(C,21) > 0.8,5,If(RSquared(C,21) >
0.6,3,If(RSquared(C,21) > 0.4,2,
If(RSquared(C,21)>0.2,1,0.5))))
The last step in constructing the binary wave was to decide on the
smoothing and put it all together. Of course, I used tema smoothing.
Tema Binary Wave Composite
Periods := Input("Enter Tema Smoothing
Periods",8,233,21);
The final step is to come up with a system test for the Tema Binary Wave
Composite. Remember, the binary wave is just made up of a bunch of
technical indicators that I give a +1 value when bullish, 0 when neutral,
and -1 when bearish. Then they are summed and smoothed. So in general
a positive value is bullish and a negative value is bearish. Also a rising
number is bullish and a falling number is bearish. Therefore you could use
a zero crossover to the upside as a buy signal and a crossover to the
downside as a sell signal. If you had a good algorithm, you could also use
a rise from a negative peak (or trough) as a buy signal and a fall from a
positive peak as a sell signal. I decided to use a 8 day moving average of
the BW with a crossover of the BW for my algorithm in an attempt to get
an early signal on a rise from a negative peak. It does have the
disadvantage of finding way too many peaks so I only use it as an Alert.
For confirmation I use the QStick function and a variable moving average
function.
QStick was developed by Chande as a way to quantify candlesticks. Since
the difference between the open and close prices lies at the heart of
candlestick charting, QStick is simply a moving average of that difference.
Negative values of QStick correlate to black candlesticks, positive values
to white candlesticks. Since in general black candles are bearish and white
candles are bullish, this indicator can also be plotted as a histogram and
interpreted the same was as the Binary Wave. The formula is:
Periods := Input("Enter Periods",1,233,34);
Tema(Qstick(Periods),Periods)
Now to get my open long signal I use the ALERT signal with an 8 day vma
BW crossover of the BW. Then to actually get the signal, I have to have
both the QStick rising and the 21 day vma greater then the 55 day vma.
Therefore my buy signal became:
Enter Long
Alert(Cross(Fml("Tema Binary Wave Comp"),
Mov(Fml("Tema Binary Wave Comp"),8,S)),21) AND
HHV(Tema(Qstick(34),34),5) = HHV(Tema(Qstick(34),34),13) AND
Mov(H,21,VAR) > Mov(H,55,VAR)

Since the market has an upward bias, I wanted my sell signal to be more
restrictive. Therefore instead of trying to catch a fall from a positive peak
as my sell alert, I wanted a crossover of an optimized negative number. I
still used QStick and vma to confirm and also added that the close should
be lower than yesterdays low.
Therefore, my sell signal became:
Enter Short
Alert(Cross(-opt2,Fml("Tema Binary Wave Comp")),8) AND
Tema(Qstick(34),34) < -0.1 AND
C < Ref(L,-1) AND
Mov(L,21,VAR) < Mov(L,55,VAR)
Then I wanted exit conditions that were less then full signal reversals. I
decided that the BW being less than a negative number would be my
primary close long signal, but I also wanted confirmation from other
indicators. After a lot of trial and error I used the following:
Close Long
Fml("Tema Binary Wave Comp") < -opt1 AND
Tema(Qstick(34),34) < 0 AND
LLV(Mov(L,21,VAR),5) = LLV(Mov(L,21,VAR),13)
Close Short
Fml("Tema Binary Wave Comp") > 0 AND
Tema(Qstick(34),34) > 0.08
Finally I also used Fibonacci numbers for my optimization:
Opt 1: Min 3, Max 13, Step 5
Opt 2: Min 3, Max 13, Step 5
Body Momentum
{I was reading in Perry Kaufman's latest book and he described a little
oscillator he called "Body Momentum". This simply calculates the
momentum of
the closes above the opens versus the closes below the opens. The theory
is
that as prices move up, closing prices will be higher than opening prices
and vice-versa for down. If this oscillator is above 70 then the whites
(Candle-sticks) dominate and below 30 the blacks are dominant.}
{I also added a 3 day moving average to the calculation (for smoothing).}
{Here is the code:}
Lb:=Input("Look-Back Period?",3,60,14);
B:=CLOSE - OPEN;
Bup:= Sum(B > 0, Lb);
Bdn:= Sum(B < 0, Lb);
BM:=(Bup/(Bup+Bdn))*100;
Mov(Bm,3,S)
Bollinger Band Confirmation

## From: Ton Maas

According to most analysts, the Chaikin Oscillator, a diverse
accumulation/distribution line, is a very good alternative to the OBV (On
Balance Volume) indicator. Chaikin Oscillator basics are that a healthy
trend will be confirmed by a healthy, positive volume development in the
trend direction. The MFI (Money Flow Index) can also substitute for the
Chaikin Oscillator.
Chaikin Oscillator formula:
Mov(cum(((C-L)-(H-C)/(H-L))*V),3,E)-Mov(cum(((C-L)-(H-C)/(H-L))*V),10,E)
Bollinger Band Histogram Karnish
Recently, the "group" was able to supply me with the formula for making a
Histogram out of the "bands". I find this the most useful application of
Bollinger's formula. The following is the picture I draw:
((C+2*Std(C,20) - Mov(C,20,S)) / (4*Std(C,20)))*4 - 2
Under "properties", I then drop in +2 and -2 (because I'm not bright
enough to program them in permanently). I think this is a much better
view of the bands. As the price moves up and down as a % of the band
width, all the classic applications of other "oscillator type" indicators work
well (divergence, support/resistance, and overbought/oversold conditions
when the price exceeds the Standard Dev. of +/-2).
This is just one of ten indicators that I use ... but, for traders trying to
understand Bollinger's "envelopes", I think this reconfiguration gives a
simpler, cleaner view which allows the technician to analyse the
underlying issue without the "squiggles".
Bollinger Bank Hook Up and Hook Down
I use the following indicators to show the price reversal of Bollinger Band
penetration:
Name: Upper BB Hookdown
Formula:
UpperBB:= Mov(C,20,S) +(2*(Std(C,20)));
C < UpperBB AND Ref(C,-1) > Ref(UpperBB,-1);
Name: Lower BB Hookup
Formula:
LowerBB:= Mov(C,20,S) -(2*(Std(C,20)));
C > LowerBB AND Ref(C,-1) < Ref(LowerBB,-1);
Bollinger Bands 2
I am sure Steve has done something better, but here is a simple
(MetaStock) formula allowing you to draw Bollinger Bands as an oscillator:
100*(C-Mov(C,20,S)+2*Stdev(C,20))/(4*Stdev(C,20))

## Bollinger Bands Formula 7 Day

enter long
high>(mov(Close,20,S)-std(Close,20,2)) and
ref(low,-7)<ref((mov(Close,20,S)-std(Close,20,2)),-7)
exit long
close<(mov(Close,20,S)+std(Close,20,2)) and
ref(close,-7)>ref((mov(Close,20,S)+std(Close,20,2)),-7)
and
Mov((RSI(14)- LLV(RSI(14),14))
/(HHV(RSI(14),14)-(LLV(RSI(14),14))),14,E)*100<70 and
ref((Mov((RSI(14)- LLV(RSI(14),14))
/(HHV(RSI(14),14)-(LLV(RSI(14),14))),14,E)*100),-3)>70
and
(mov(Close,20,S)+std(Close,20,2))>(mov(c,89,s)+(.062*(mov(c,89,s))))
Bollinger Band Width
John Bollinger describes BWI (Band Width Indicator) as the width of the
bands divided by the average of the price:
4*(std(C,20))/mov(C,20,S)
I don't know if adding the moving average changes the usefulness of the
prospecting; anyway, this is what Bollinger is suggesting.
I have written a MetaStock exploration to spot stocks whose BWI has
reached extreme low readings. This shows when the BWI is at lower than
its highest level for the last 250 days, divided by 3:
hhv(4*(std(C,20))/mov(C,20,S),250)/3
The stocks that pass this screening are usually in a non-trending mood, or
rather in an
horizontal trend where the Bollinger Bands normally represent support and
resistance levels. Otherwise, there are cases where the stock is just
pausing before resuming a trend. In this second case the BWI doesn't
remain under the trigger level for a long time.
A further remark is that when the stock enters a low-BWI period, it is often
retesting a
previous support or resistance level.
Although I think BWI extreme lows are an interesting way to find low risk /
low volatility stocks, they don't give any clue as of the direction of the
following move.
Bollinger Band Width 2
From: Philip Schmitz
MetaStock v6 does not appear to provide an indicator which shows the
width of Bollinger
Bands, so I have concocted a simple one to suit my own needs:
"Band Width" = BBandTop(C, 70, E , 2) - BBandBot(C, 70, E , 2)

As a next step, I would like to devise an indicator which tells me how the
current value of
"Band Width" relates to the overall range of Band Widths for a specified
period, or, since my interest is commodities, the life of the contract -- in
other words all data loaded. Where, on a percentage basis, does it fall?
Bollinger Optimised Synergy System
BOSS -- Synergy with Bollinger by John Lowe (March 1998 issue of TAM, a
Dutch
TA mag)
In this article John Bollinger gets mentioned as insisting on using a
Price/Close
indicator in conjunction with a combined Price/Volume indicator. For
example, Price
as a moving or exponential average, the Typical Price(High+Low+Close/3)
or one of
the other on this theme of existing varieties. Bollinger strives for synergy,
which has
to be confirmed by two of three indicators based on:
Closing-price, price and volume, the Bollinger Optimised Synergy System
(BOSS):
1st criteria -- Bollinger Bands are best used in conjunction with Wilders'
RSI(9 or 14),
an indicator based on closing price.
2nd criteria -- Price and volume, combined in the Chaikin Oscillator, are
the other part
of the BOSS.
According to most analysts, the Chaikin Oscillator, a diverse
accumulation/distribution line, is a very good alternative to the OBV
indicator.
Chaikin Oscillators' basics are that a healthy trend will be confirmed by a
healthy,
positive volume-development in the trend-direction. The Chaikin Oscillator
can be
substituted for with the Money Flow Index (MFI).
Chaikin Oscillator formula:
Mov(cum(((C-L)-(H-C)/(H-L))*V),3,E)-Mov(cum(((C-L)-(H-C)/(H-L))*V),10,E)
Boomers Buy and Sell
A:Close
and PDI(14)<MDI(14),1,0))
C:{setup}Ref(H,-2)>=Ref(H,-1) and Ref(H,-1)>=H and
Ref(L,-2)<=Ref(L,-1) and Ref(L,-1)<=L
D:{Entry}If(ADX(14)>30 and PDI(14)>MDI(14) and

## Ref(H,-2)>=Ref(H,-1) and Ref(H,-1)>=H and

Ref(L,-2)<=Ref(L,-1) and
PDI(14)<MDI(14) and Ref(H,-2)>=Ref(H,-1) and
Ref(H,-1)>=H and Ref(L,-2)<=Ref(L,-1) and
Ref(L,-1)<=L,LLV(L,3)-.125,0))
E:{Stop}If(ADX(14)>30 and PDI(14)>MDI(14) and
Ref(H,-2)>=Ref(H,-1) and Ref(H,-1)>=H and
Ref(L,-2)<=Ref(L,-1) and
PDI(14)<MDI(14) and Ref(H,-2)>=Ref(H,-1) and
Ref(H,-1)>=H and Ref(L,-2)<=Ref(L,-1) and
Ref(L,-1)<=L,HHV(H,3)+.125,0))
Filter:ColB and ColC
enter long
exit long
c<=prev(llv(c,15)-.5, 1) or c<=.75*hhv(c,10)
Boomers watchsig**
enter long
prev(h,1)<=prev(h,2) and prev(l,1)>=prev(l,2) and
BullHarami()
exit long
c<=prev(llv(c,15)-.5, 1) or c<=.75*hhv(c,10)
Boomers watchsig 2**
(Ref not prev)
enter long
ref(h,-1)<=ref(h,-2) and ref(l,-1)>=ref(l,-2) and
BullHarami()
exit long
c<=ref(llv(c,15)-.5,-1) or c<=.75*hhv(c,10)
Bottom Reversal
These are a collection of bottom signals. The search returns 1 for Ok and 0
for not ok.

CLOSE

EngulfingBull()

MorningDojiStar()

MorningStar()

WhiteSoldiers()
BradCCI: From Bill S.
Plot 1: BradCCI Line 1: (((H+L+C)/3)-Mov(C,28,S))/(.015*Std(C,28))

## Plot 2: BradCCI Line 2: Std(((h+l+c)/3),28)

To Line 1, you can also add trend lines, if you wish:
Plot 1:
1.
2.
3.
4.

## BradCCI Line 1: (((H+L+C)/3)-Mov(C,28,S))/(.015*Std(C,28))

trend(100,100)
trend(-100,-100)
trend(0,0)

Brown's Indicator
Name: RSI derivative index (EL) - C. Brown {EasyLanguage}
Formula:
Base:=Mov(RSI(14),6,S);
ATRcustom:=HHV(
ValueWhen(1,RSI(14)>Ref(RSI(14),-1),ATR(1))OR
ValueWhen(2,RSI(14)>Ref(RSI(14),-1),ATR(1))OR
ValueWhen(3,RSI(14)>Ref(RSI(14),-1),ATR(1)),14);
Part1:=
{up coefficient is a factor 2.3 and added}
(2.3*(Mov(ATRcustom, 15,S)));
Part2:=
{down coefficient is factor 2.1 and subtracted}
(2.1*(Mov(ATRcustom, 15,S)));
{Part3=if RSI closes up or equal to, than part1,
else, if RSI closes down, part2}
If( Base>=Ref(Base,-1),
{RSI up=TRUE, then} Base+Part1,{else}
{RSI up=FALSE,then} Base-Part2)
Bull Fear/ Bear Fear
The system is a trend follower that appears to get you in at the early in a
trend. If the trend breaks down for any reason, the system seems to take
you out with relatively little pain, and there is a relatively high
percentage of losing trades (usually around 50%). Therefore, the system
seems to perform best on issues that are prone to make prolonged moves.
The trick is to find those issues. I do admit that the system is not perfect;
for instance, it is my belief that the exit could be improved on winners to
preserve more profit. However, I've been unable to develop an alternative
exit that improves the system return.
I've been trading this system myself for about a year and have had good
results. Even in the April-September period when everything seemed to
stall and move sideways, I was, at least able to hold my own and maintain
my capital until the October break-always started to occur. For awhile,
until I got bored with it, I phantom traded this system in the Yahoo
Investment Challenge. I typically made about 20% a month using the
system in that venue.
n :=opt2{Time periods};

## BullFear := (HHV(HIGH,n) - LLV(HIGH,n))/2 + LLV(HIGH,n);

Cross(CLOSE,bullfear) AND
DX(10) > opt1
Sell
n :=opt2{Time periods};
BearFear := (HHV(LOW,n) - LLV(LOW,n))/2 + LLV(LOW,n);
CLOSE < bearfear
Optimize the time periods from 10 to 50 in increments of 1 while testing
the DX from 5 to 30 in increments of 5 (you can do it in increments of 1
but it takes longer). Once the Optimal time period is determined in this
manner,
then retest with the determined optimal time period and the DX in
increments of 1. Note that this system is intended to be a stop and reverse
system and you can use it to go short as well if you'd like to.
Bull Fear/ Bear Fear with DX System
enter long:
n :=opt2{Time periods};
BullFear := (HHV(HIGH,n) - LLV(HIGH,n))/2 + LLV(HIGH,n);
Cross(CLOSE,bullfear) AND
DX(10) > opt1
close long:
n :=opt2{Time periods};
BearFear := (HHV(LOW,n) - LLV(LOW,n))/2 + LLV(LOW,n);
CLOSE < bearfear
Building Metastock System Tests
Here's an excellent short article from Jim Greening, showing how
MetaStock system tests can be built up . . .
This week I'm going to discuss my third MetaStock Profit System Test 03_Tema PDI - MDI, ADX (Vol Required). This test is based on Wilder's
directional movement indicators. As the MetaStock manual indicates,
Wilder says a buy signal occurs when PDI - MDI moves above zero and a
sell signal occurs when PDI-MDI falls below zero. I started with that
thought and experimented a little. Wilder used 14 day periods to calculate
his PDI and MDI functions. Since I like Fibonacci numbers, I used 13 days
instead. Also I like to smooth my indicators so I used Tema smoothing. My
custom PDI - MDI formula then became:
Tema PDI - MDI
Periods := Input("Enter Tema Smoothing Periods",8,55,13);
Tema(PDI(13) - MDI(13),Periods)
I started with the idea that I would take the PDI-MDI crossover of an
optimized number as my basic buy and sell trigger. However, this number
did not have to be zero and did not have to be the same for entering long
and entering short. After a lot of trial an error I decide -1, -3, or -5 would
be my enter long number and -5, -13, or -21 would be my enter short
number. This makes sense since the market is biased to the up side, so
entering a little under zero would get us in a little earlier. Also down moves

tend to be fast an extreme and this would only let us in short for larger,
faster down moves which is what I wanted. Finally I wanted some way to
reduce the number of false signals and I wanted to do that with directional
movement indicators only so this test would be completely uncorrelated
with my other tests.
For long positions, I notice that most up moves started when adx was low
and that adx climbed during the move to a max and then started to fall at
the end of the move. Therefore, I thought an adx max and min for a buy
signal would help reduce false signals. After some experimenting, I set the
min at 8 and the max at 21. I also noticed that most good buy points
occurred when MDI and ADX were close together so I decided that the
difference between the two should be small. After more experimenting, I
decided on the following for my open long signal:
Open Long:
Alert(Cross(Fml("Tema PDI - MDI"),opt1),13) AND
MDI(13) - ADX(13) <= 4 AND
MDI(13) - ADX(13) >= -2 AND
ADX(13) >= 8 AND
To close my open long position I wanted the PDI-MDI to be less than opt1.
When a stock starts to drop, the MDI starts to rise, so I wanted the MDI to
be greater than a certain number to close a position. Finally, since markets
are biased upwards, I also wanted the 55 day variable moving average to
be dropping before I closed the position. Therefore, the close long became:
Close Long:
Fml("Tema PDI - MDI") < opt1 AND
MDI(13) > 21 AND
LLV(Mov(L,55,VAR),5) = LLV(Mov(L,55,VAR),13)
To open a short position, I wanted the PDI-MDI to cross below a fairly high
negative number. I wanted confirmation in that the adx was still fairly high
when that happened. The answer was:
Open Short:
Alert(Cross(opt2,Fml("Tema PDI - MDI")),8) AND
To close the short position, I only wanted PDI-MDI to be greater than a
certain positive number. I don't like a lot of confirmations for closing
shorts. With the bias being up, you need to close shorts fast. My close
Short and optimization became:
Close Short:
Fml("Tema PDI - MDI") > 13
Optimization:
Opt1: Min = -1 Max = -5 Step = 2
Opt2: Min = -21 Max = -5 Step = 8
That's it. Any comments or questions?
Bullish Engulfing Pattern

ColA: CLOSE
Filter enabled Yes
Periodicity Daily
Records required 1300
The Breadth Thrust indicator is a market momentum indicator developed
by Dr. Martin Zweig. The Breadth Thrust is calculated by taking a 10-day
exponential moving average of the advancing issues divided by the
advancing plus declining issues.
According to Dr. Zweig a Breadth Thrust occurs when, during a 10-day
period, the Breadth Thrust indicator rises from below 40 percent to above
61.5 percent. A "Thrust" indicates that the stock market has rapidly
changed from an oversold condition to one of strength, but has not yet
become overbought.
Dr. Zweig also points out that there have only been 14 Breadth Thrusts
since 1945. The average gain following these 14 Thrusts was 24.6 percent
in an average time frame of 11 months. Dr. Zweig also points out that
most bull markets begin with a Breadth Thrust.
To plot the Market Breadth in MetaStock for Windows you will need to:

## In MetaStock open a chart of the composite and a chart of the

Tile the charts so you can see both of them on the screen.

Drag the plot of the composite into the chart of the Advancing
Issues.

## Create the custom indicator: mov( C / P, 10, E ), then plot it on

top of the plot of the composite (the composite's plot will turn a purplish
color ). If you get a flat line then it was not plotted directly on top of the
composite's plot.

## You can then right-click on the Breadth Thrust, select Breadth

Thrust Properties, go to the Horizontal Lines page and add horizontal lines
at 40 and 60.
________________________________________
Better Bollinger Bands
In an article in Futures Magazine, October 1998, Dennis McNicholl
describes the use of Bollinger Bands and provides a means of making
them tighter when markets are trending. He calls them Better Bollinger
Bands.
Here is the formula for MetaStock 6.5 or higher.
pds:=Input("Periods",2,200,20);
sd:=Input("Standard Deviations",.01,10,2);
alpha:=2/(pds+1);
mt:=alpha*C+(1-alpha)*(If(Cum(1)<pds,C,PREV));
ut:=alpha*mt+(1-alpha)*(If(Cum(1)<pds,C,PREV));

dt:=((2-alpha)*mt-ut)/(1-alpha);
mt2:=alpha*Abs(C-dt)+(1-alpha)*PREV;
ut2:=alpha*mt2+(1-alpha)*PREV;
dt2:=((2-alpha)*mt2-ut2)/(1-alpha);
but:=dt+sd*dt2;
blt:=dt-sd*dt2;
dt;
but;
blt
(Go Top...)
Breaking out of Price Channels
Breaking out of Price Channels, by Gerald Marisch, "Technical Analysis of
Stocks & Commodities", January 1998, page 93.
"Here's a technique based upon Tushar Chande's variable-length moving
average. The indicator is more responsive to market price movements
than a conventional simple or exponential moving average, and can be
used for position trading."
The following formula will match the authors slight modification to the
variable moving average:
VIDYA 21,5 Indicator
Length:=Input("Length",1,200,21);
Smooth:=Input("Smoothing",1,200,5);
AbsCMO:=(Abs(CMO(C,Length)))/100;
SC:=2/(Smooth+1);
VIDYA:=If(Cum(1)<=(Length+1),C,(SC*AbsCMO*CLOSE)+(1(SC*AbsCMO))*PREV);
VIDYA
The following Expert highlights will show you when the price has
undergone trend changes as discussed in the article. Enter each section as
a separate highlight in an Expert Advisor. To do this, create a new Expert
and select Highlights from the tab dialog. Then select New and name it
Bull. Paste the Bull trend formula into the condition box within the editor
and set the colour to green. Do this for the Bear and the Pause conditions
as well, selecting the matching colours, Attach this Expert to your chart
and if the conditions are met, the price bars will be displayed in the proper
colours.
Green Bars (Bull trend)
Length:=21;
Smooth:=5;
AbsCMO:=(Abs(CMO(C,Length)))/100;
SC:=2/(Smooth+1);
VIDYA:=If(Cum(1)<=(Length+1),C,(SC*AbsCMO*CLOSE)+(1(SC*AbsCMO))*PREV);
C>(Vidya*1.01)
Red Bars (Bear trend)
Length:=21;
Smooth:=5;
AbsCMO:=(Abs(CMO(C,Length)))/100;
SC:=2/(Smooth+1);

VIDYA:=If(Cum(1)<=(Length+1),C,(SC*AbsCMO*CLOSE)+(1(SC*AbsCMO))*PREV);
C<(VIDYA*.99)
Yellow Bars (Pause or pending reversal of the trend)
Length:=21;
Smooth:=5;
AbsCMO:=(Abs(CMO(C,Length)))/100;
SC:=2/(Smooth+1);
VIDYA:=If(Cum(1)<=(Length+1),C,(SC*AbsCMO*CLOSE)+(1(SC*AbsCMO))*PREV);
C>(VIDYA*.99) AND C<(VIDYA*1.01)
(Go Top...)
Bang For The Buck
This indicator shows the possible dollar return (on a \$10,000 account) for a
security on any given period. This is calculated by dividing a \$10,000
account by the closing price. This number is then multiplied by the
average range of the security for the last 200 periods. The interpretation is
such that the higher the value, the higher the profit potential.
((10000/C)* (Mov(ATR(1),200,S))/100)
(Go Top...)
Breakout signals
{ Plots breakout long/short signals josesilva22@yahoo.com With thanks to
Roy Larsen for Init idea }
pds1:=Input("HHV (long) breakout periods",1,252,21);
pds2:=Input("LLV (short) breakout periods",1,252,10);
display:=Input("display: signals=1, in-trade binary=2",1,2,1);
x:=Input("use Open=1 High=2 Low=3 Close=4 Volume=5 P=6",1,6,4);
delay:=Input("Entry and Exit delay",0,3,0);
x:=If(x=1,O,If(x=2,H,If(x=3,L,If(x=5,V,If(x=6,P,C)))));
In:=x>Ref(HHV(x,pds1),-1);
Out:=x<Ref(LLV(x,pds2),-1);
Init:=Cum(In+Out>-1)=1;
InInit:=Cum(In)=1;
Flag:=BarsSince(Init OR In) < BarsSince(Init OR Out)+InInit;
In1:=Cum(Cum(In))=1;
Out1:=Cum(Cum(Out))=1;
If(display=1,Ref(Cum(Cum(In))=1,-delay),0);
If(display=1,Ref((InInit AND Alert(InInit=0,2) OR Flag AND
Breakout signals
Signals a Buy Long on price breakout
Exploration filter

## pds1:=21; {HHV (long) breakout periods}

pds2:=10; {LLV (short) breakout periods}
x:=4; {use Open=1 High=2 Low=3 Close=4 Vol=5}
x:=If(x=1,O,If(x=2,H,If(x=3,L,If(x=5,V,C))));
In:=x>Ref(HHV(x,pds1),-1);
Out:=x<Ref(LLV(x,pds2),-1);
Init:=Cum(In+Out>-1)=1;
InInit:=Cum(In)=1;
Flag:=BarsSince(Init OR In) < BarsSince(Init OR Out)+InInit;
Breakin signals
Signals a Sell Long on price collapse
Exploration filter
pds1:=21; {HHV (long) breakout periods}
pds2:=10; {LLV (short) breakout periods}
x:=4; {use Open=1 High=2 Low=3 Close=4 Vol=5}
x:=If(x=1,O,If(x=2,H,If(x=3,L,If(x=5,V,C))));
In:=x>Ref(HHV(x,pds1),-1);
Out:=x<Ref(LLV(x,pds2),-1);
Init:=Cum(In+Out>-1)=1;
InInit:=Cum(In)=1;
Flag:=BarsSince(Init OR In) < BarsSince(Init OR Out)+InInit;
SellLong
Candle Code
From "Lyn Maine"
Here is the formula from this months TASC called Candle code
this is only using 1 formula not like the one in TASC which is broken up into
several smaller ones.
CandleCode
Bdy:=Abs(O-C);
Lshd:=If(C>=O,O-L,C-L);
Ushd:=If(C>=O,H-C,H-O);
ThBotB:=BBandBot(Bdy,55,E,0.5);
ThTopB:=BBandTop(Bdy,55,E,0.5);
ThBotL:=BBandBot(Lshd,55,E,0.5);
ThTopL:=BBandTop(Lshd,55,E,0.5);
ThBotU:=BBandBot(Ushd,55,E,0.5);
ThTopU:=BBandTop(Ushd,55,E,0.5);
CCode:=If(C=O,1,0)*If(Ushd>=Lshd,64,48)+If(C=O,0,1)*(If(C>O,1,0)*(If(B
dy<=ThBotB,80,0)
+If(Bdy>ThBotB AND Bdy<=ThTopB,96,0)+ If(Bdy>ThTopB,112,0))+

## If(C<O,1,0)*(If(Bdy<=ThBotB,32,0)+ If(Bdy>ThBotB AND

Bdy<=ThTopB,16,0)))
+(If(Lshd=0,3,0)+ If(Lshd<ThBotL AND Lshd>0,2,0)+ If(Lshd>ThBotL AND
Lshd<=ThTopL AND Lshd>0,1,0))+(If(Ushd>0 AND Ushd<=ThBotU,4,0)+
If(Ushd>ThbotU AND Ushd<=ThTopU,8,0)+ If(Ushd>ThTopU,12,0));
CCode;
CSI{Candle strength index}
Periods:=Input("Enter Periods",2,13,2);
Mov(Mov(Mov(Fml("Candlecode"),Periods,S),Periods,S),Periods,S)
(Go Top)
Candle - Hanging Man/Hammer and CCI Trading System
enter long:
(Fml("Candle - Hammer")=1) AND
(CCI(11)<-50)
close long:
((CCI(11)<80) AND
(Ref(CCI(11),-1)>80)) OR
((CCI(11)<-80) AND
Ref(CCI(11)>-80,-1))
enter short:
(Fml("Candle - Hanging Man'")=-1) AND
(CCI(11)>50)
close short:
((CCI(11)>-80) AND
(Ref(CCI(11),-1)<-80)) OR
((CCI(11)<80) AND
Ref(CCI(11)>80,-1))
(Go Top)
This is a custom - made Formula based on Candlesticks called CANDLE
SHADOW SUPPORT - RESISTANCE (by John D. Kontessis) Based on
extensive study of the following books "Japanese Candlestick Charting
Techniques", S.Nison, 1991 "Beyond Candlesticks" S.Nison, 1994 "Tehcical
Analysis" X.E. Kourouklis, METAPUBLICATIONS (in greek language only) As
we all know, one of the most important components of a candlestick is its
shadow. A candle's shadow tends to get longer as prices get closer to
support-resistance levels, as well as when they reach points of change in
Trend (e.g. pullbacks or entry in ranging periods). As prices reach a
Support level (or when building a support) the candles' lower shadows get
longer. Consequently, as prices reach a Resistance Level (or when building
a resistance) the candles' upper shadows get longer. The obvious problem
that an analyst faces is that such subtle changes are difficult to discern
and evaluate by naked eye only.
This problem can be easily solved by using the following two Formulas in
Metastock's Indicator Builder. After Opening the "Indicator Builder", choose
"New" and name the Formula : "CandleShadow Resistance ", enter the
following :

## Mov(ShadowResistance,3,S); {for not so short-term results, use:

and press "ok".
Now let's build the second Formula: After Opening the "Indicator Builder",
choose "New" and name the Formula : "CandleShadow Support", enter the
following :
Mov(ShadowSupport,3,S); {for not so short-term results, use:
Mov(ShadowSupport,10,w)} and press "ok".
So far we have built two Formulas, who, after measuring the shadows of
the candles in our chart, they "draw" a 3-Day Mov.Average of the size of
the shadows (or alternatively a 10day weighted Mov.Average). The first
Formula "CandleShadow Resistance" measures the upper shadow and the
second Formula "CandleShadow Support" measures the lower shadow. You
can always experiment with the type of Mov.Averages (simple, weighted,
exponential etc) and the periods used so as to achieve the best "optical"
results. Now let's see these Formulas at work. In an UPTREND : Higher Tops
in "CandleShadow Resistance " and simultaneously lower tops in
"CandleShadow Support" , state a weakness of the uptrend.(bearish
signal). Lower Tops in "CandleShadow Resistance " and simultaneously
higher tops in "CandleShadow Support" , state a strength of the uptrend.
(bullish signal). In a DOWNTREND : Higher Tops in "CandleShadow
Resistance " and simultaneously lower tops in "CandleShadow Support" ,
state a strength of the downtrend. (bearish signal). Lower Tops in
"CandleShadow Resistance " and simultaneously higher tops in
"CandleShadow Support" , state a weakness of the downtrend. (bullish
signal). At your disposal for any questions or comments. John D.
(Go Top)
CCI Spike Trading System
{This system uses the momentum Commodity Channel Index (CCI)
indicator to
find short-term bottoms in the market. The CCI indicator is extremely
volatile and is generally difficult to use when trading the S&P 500 Index.
We, however, have turned this volatility into a trading advantage by using
the spread or gap between the CCI index and its moving average as a
reversal
signal. Specifically if the gap is larger then a certain percentage and CCI
indicator crosses above its moving average we buy the market. The
system
remains in the market for a short period of time, exiting the trade as the
indicators cross to the downside. As designed, this system only trades long
the market; it can however be altered to short the market. It is best used
in choppy bullish markets similar to the 1995 bull market.}
{Trading Tactics: This short-term bullish trading system exploits over
extended markets. Futures, options, and mutual fund traders should take
full
advantage of this high probability trading system, either by taking outright
positions or avoiding declining markets. The code for this system can be
reversed to trade short positions. This system should be used in place of
longer-term momentum systems in strong bullish choppy type markets.
This
system rarely exits at the market intermediate peak, so other exiting
signals may be used in place of our indicator crossover technique.}

{Enter long:}
Ref(CCI(13)/(Mov(CCI(13),3,S)),-1)>1.5 AND
Cross(CCI(13),(Mov(CCI(13),3,S))) AND
Ref(CCI(13),-1)<-25
{Exit long:}
Cross((Mov(CCI(13),3,S)),CCI(13)) AND
Ref(CCI(13),-1)>200
(Go Top)
Chande and Kroll's R2 Indicator
rev. 01/06/97
In their book "The New Technical Trader," Chande& Kroll introduce the r2
indicator. They state that
"the primary use of r2 is as a confirming indicator" and that "it is a
lagging indicator that shows
the strength of the trend."
In MetaStock the r2 formula is:
Pwr(Corr(Cum( 1 ),C,14,0),2)
They also present a smoothed r2 which would be:
Mov(Pwr(Corr(Cum( 1 ),C,14,0),2)*100,14,S)
(Go Top)
Chande and Kroll's R2 Indicator
rev. 01/06/97
In their book "The New Technical Trader," Chande& Kroll introduce the r2
indicator. They state that
"the primary use of r2 is as a confirming indicator" and that "it is a
lagging indicator that shows
the strength of the trend."
In MetaStock the r2 formula is:
Pwr(Corr(Cum( 1 ),C,14,0),2)
They also present a smoothed r2 which would be:
Mov(Pwr(Corr(Cum( 1 ),C,14,0),2)*100,14,S)
(Go Top)
Chandelier Exit 2
Here is the Fast Chandelier Exit in full as supplied to me. It is part of an
exit strategy which you can adjust to your own trading style and comfort
levels. from Ian Burgoyne
HHVDays:=Input("Days Since Trade Opened",1,300,1);
ATRDays:=Input("ATR Days",1,30,10);

## ATRHighMult:=Input("ATR Multiplier From High",1,5,3.0);

ATRCloseMult:=Input("ATR Multiplier From Close",1,5,2.5);
HHVStop:= HHV(H,HHVDays) - ATRHighMult*ATR(ATRDays);
HighStop:= H - ATRHighMult*ATR(ATRDays);
CloseStop:= C - ATRCloseMult*ATR(ATRDays);
TodaysCalc:= If(HighStop > CloseStop, HighStop, CloseStop);
TodaysStop:= If(L <= PREV, TodaysCalc, If(HHVStop < PREV, PREV,
If(HHVStop >
C,PREV,HHVStop)));
HHVDays:=Input("Days Since Trade Opened",1,300,1);
ATRDays:=Input("ATR Days",1,30,10);
ATRHighMult:=Input("ATR Multiplier From High",1,5,3.0);
ATRCloseMult:=Input("ATR Multiplier From Close",1,5,2.5);
HHVStop:= HHV(H,HHVDays) - ATRHighMult*ATR(ATRDays);
HighStop:= H - ATRHighMult*ATR(ATRDays);
CloseStop:= C - ATRCloseMult*ATR(ATRDays);
TodaysCalc:= If(HighStop > CloseStop, HighStop, CloseStop);
TodaysStop:= If(L <= PREV, TodaysCalc, If(HHVStop < PREV, PREV,
If(HHVStop >C,PREV,HHVStop)));
TodaysStop
(Go Top)
Chandeleir Exit, version II
Below is the MetaStock code I posted for the Chandelier exit back in
October, 1999. The trick is to define the entry date/price as the point at
which your system triggered the entry, not by using the date functions. A
side benefit is that you can also use it to implement a fixed dollar, or
money management, stop.
The more time I spend with the Chandelier exit, the more I admire its
strength as an exit and its simplicity. Because exits tend to be the weakest
part of a system, I would urge everyone to spend some time with it.
And Chuck LeBeau gets credit for the MetaStock code, not me. I just took
his framework and applied it to his exit.
{LONG EXIT}
LongEntry:= {this your entry system, eg. Cross(CLOSE, Mov(C,20,E))};
MoneyMgmtStop:= {this is your maximum loss, in points};
{DEFINE ENTRY PRICE, WITH EXIT BEING -- ENTRY PRICE AND NO TRADE
BEING 0}
EntryPrice:= If(PREV <= 0,
If(LongEntry, CLOSE, 0),
{Trade entered before today. Stopped today?}
If(LOW <= PREV - MoneyMgmtStop, -PREV,

## If(LOW <= HighestSince(1,PREV=0, HIGH) - 3 * ATR(10), -PREV,

If(LOW <= HighestSince(1,PREV=0, CLOSE) - 2.5 * ATR(10), -PREV,
PREV))));
{EXIT IF ENTRY PRICE < 0 (MEANING EXIT)}
EntryPrice < 0
{SHORT EXIT}
ShortEntry:= {this your entry system, eg. Cross(Mov(C,20,E), CLOSE)};
MoneyMgmtStop:= {this is your maximum loss, in points};
{DEFINE ENTRY PRICE, WITH EXIT BEING -ENTRY PRICE AND NO TRADE
BEING 0}
EntryPrice:= If(PREV <= 0,
If(ShortEntry, CLOSE, 0),
{Trade entered before today. Stopped today?}
If(HIGH >= PREV + MoneyMgmtStop, -PREV,
If(HIGH >= LowestSince(1,PREV=0, LOW) + 3 * ATR(10), -PREV,
If(HIGH >= LowestSince(1,PREV=0, CLOSE) + 2.5 * ATR(10), -PREV,
PREV))));
{EXIT IF ENTRY PRICE < 0 (MEANING EXIT)}
EntryPrice < 0
(Go Top)
Changing Ways Accumulation/Distribution
This is the calculation for the first formula (Todays Change):
Todays close - yesterdays close
This is the main formula, incorporating the first calculation:
If todays change (1st formula) is greater than a 7 day exponential moving
average of todays change and todays close is greater than yesterdays
close, write down todays close + todays volume, otherwise,
If todays change is less than a 7 day exponential moving average of
todays change and todays close is less than yesterdays close, write down
the negative value of todays close + todays volume, otherwise write down
0.
Then add up all the days values and keep a cumulative running total for
each new trading day.
Simple Interpretation:
Changing Ways Accumulation/Distribution can show divergences against
the instrument.
When compared against volume activity, it can show what impact a day of
high turnover had on the share price for the coming periods. This is to say
that if a day had high volume and there was little movement in the
indicator alongside this, then you can suggest that all the volume for that
day was absorbed into the price and there is less likelihood of
buying/selling pressure in that day taking hold in the market in future
Metastock code for Changing Ways Accumulation/Distribution:

## Cum(If(Fml( "Todays Change" ) > Mov(Fml( "Todays Change" ),7,E) AND C

> Ref(C,-1),
C + V,
If(Fml( "Todays Change" ) < Mov(Fml( "Todays Change" ),7,E) AND C <
Ref(C,-1),
Neg(C + V) ,0)))
Where Fml( "Todays Change" ) = c - ref(c,-1)
(Go Top)
Channel Exit with Stop Loss
As people have mentioned before, it is difficult to design exits in
MetaStock because of the awkwardness of defining your trade entry price.
One exit system that requires your trade entry price is the channel exit.
For those not familiar with it, the channel exit is quite a straight forward
trailing stop. Once you're in a trade (let's say, long), you maintain your
stops at the lowest low of the past number of days (optimized, in the code
below) until you are taken out of the market. This method attempts to let
profits run in the direction of the trend, but takes you out when price
makes a significant reversal and you risk giving back profits on a
retracement or the end of the trend.
Below is the code for a channel exit. It also includes a money management
stop to limit losses to an acceptable level until the channel exit exceeds it.
Work on variations of this basic theme, such as moving the stop up faster
where the market makes rapid gains and your lowest low in, say, 10 or 20
days is just too far away to adequately protect profits.
Glen Wallace
{LONG EXIT}
LongEntry:= {this your entry system, eg. Cross(CLOSE, Mov(C,20,E))};
MoneyMgmtStop:= {this is your maximum loss, in points};
{DEFINE ENTRY PRICE, WITH EXIT BEING -ENTRY PRICE AND NO TRADE
BEING 0}
EntryPrice:= If(PREV <= 0,
If(LongEntry, CLOSE, 0),
{Trade entered before today. Stopped today?}
If(LOW <= Max(PREV - MoneyMgmtStop, Ref(LLV(LOW,opt1),-1)), -PREV,
PREV));
{EXIT IF ENTRY PRICE < 0 (MEANING EXIT)}
EntryPrice < 0
{SHORT EXIT}
ShortEntry:= {this your entry system, eg. Cross(Mov(C,20,E), CLOSE)};
MoneyMgmtStop:= {this is your maximum loss, in points};
{DEFINE ENTRY PRICE, WITH EXIT BEING -ENTRY PRICE AND NO TRADE
BEING 0}

## EntryPrice:= If(PREV <= 0,

If(ShortEntry, CLOSE, 0),
{Trade entered before today.Stopped today?}
If(HIGH >= Min(PREV + MoneyMgmtStop, Ref(HHV(HIGH,opt1),-1)), -PREV,
PREV));
{EXIT IF ENTRY PRICE < 0 (MEANING EXIT)}
EntryPrice < 0
(Go Top)
Cleaning out unwanted stocks from Metastock
A fast method to clean out unwanted stocks from Metastock and also save
them for future viewing.
On your hard drive, create a series of folders and sub folders like your
present Metastock data system. In my case
OLD_META_DATA/ALL01/A01,B01,C01 etc to Z01. (Be sure no more than
450 stocks go in each folder when you do copy/deletions)
Tools/Copy .
Browse to the folder you wish to make deletions from.
In the "Copy Securities" window make sure you can read the Last Date
column with the Name column showing. If not,do not use the scroll bar but
place the cursor in the Name box at its RH end almost in the Symbol box
and when your cursor turns into a cross hold down the LH button on the
mouse and drag it left thereby narrowing the Name column till the Last
Date column is visible.( This is also a good tip when printing out Metastock
reports that do not fit on the width of an A4 page, just reduce the width of
a column or eliminate it completely if it is not wanted on the print out.)
Hold down the Control key and highlight each Name you wish to delete. I
go on the Last Date column to find useless stocks. If you use the scroll bar
to go down the list be sure not to let go of the control key as you will lose
all your previous selections.
When finished highlighting let go of control key and press copy. Browse to
the new folder you created, tick the "Delete Source Security" box and
press OK. Old securities gone out of current data base and saved for future
reference. You can do hundreds in a matter of minutes. If you want to ever
see the old securities just alter the lead folders names in explorer.
From Basil Holloway
(Go Top)
Close Above Median Price
This exploration is designed to find those stocks where the close is above
the median price over the past five days. It matches the steps in Dels
bvook The Strategic Electronic Day Trader.
col a = CLOSE - MP()
col b = (Ref(CLOSE,-1))-(Ref( MP() ,-1))
Col c = (Ref(CLOSE,-2))-(Ref( MP() ,-2))
col d = (Ref(CLOSE,-3))-(Ref( MP() ,-3))
col e = (Ref(CLOSE,-4))-(Ref( MP() ,-4))
filter = colA>=0 AND colB>=0 AND colC>=0 AND colD>=0 AND colE>=0
The filter in the exploration only shows those stiocks that have the
strongest bullish bias over all 5 days. By removing the filter all stocks will
be shown. Ranking the first colum will then allow you to estaboish the
overall score for each stock.
(Go Top)

CMA
"1) Sell the opening (long or short) X-number of days(?) after the indicator
above moves from below 100 to
above 100. (Is this on a close-to-close basis?)"
Specifically, sell the opening the day after the BB Histo closes above 100.
"2) Buy or cover when the indicator goes from above 100 to below 100 or
from above 0 to below 0 X-number
of days after that occurs."
Buy, when the BB Histo dips below zero (the following morning).
"a) how many days after the signal does one act;"
The following morning.
" b) Is this close-to-close or intra-day?"
close to close
"c) Is this to initiate or to go short or add to a position?"
Add to positions if the indicator "repenetrates" these levels ... otherwise,
reverse when it triggers
(Go Top)
Coding Example
If yesterdays high is greater than the high of 2 days ago// and the low 5
days ago is less than or equal to the high 4 days ago// and it is Wednesday
Try this:
Ref(H,-1)>Ref(H,-2) AND
Ref(L,-5)<=Ref(H,-4) AND
Dayofweek() = 3
(Go Top)
Collection from a Spanish Source
They are contributed by Patrick who notes "my limited Spanish suggests
that they are simply a random collection made by the web owner, who
points out that there is as yet 'no Holy Grail' in technical analysis! For the
past few days I have been using them by substituting the for 'number'
given to each formula, the complete formula that particular number
represents. In this way, each becomes independent." We have included all
80 of them, complete with the orginal Spanish cover note.
A continuacin se ofrecen una serie de frmulas que puede utilizar con
el programa Metastock recogidas de la red y cuya utilidad Vd. debe
valorar. Se ruega encarecidamente a todos aquellos que tengan frmulas
que puedan resultar tiles las enven a jomaba@interbook.net para su
publicacin en esta pgina. Muchos dicen que el Santo Grial no existe.
Y si es mentira?
1 DAILY CLOSE VS HIGH AND LOW WAVE if((C-L)/(H-L),>,.66 ,1, if((C-L)/(HL),<,.38,-1,0))
2 PRICE OSCILLATOR WAVE if(ref(oscp(3,15,S,%),-1),<,0,1,0)
3 VOLUME OSCILLATOR WAVE if(oscv(1,50,S,%),>,50,1,0)

## 4 WEEKLY PRICE OSCILLATOR WAVE if(fml(#17),>,ref(fml(#17),-1),1,

if(fml(#17),<,ref(fml(#17),-1),-1,0))
5 VOLATILITY WAVE if(ref(fml(#27),-1),<,90,1,0)
6 LONG BINARY WAVE fml(#1) + fml(#2) + fml(#3) + fml(#9)
7 STOCHASTIC WAVE - LONG if(ref(stoch(14,3),-1),=,llv(stoch(14,3),3),2,
if(stoch(14,3),=,llv(stoch(14,3),3),1,0))
8 STOCHASTIC WAVE - SHORT if(ref(stoch(14,3),-1),=,hhv(stoch(14,3),3),2,
if(stoch(14,3),=,hhv(stoch(14,3),3),1,0))
9 VOLATILITY DIFFERENCE WAVE if(fml(#11),>=,1.00,1,0)
10 LONG BINARY II fml(#1) + fml(#3) + fml(#9) + fml(#24)
11 VOLATILITY DIFFERENCE mov(H-L,1,S)/mov(H-L,20,S)
12 HI LOW WAVE - DAILY if(H,>,ref(hhv(H,100),-1),1,if(L,<,ref(llv(L,100),1),-1,0))
13 WEEKLY HIGH LOW WAVE if(H,>,ref(hhv(H,40),-1),1, if(L,<,ref(llv(L,40),1), -1,0))
14 PERCENT ABOVE\BELOW MOVING AVG (oscp(1,30,E,%))
15 WEEKLY PRICE OSCILLATOR mov(oscp(10,20,S,%),10,S)
16 MACD WAVE MACD/trigger Binary Wave if(macd(), >, mov(macd(),9,E),
{bullish} +1, {bearish} -1)
17 WEEKLY OSC SEGMENT mov(oscp(43,86,S,%),43,S)
18 HISTORICAL VOLATILITY (std(log(C / ref(C,-1)),10)*sqr(365)) /(std(log(C /
ref(C,-1)),50)*sqr(365))
19 RELATIVE STRENGTH C/P
20 CLOSE REL TO HIGH LOW (C-L)/(H-L)
21 GAP IDENTIFICATION if(L,>,ref(H,-1),1, if(H,<,ref(L,-1),-1,0))
22 AVG VOLUME mov(V,50,S)
23 MOVE WAVE 20-unit m.a. Binary Wave if(C, >, mov(C,20,E), {then
bullish} +1, {else bearish} -1)
24 STOCHASTIC VALUE WAVE if(ref(stoch(14,3),-1),<,65,1,
if(stoch(14,3),<,65,1,0))
25 ROC WAVE 12-ROC price Binary Wave if(roc(C,12,%), >, 0, {then
bullish} +1, {else bearish} -1)
26 STOCH WAVE 5- Stochastic Binary Wave if(stoch(5,3), >, 50, {then
bullish} +1, {else bearish} -1)
27 ATR RATIO atr(10)/atr(50)/100
28 BINARY WAVE Composite Wave of above fml("MACD Wave") +
fml("MOVE Wave") + fml("ROC Wave")+ fml("STOCH Wave")
29 WEEKLY OPEN CLOSE WAVE if(C,>,O,1,if(C,<,O,-1,0))
30 SHORT BINARY WAVE fml(#31) + fml(#32) + fml(#33)
31 SHORT OPEN CLOSE WAVE if((C-L)/(H-L),<,.38,1,0)
32 SHORT PRICE OSCILLATOR WAVE if(ref(oscp(3,15,S,%),-1),>,0,1,0)
33 SHORT VOLUME WAVE if(oscv(1,50,S,%),>,0, if(V,>,ref(V,-1),1,0),0)
34 O.B.V. Good example of if() func cum( if( C, >, ref(C,-1), +V, if( C, <,
ref(C,-1), -V, 0) ))
35 SINE WAVE 5-unit standing sine wave sin( cum(5) )
36 STOCHASTIC Example of hhv() function ( sum( C - llv(L,5), 3 ) /
sum( hhv(H,5) - llv(L,5), 3) ) * 100
37 Median price (hhv(H,10)-C)-(C-llv(L,10))/(hhv(H,10)-llv(L,10))
38 Future MACD---Dr. Trieber (C-(( 11.607*(mov(C,26,E)))(10.607*(mov(C,12,E))) -(12.536*(mov(macd(),9,E)))))
39 Fraction (32nd's) int(C)+((frac(C)/0.03125)/100)
40 Summation Noise Indicator (Adam White) (sum(abs(C-ref(C,-1)),14)sum(abs(mov(C,10,S)-ref(mov(C,10,S),-1)),14))/
sum(abs(C-ref(C,-1)),14)

## 41 Chaikin Money Flow sum(((((C-L)-(H-C))/(H-L))*V),21)/sum(V,21)

42 Linear Regression ((15*(sum(cum(1)*C,10))(sum(cum(1),10)*(sum(C,10))))
/((10*sum(pwr(cum(1),2 ),10))-pwr(sum(cum(1),2),10))
-pwr(sum(cum(1),10),2))
43 Smoothed Tick Momemtum Line-TASC
mov(roc(cum(if(C,>,ref(mov(C,10,E),-1),+1,
if(C,<,ref(mov(C,10,E),-1),-1,0))),5,\$),5,E)
44 Bull Power (for Elderray) H-mov(C,13,E)
45 Bear Power (for Elderray) L-mov(C,13,E)
46 13-Period Moving Average (for Elderray) mov(C,13,E)
47 RSI Binary Wave (using 30/70 xover) if(rsi(10),>,30,if(ref(rsi(10),1),<,30,+1,if(rsi(10),<,70,if(ref(rsi(10),- 1),>,70,-1,0),0)),0)
48 Trendscore...Tushar Chande (TASC) if(C,>=,ref(C,-11),1,1)+if(C,>=,ref(C,-12),1,-1)+if(C,>=,ref(C,-13),1,-1)+
if(C,>=,ref(C,-14),1,-1)+if(C,>=,ref(C,-15),1,-1)+if(C,>=,ref(C,-16),1,-1)+
if(C,>=,ref(C,-17),1,-1)+if(C,>=,ref(C,-18),1,-1)+if(C,>=,ref(C,-19),1,-1)+
if(C,>=,ref(C,-20),1,-1)
49 KST-Martin Pring (One formula) (mov(roc(C,10,%),10,S))
+(2*(mov(roc(C,15,%),10,S)))+
(3*(mov(roc(C,20,%),10,S)))+(4*(mov(roc(C,30,%),15,S)))/10
50 Dual Oscillator B-Wave +1 buy, -1 sell if(fml("dual osc 1"),>,fml("dual
osc 2"),if(ref(fml("dual osc 1"),-1),<,
ref(fml("dual osc 2"),-1),+1,if((fml("dual osc 1")),<,fml("dual osc 2"),
if(ref(fml("dual osc 1"),-1),>,ref(fml("dual osc 2"),-1),-1,0),0)),0)
51 Dual Osc 1 mov(C,2,S)-mov(C,10,S)
52 Dual Osc 2 mov((H+L+C)/3,5,S)-mov((H+L+C)/3,20,S)
53 R Squared pwr(corr(cum(1),C,5,0),2)
54 Slope of Linear Regression Line ((5*(sum(cum(1)*C,5)))(sum(cum(1),5)*(sum(C,5))))/
((5*sum(pwr(cum(1),2),5))-pwr(sum(cum(1),5),2))
55 RWI for today's high (H-ref(L,-16))/(mov((H-L),16,S)*sqr(16))
56 RWI for today's low (ref(H,-16)-L)/(mov((H-L),16,S)*sqr(16))
57 Momemtum roc(mov(C,10,E),10,%)
58 Volume Binary Wave
if(V,>,ref(mov(V,20,E),1),1,if(V,<,ref(mov(V,10,E),1),-1,0))
59 MACD w/SAR if(macd(),>,mov(macd(),9,E),{macd is above
trigger}if(sar(.02,.2),
<,C,{buy long}+2,{stop shorts}+1),{macd < trigger}if(sar(.02,.2),>,
C,{sell short}-2, {stop longs}-1))
60 Oscillating OBV mov(obv(),20,E)-obv()
61 Overreaction Index if(ref(std(C,3),-3),>,4,+1,0)+if(C,<,(sar(.015,.15)),1,+1)
62 Modified MACD tsf(C,12)-tsf(C,26)
63 RVI w/simple moving average (TASC) 100*mov(if(C,>,ref(C,1),std(C,10),0),14,S)/(mov(if(C,>,ref(C,-1),
std(C,10),0),14,S)+mov(if(C,<,ref(C,-1),std(C,10),0),14,S))
64 Upper Bollinger Band mov(C,20,S)+(2*(std(C,20)))
65 Lower Bollinger Band mov(C,20,S)-(2*(std(C,20)))
66 Middle Band mov(C,20,S)
67 %B (TASC) (C-(mov(C,20,S)-(2*(std(C,20)))))/(mov(C,20,S)
+(2*(std(C,20)))mov(C,20,S)-(2*(std(C,20))))

## 68 Band Width (TASC) (mov(C,20,S)+(2*(std(C,20))))-(mov(C,20,S)(2*(std(C,20))))/mov(C,20,S)

69 Volume % above/below 10 day MA (V-mov(V,10,S))/mov(V,10,S)
70 # of STD's of volume (V-mov(V,20,S))/std(V,20)
71 Morris' RSI w/volume (TASC) 100-(100/(1+
(mov(if(roc(C,1,\$),>,0,roc(C,1,\$)*V,0),14,S)/
mov(if(roc(C,1,\$), <,0,-roc(C,1,\$)*V,0),14,S))))
72 Custom A/D Oscillator cum(if(C,>,ref(C,-2),1,if(C,<,ref(C,-2),-1,0)))
73 Empty Candlestick if(C,>,o{then empty},+1,0)
74 Filled Candlestick if(C,<,o{then filled},+1,0)
75 Doji if(C,=,o{then doji},+1,0)
76 Bearish engulfing lines if(fml(#28),=,+1,if(ref(fml(#27),-1),=,
+1,if(C,<=,ref(O,-1),if(O,>=,
ref(C,-1),-1,0),0),0),0)
77 Bullish engulfing lines if(fml(#27),=,+1,if(ref(fml(#28),-1),=,
+1,if(C,>=,ref(O,-1),if(O,<=,
ref(C,-1),+1,0),0),0),0)
78 Engulfing Line Binary wave fml(#30)+fml(#31)
79 Largest negative change in close llv(roc(C,1,\$),40)
80 Choppiness Index (TASC) ((log(sum(atr(1),14)/(hhv(if(H,>=,ref(C,1),H,ref(C,-1)),14)-llv(if(L,<=,
ref(C,-1),L,ref(C,-1)),14)))/log(10))/(log(14)/log(10)))*100
(Go Top)
Common Metastock Bar Patterns
BAR - 3 Higher Highs
H>Ref(H,-1) AND Ref(H,-1)>Ref(H,-2) AND Ref(H,-2)>Ref(H,-3)
BAR - 3 Lower Lows & Reversal H
L>Ref(L,-1) AND Ref(L,-1)<Ref(L,-2) AND Ref(L,-2)<Ref(L,-3) AND
Ref(L,-3)<Ref(L,-4)
BAR - 3 Lower Lows
L<Ref(L,-1) AND Ref(L,-1)<Ref(L,-2) AND Ref(L,-2)<Ref(L,-3)
BAR - 5 Lower Lows
L<Ref(L,-1) AND Ref(L,-1)<Ref(L,-2) AND Ref(L,-2)<Ref(L,-3) AND
Ref(L,-3)<Ref(L,-4) AND Ref(L,-4)<Ref(L,-5)
BAR - Expansion Buy
If(C > Ref(HHV(C,42),-1) AND H-L >= Ref(HHV((H-L),9),-1),1,0)
BAR - Expansion Sell
If(C < Ref(LLV(C,42),-1) AND (H-L) >= Ref(HHV((H-L),9),-1),1,0)
BAR - Fractal-down
If(LOW < Ref(LOW, -1),1,0) AND If(LOW < Ref(LOW, -2),1,0) AND If(LOW <
Ref(LOW,+1),1,0) AND If(LOW < Ref(LOW,+2),1,0)
BAR - Fractal-up
(If(HIGH > Ref(HIGH, -1),1,0) AND If(HIGH > Ref(HIGH, -2),1,0) AND If(HIGH
> Ref(HIGH, +1),1 ,0)AND If(HIGH > Ref(HIGH,+2),1,0))
BAR - Gap Down
GapDown()

BAR - Gap Up
GapUp()
BAR - H > Yesterday's H
H>Ref(H,-1)
BAR - Highest Bars Ago
HighestBars(CLOSE)
BAR - Highest High Value Bars Ago
HHVBars(CLOSE,50)
BAR - Inside Day + Day 3
Ref(Fml("BAR - Inside Day"),-3)
BAR - Inside Day
HIGH < Ref(HIGH,-1) AND LOW > Ref(LOW,-1)
BAR - Lizard Buy
If(O >= L + ((H-L) * .75) AND C >= L + ((H-L) * .75) AND L <
Ref(LLV(L,9),-1),1,0)
BAR - Lizard Sell
If(O <= L + ((H-L) * .25) AND C <= L + ((H-L) * .25) AND H >
Ref(HHV(H,9),-1),1,0)
BAR - Narrow Range 4
HIGH - LOW < Ref(LLV(H-L,3),-1)
BAR - Narrow Range 7
HIGH - LOW < Ref(LLV(H-L,6),-1)
BAR - O > Yesterday's C
O>Ref(C,-1)
BAR - Outside Day & > C
Outside() AND C>Ref(C,-1)
BAR - Outside Day
HIGH > Ref(HIGH,-1) AND LOW < Ref(LOW,-1)
BAR - Pivot Buy
If(H-L > Ref(HHV((H-L),9),-1) AND ((L <= Mov(C,50,S)) OR Ref(L,-1) <=
Ref(Mov(C,50,S),-1))
AND C > Mov(C,50,S),1,0)
BAR - Pivot Sell
If(H-L > Ref(HHV((H-L),9),-1) AND ((H >= Mov(C,50,S)) OR Ref(H,-1) >=
Ref(Mov(C,50,S),-1))
AND C < Mov(C,50,S),1,0)
BAR - Reaction Day with Volume
ReactionWithVol()

## BAR - Reaction Day

Reaction()
BAR - Surprise Day Down
O<Ref(C,-1) AND C>O AND C<Ref(C,-1)
BAR - Surprise Day Up
O>Ref(C,-1) AND C<O AND C>Ref(C,-1)
BAR - Trough Value - 5
Trough(1,CLOSE,5)
BAR - Typical Price
Typical()
(Go Top)
Congestion Index
((HHV(C,80)-LLV(C,80))/LLV(C,80))*100
Consolidation breakout (upside)
If(Ref(Fml("congestion index"),-5),<,10, {and} If(Fml("congestion
index"),>=,10, {and} If(CLOSE,>,Ref(HHV(C,80),-5), {and}
If(Mov(V,5,S),>=,1.5*(Ref(Mov(V,60,S),-5)), +1,0),0),0),0)
Consolidation breakout (downside)
If(Ref(Fml("congestion index"),-5),<,10{%},{and} If(Fml("congestion
index"),>=,10{%},
{and} If(CLOSE,<,Ref(LLV(C,80),-5),{and}
If(Mov(V,5,S),>=,1.5*(Ref(Mov(V,60,S),-5)),+1,0),0),0),0)
(Go Top)
Connors & Raschke's Historical Volatility System
Here is the Connors and Raschke's historical volatility system exploration
in August 1996 TASC Trader's Tips translated for MetaStock.
COLUMN FORMULAS
Column A : Vol ratio
std(log(C/ref(C,-1)),5)/std(log(C/ref(C,-1)),99)
Column B : NR4 day
if(HIGH-LOW,<,ref(llv(H-L,3),-1),1,0)
Column C : Inside
if(HIGH,<,ref(HIGH,-1),if(LOW,>,ref(LOW,-1),1,0),0)
Column D : High
HIGH
Column E : Low
LOW
FILTER FORMULA
Formula:
when(colA,<,0.5) AND (when(colB,=,1) OR when(colC,=,1))
(Go Top)
Consolidation Breakout, Downside
If(Ref(Fml("congestion index"),-5),<,10,

## {and} If(Fml("congestion index"),>=,10,

{and} If(CLOSE,>,Ref(HHV(C,80),-5),
{and} If(Mov(V,5,S),>=,1.5*(Ref(Mov(V,60,S),-5)),
+1,0),0),0),0)
Stocks breaking out of consolidation (downside)
Col A: CLOSE
Filter: Fml("Consolidation breakout (downside)") = 1
Filter enabled: Yes
Here is the "consolidation breakout(downside)" formula:
If(Ref(Fml("congestion index"),-5),<,10{%},
{and} If(Fml("congestion index"),>=,10{%},
{and} If(CLOSE,<,Ref(LLV(C,80),-5),
{and} If(Mov(V,5,S),>=,1.5*(Ref(Mov(V,60,S),-5)),
+1,0),0),0),0)
(Go Top)
Consolidation Breakout, Upside
Col A: CLOSE
Filter: Fml("Consolidation breakout (upside)") = 1
Filter enabled: Yes
(Go Top)
Consolidation Over 16 Weeks
Col A: CLOSE
Filter Fml("congestion index") <= 10 AND BarsSince(Fml("congestion
index")>10) > 0
Filter enabled Yes
Here is the "congestion index" formula:
((HHV(C,80)-LLV(C,80))/LLV(C,80))*100
(Go Top)
Countback line for Metastock
(Note. This is very good, but the limitation is the lookback period. The
calculation point for the CBL line might be 5, 10, 15, 30 days away from
todays date.Also watch for the way 'gap' days are treated. Daryl Guppy)
Copied from StockCentral - Thanks Ken D

## Well .... last weekend I replied to a post requesting a MetaStock solution

for calculating the Countback Line discussed in Daryl Guppy's book "Share
Trading: An Approach to Buying and Selling". Subequently, about 30
requests for the formulas I use were received. Not unexpectedly, a few
defects were found with the original offerings. This helped forge a
somewhat more robust solution, which is here given to the wider audience
of this Forum, so that further improvements may be forthcoming.
Alternatives of presentation style are many, according to taste, but we are
here requesting improvements in substance, identification of possible
flaws, or have real simplification benefits - please provide solutions where
possible.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS .... With thanks to the several people who have
commented, all constructively it is pleasing to say, particular credit is
warranted by the significant contributions from Bryan Stanton and Siobhan
Channon.
LIMITATIONS .... With MetaStock, there seems to be a need for two
different formulas to handle the issue: - one for the CBL from a LOW
(CBLlo), - the other for the CBL from a HIGH (CBLhi). The formulas given
below were generated using v.6.52. Because of the use of PREV they won't
work in some earlier MetaStock versions it seems, though a bit of thought
should overcome this limitation - anyone able to comment? As written
they are based upon relative prices over a DEFAULT cover of 13 days (but
adjustable from 3 to 55 days) - this is one of the potential weaknesses
which commands individual interpretation for a particular equity or
contract, which may cycle more or less frequently and require different
timeframes. Other indicators and assessments are, of course, needed to
gauge the probability of a CBL-indicated counter-trend holding. Also, for
particularly choppy or indecisive circumstances there may be a need to
extend the Ref(H or L, -5) to a greater number of comparison days by
appropriate copying and adjustments to the basically simple pattern in
these formulas - but if it came to this perhaps the trade should be left
alone anyway! Owing to price vagaries it is not unusual for a CBLhi to be
less than a CBLlo calculation, or the converse, especially with low-gradient
trends or sideways price movements.
NOTE: With each formula below, copy exactly from "HighDays" or
"LowDays" down to "PREV )))))" into the Indicator Builder.
CBLhi:
HighDays := Input("Enter # days to cover last HIGH for CBL calc'n:", 3, 55,
13);
If(HIGH < HHV(HIGH, HighDays), {then ...} PREV, {previous CBLhi, else...}
If(Ref(L,-2) < Ref(L,-1) AND Ref(L,-2) < L AND Ref(L,-1)< L, {then ...}
Ref(L,-2), {2nd day back low, else...} If((Ref(L,-3)< Ref(L,-2) AND Ref(L,-3)
< Ref(L,-1) AND Ref(L,-3) < L) AND (Ref(L,-2)< L OR Ref(L,-1) < L),
{then ... } Ref(L,-3), {3rd day back low, else...} If((Ref(L,-4)< Ref(L,-3)
AND Ref(L,-4) < Ref(L,-2) AND Ref(L,-4) < Ref(L,-1) AND Ref(L,-4) < L) AND
(Ref(L,-3)< L OR Ref(L,-2) < L OR Ref(L,-1) < L), {then... } Ref(L,-4), {4th
day back low, else...} If((Ref(L,-5)< Ref(L,-4) AND Ref(L,-5) < Ref(L,-3) AND

Ref(L,-5) < Ref(L,-2) AND Ref(L,-5) < Ref(L,-1) AND Ref(L,-5) < L) AND
(Ref(L,-4)< L OR Ref(L,-3) < L OR Ref(L,-2) < L OR Ref(L,-1) < L), {then ...}
Ref(L,-5), {5th day back low, else...} PREV )))))
and for the CBL from a LOW
CBLlo:
LowDays := Input("Enter # days to cover last LOW for CBL calc'n:", 3, 55,
13);
If(LOW > LLV(LOW, LowDays), {then ...} PREV, {previous CBLlo, else...}
If(Ref(H,-2) > Ref(H,-1) AND Ref(H,-2) > H AND Ref(H,-1)> H, {then ...}
Ref(H,-2), {2nd day back high,else...} If((Ref(H,-3)> Ref(H,-2) AND Ref(H,3) > Ref(H,-1) AND Ref(H,-3) > H) AND (Ref(H,-2)> H OR Ref(H,-1) > H),
{then ... } Ref(H,-3), {3rd day back high,else...} If((Ref(H,-4)> Ref(H,-3)
AND Ref(H,-4) > Ref(H,-2) AND Ref(H,-4) > Ref(H,-1) AND Ref(H,-4) > H)
AND (Ref(H,-3)> H OR Ref(H,-2) > H OR Ref(H,-1) > H), {then... } Ref(H,4), {4th day back high,else...} If((Ref(H,-5)> Ref(H,-4) AND Ref(H,-5) >
Ref(H,-3) AND Ref(H,-5) > Ref(H,-2) AND Ref(H,-5) > Ref(H,-1) AND Ref(H,5) > H) AND (Ref(H,-4)> H OR Ref(H,-3) > H OR Ref(H,-2) > H OR Ref(H,-1)
> H), {then ...} Ref(H,-5), {5th day back high,else...} PREV )))))
Please advise of any problems or suggested improvements in calculating
the CBL. It is again emphasized that this is by no means proposed as the
best solution, but as ONE solution which seems to work. Regards.
(Go Top)
Create a Gann Swing Expert
Instructions
1. First create a new expert and name it whatever you want.
2a. under "trends" tab put this code for bullish:
ut:=FmlVar("GANN-Trend","TDV");
uplot=1;
2b. and this for bearish:
dt:=FmlVar("GANN-Trend","TDV");
dplot=1;
Then click on the "ribbon" option and turn off "Display Vertical Lines", I
also turn off the corner option.
3a. Under highlights tab create a new and call it "HiLo Change", choose
color, and enter this code:
HLd:=If(CLOSE>Ref(Mov(H,3,S),-1),
{then}1,

{else}If(CLOSE<Ref(Mov(L,3,S),
-1),
{then}-1,
{else}0));
HLv:=ValueWhen(1,HLd<>0,HLd);
HLv<>Ref(HLv,-1);
3b. Create new and call it "Up-Trend", choose color, and enter this code:
ut:=FmlVar("GANN-Trend","TDV");
uplot=1;
3c. Create new and call it "Down-Trend", choose color, and enter this code:
dt:=FmlVar("GANN-Trend","TDV");
dplot=1;
4a. Under "Symbols" tab create new and call it " UpSwing", enter this
code:
FmlVar("GANN-Swing","SD2")=1;
then under graphic choose "Buy Arrow", choose color (Dark Green), and
small size, then pick "Above Price Plot".
4b. Create new and call it "DownSwing", enter this code:
FmlVar("GANN-Swing","SD2")=-1;
then under graphic choose "sell arrow", choose color (Dark Red), and small
size, then pick "Below Price Plot".
As for the HiLo ....just plot it as a regular indicator and choose the last
"style" option under "color/style" tab.
(Go Top)
Creating Dynamic Vertical Lines
from Ken
These are dynamic moving vertical lines. Each new bar causes the line to
move orward one bar.
How to Create a Vertical Line in MetaStock
{Plot in Stoch window}
{...you can change the 100 and 0 to 80/20 or ?}
n:=Input("Bars Before LastLoadedBar", 0,1000,89);
....or
Create a new Expert.

## Place the following in "Trends"/"Bullish".

n:=89;
In "Corner", UNcheck "Display symbol in Expert corner".
In "Ribbon", check Display Ribbon, Display Vertical Line, and "Ribbon's
inner window".
Delete or rename the "Neutral" label.
Choose Bullish color.
Plot Stochastic on chart, attach Expert, then drag Expert to Stochastic
inner window
(Go Top)
Cross Above 200 MA on Twice Average Volume
Filter (C>Mov(C,200,S) AND Ref(C,-5)<Ref(Mov(C,200,S),-5)) AND C>5
AND V>Mov(V,200,S)*2
(Go Top)
Crossing Below 200 Day MA on Double Average Volume
Filter (C<Mov(C,200,S) AND Ref(C,-5)>Ref(Mov(C,200,S),-5)) AND C>5
AND V>Mov(V,200,S)*2
(Go Top)
Customisable StochRSI from Nicholas Kormanik
The formula I've adopted was put on the Silicon Investor web site thread
by
'bdog'. Basically, I just leave the Slowing Periods (mp3) to 1, so it
really plays no part in things. However, if somebody presents a good
argument for using other than 1 ... hey, I'm amenable.
Chande, the original inventor, didn't use a moving average on the whole
thing. Chande's result was therefore sort of choppy. I guess along the way
people decided to add the EMA Periods to smooth things out.
Here's the MSWin formula:
mp1:=Input("RSI Periods",1,377,13);
mp2:=Input("Stoch Periods",1,377,13);
mp3:=Input("Slowing Periods",1,377,1);
mp4:=Input("EMA Periods",1,377,5);
Mov(Sum((RSI(mp1)-LLV(RSI(mp1),mp2)),mp3)/Sum((.0000001+
(HHV(RSI(mp1),mp2)-(
LLV(RSI(mp1),mp2)))),mp3),mp4,E)*100
Now, from various posts, etc., the following parameters (mp1, mp2 and
mp4)
*seem* to be the one's recommended. I'm trying to further find consensus
among users of StochRSI on what really appears to work for them.
StochRSI Set

-------------------5 -- 5 -- 3
8 -- 8 -- 5
13 -- 13 -- 13
21 -- 15 -- 13
21 -- 21 -- 13
34 -- 34 -- 13
55 -- 55 -- 21
89 -- 13 -- 34
89 -- 89 -- 21
233 -- 233 -- 34
(Go Top)
Cyclical System
from Ton Maas ms-irb@wxs.nl
"Trading Stocks With A Cyclical System" by Jeffrey Owen Katz (TASCFeb1999).
(Translated for MetaStock 6.5 by Ton Maas -The Netherlands - June1999).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------(The system's original Easy Language formulas+system were derived from
theabove mentioned TASC article). My guess is that Equis (Alan McNichol)
was
not in the possession of them when he wrote the Equis version of the
system,
back in the Feb99 Trader's Tips section of TASC).
----------------------MetaStock 6.5 Indicator
----------------------Name:
Cyclical System - J O Katz
Formula:
{TASC Feb99}
thresh:= {omit whipsaw} 4;
k:= {roc comparison period} 3;
m:= {cycle period} 63;
hld:= {maximum period holding position} 10;
Value1:= {volatility}
Stdev(Mov(C,m,S)-Mov(C,m+k,S),20);
Value2:= {roc, relative comparison ratio}
Mov(C,m,S)-Mov(C,m+k,S);
tv1:= thresh*Value1;
EL:={Enter Long} Value2>tv1;
CL:={Close Long} Ref(Cross(Value2,tv1),-hld);
ES:={Enter Short} Value2<tv1;
CS:={Close Short} Ref(Cross(tv1,Value2),-hld);
JKcycl:=If((EL>0)=1,+10,
If((ES>0)=1,-10,0));
JKcycl
--------------------------MetaStock 6.5 System Tester
---------------------------

Name:
Jeffrey Owen Katz - Cyclical System
Notes:
Formulas:
{copy-repeat all that is printed below when applying for the right rule}
thresh:= {omit whipsaw} 4;
k:= {roc comparison period} 3;
m:= {cycle period} 63;
hld:= {maximum period holding position} 10;
Value1:= {volatility}
Stdev(Mov(C,m,S)-Mov(C,m+k,S),20);
Value2:= {roc, relative comparison ratio}
Mov(C,m,S)-Mov(C,m+k,S);
tv1:= thresh*Value1;
Rules:
{Enter Long} Value2>tv1
{Close Long} Ref(Cross(Value2,tv1),-hld)
{Enter Short} Value2<tv1
{Close Short} Ref(Cross(tv1,Value2),-hld)
{After entering the formulas, click OK. Then click Options. On the Testing
page, set the Trade Delay to zero, set Positions to "both", and then set any
other desired options (apart from Optimizing, which is not advisable; leave
the factory default settings). Click OK to save the changes, and then open
a
chart and run the system.}
(Go Top)
Candle Strength Index
Periods:=Input("Enter Periods",2,13,2);
Mov(Mov(Mov(Fml("Candlecode"),Periods,S),Periods,S),Periods,S)
(Go Top)
Chande Momentum Oscillator Composite Average
(((CMO(C,5))+(CMO(C,10))+(CMO(C,20)))/3)
(Go Top)
Chande Momentum Oscillator Volatility
S1:= Stdev( CMO(C,5),5);
S2:= Stdev(CMO(C,10),10);
S3:= Stdev(CMO(C,20),20);
CMOV:=(S1*CMO(C,5))+(S2*CMO(C,10))+(S3*CMO(C,20))/(S1+S2+S3);
CMOV;
(Go Top)
Chande's Momentum Oscillator
The following are MetaStock formulas for Tuschar Chande's Momentum
Oscillator. For interpretation refer to the book The New Technical Trader, by
Tuschar Chande and Stanley Kroll.
CMO_1
Sum( If( C ,> ,Ref( C, -1 ) , ( C - Ref( C ,-1 ) ) ,0 ) ,14 )
CMO_2
Sum( If( C ,< ,Ref( C ,-1 ) , ( Ref( C ,-1 ) - C ) ) ,0 ) ,14 )
CMO_Final

## 100 * ( ( Fml( "CMO_1" ) - Fml( "CMO_2" ) ) / ( Fml( "CMO_1" ) +

Fml( "CMO_2" ) ) )
You could also combine the above three formulas into one formula. The
syntax would be:
100*((Sum(If(C,>,Ref(C,-1),(C-Ref(C,-1)),0),14))-(Sum(If(C,<,REF(C,-1),
(REF(C,-1)-C),0),14))) /((Sum(If(C,>,Ref(C,-1),(C-Ref(C,-1)),0),14)+
(Sum(If(C,<,REF(C,-1),(REF(C,-1)-C),0),14))))
*** These formulas were constructed using 14 time periods, you can
change this by replacing every occurrence of 14 with your desired time
period value.
(Go Top)
Chande's Trendscore
If(C>=Ref(C,-11),1,-1)+If(C>=Ref(C,-12),1,-1)+If(C>=Ref(C,-13),1,-1)+
If(C>=Ref(C,-14),1,-1)+If(C>=Ref(C,-15),1,-1)+If(C>=Ref(C,-16),1,-1)+
If(C>=Ref(C,-17),1,-1)+If(C>=Ref(C,-18),1,-1)+If(C>=Ref(C,-19),1,-1)+
If(C>=Ref(C,-20),1,-1)
(Go Top)
Comparitive Relative Strength in MetaStock for Windows
Comparative Relative Strength charts can be useful in deciding which
security to buy, by helping to pinpoint the best performer. They can also
be useful in developing spreads, i.e., purchase of the best performer
"long", and selling the weaker issues "short." Comparative Relative
Strength can be applied in MetaStock for Windows as follows:
Creation of a Template for Comparative Relative Strength
(For this illustration, we assume an equity/stock is compared to the S&P
500, both of which must first have been collected from your vendor. Both
data files should be in the same periodicity.)
1.
Load the S&P 500.
2.
Load the equity, or whatever you wish to find the relative
strength for.
3.
Drag the S&P 500 plot into a new inner window of the equity.
(You may need to click Stack first.)
4.
Close the S&P 500 chart.
5.
Create a custom indicator: Div(close, p)
6.
Drag the custom indicator into the inner window containing the
S&P 500 plot, moving it over the plot until the plot changes to a pink or
lavender color, then release your mouse button. (This is called dragging
and dropping an indicator on an indicator. The new indicator will plot in the
same window as the S&P 500 plot.) You have two options here:
o
You can change the color of the S&P 500 plot to be the same as
the chart background color, so that it is effectively invisible. (Double-click
the S&P 500 plot to get to its "properties", then choose the color you need
from the Colors list.)
o
You can give both plots different colors so you can tell which is
which.
7.
Save this chart as a Template. (File|Save As, set "Save File As
Type" to Template, and give it a name, such as CMPRELST.MWT.)
Any time you want to see Comparative Relative Strength of an equity
against the S&P 500, apply this template to the equity's chart. Note: if you
should move the data file against which you are comparing, such as the
S&P 500, this template will no longer work, and would have to be
recreated.
To Run an Exploration Using Comparative Relative Strength

1.
Load the S&P 500 (or whatever you want to compare against).
2.
Create a custom indicator of the Close.
3.
Drag and drop this indicator on the S&P 500 (or whatever...).
(Note: the S&P 500 plot must change to pink/lavender color before you
drop it.) The indicator will plot.
4.
Select the indicator plot (by single-clicking with the left mouse
button on the line).
5.
Do an Exploration with DIV(Close,p) in column A, and specify
which directory to explore.
6.
The results are displayed in the Exploration report.
(P is a special variable that points at the last indicator plotted or selected.)
Confidence %
(Sum(Mov(C * (2.5/ Sqrt(50 * V)),10,S)LLV(Mov(C * (2.5/ Sqrt(50 * V)),10,S),5), 3 ) /
Sum(HHV(Mov(C * (2.5/ Sqrt(50 * V)),10,S),5) LLV(Mov(C * (2.5/ Sqrt(50 * V)),10,S),5), 3) ) * 100
Coppock Curve
The Coppock Curve was developed by Edwin Sedgwick Coppock in 1962. It
was featured in the November 94 issue of Technical Analysis of Stocks&
Commodities, in the article "The Coppock Curve", written by Elliot
Middleton.:
Taken from Stocks & Commodities, V. 12:11 (459-462): The Coppock Curve
by Elliott Middleton
"We are creatures of habit. We judge the world relative to what we have
experienced. If we're shopping for a mortgage and rates have been in the
teens (as they were in the early 1980s) and then drop to 10%, we are
elated. If, however, they've been at 8% and then rise to 10%, we are
disappointed. It all depends on your perspective.
The principle of adaptation-level applies to how we judge our income
levels, stock prices and virtually every other variable in our lives.
Psychologically, relativity prevails..
SIMPLEST FORMS
The moving average is the simplest form of adaptation-level. Moving
average crossover rules accurately signal the onset of periods of returns
outside the norm, whether positive or negative. This makes moving
average crossovers useful to traders who want to get a boost on entering
or exiting stocks or funds.
The oscillator is also based on adaptation-level, although in a slightly
different way. Oscillators generally begin by calculating a percentage
change of current price from some previous price, where the previous
price is the adaptation-level or reference point. The mind is attuned to
percentage changes because they represent returns. If you bought
Microsoft Corp. stock (MSFT) at \$50 and it goes to \$80, you make 60%
before dividends. If you bought Berkshire Hathaway (BRK) at \$4,000 and it
rises to \$4,030, the same dollar gain, you make 0.75% before dividends.
It's the percentage change that counts. Relativity again.
Coppock reasoned that the market's emotional state could be determined
by adding up the percentage changes over the recent past to get a sense
of the market's momentum (and oscillators are generally momentum
indicators ). So if we compare prices relative to a year ago - which

happens to be the most common interval - and we see that this month the
market is up 15% over a year ago, last month it was up 12.5% over a year
ago, and 10%, 7.5% and 5%, respectively, the months before that, then
we may judge that the market is gaining momentum and, like a trader
watching for the upward crossover of the moving average, we may jump
into the market."
The MetaStock formula for the Coppock Curve is:
(MOV(ROC(MOV(C,22,S),250,%),150,E))/100
Channel Analysis
Channel Analysis, beginning on page 18 of the July 1998 Technical Analysis
of Stocks & Commodities Magazine It's quite easy to create the Trend
Channels discussed in Thom Hartle's Channel Analysis article in MetaStock
for Windows.
After opening a chart, you may want to zoom in a little to make it easier to
draw the Trend Channels more precisely. You can do this by clicking on the
"+" button located on the Chart Toolbar at the bottom of the chart. Next
you may want to identify the bars for the support or resistant points by
drawing circles on the bars as Mr. Hartle did in the article, or you can use
symbols from the symbol palette.
Both can be chosen from the Drawing Toolbar which is on left side of the
chart. After identifying the points to draw the trendline, click on the
Trendline button, also located on the Drawing Toolbar, and draw the
trendline between the closing prices of the two bars. If you are using
MetaStock 6.5, you may want to right-click on the trendline, choose
properties, and then check the Snap to Price checkbox. This will make the
trendline line up exactly with the closing prices.
To create the second trendline of the Trend Channel, right-click on the first
trendline and choose Create Parallel Line. Drag this parallel line so it aligns
with the highest high between the two support points or the lowest low
between two resistance points. If desired, you can go to the properties of
each of these trendlines and choose to extend the lines to the right.
(Go Top...)
Combining Statistical and Pattern Analysis, Shark 32
In MetaStock for Windows you can use the Expert Advisor to recreate the
"Shark 32" signals on your charts as discussed in Walter T. Down's article
"Combining Statistical and Pattern Analysis".
First, choose Expert Advisor from the Tools menu in MetaStock 6.5. Next,
choose New and enter the following formulas:
Name:
Click the Name tab and enter "Shark 32" in the Name field.
Trends:
Click the Trends tab and enter the following formulas in the Bullish and
Bearish fields.
Bullish: Mov(C,5,S)>Mov(C,20,S);
Bearish: Mov(C,5,S)<Mov(C,20,S);
Highlights:
Click the Highlights tab, choose New, and enter "3rd Bar" in the Name
field. Now change the color in the Color field to Blue. Finally, enter the
following formula in the Condition field, and then choose OK.

Symmetry:=.28;
Apex:=(H+L)/2;
WB:=Ref(H,-2)-Ref(L,-2);
Shark:=If((H<Ref(H,-1) AND L>Ref(L,-1) AND Ref(H,-1)<Ref(H,-2) AND
Ref(L,-1)>Ref(L,-2))=1,If(Apex <= (Ref(H,-2)-(WB*Symmetry)) AND Apex>
= (Ref(L,-2)+(WB*Symmetry)) ,1,0),0);
Shark;
Using the same method as above, enter the following 2 highlight formulas.
Name: 2nd Bar
Color: Blue
Condition:
Symmetry:=.28;
Apex:=(H+L)/2;
WB:=Ref(H,-2)-Ref(L,-2);
Shark:=If((H<Ref(H,-1) AND L>Ref(L,-1) AND Ref(H,-1)<Ref(H,-2) AND
Ref(L,-1)>Ref(L,-2))=1,If(Apex <= (Ref(H,-2)-(WB*Symmetry)) AND Apex
>= (Ref(L,-2)+(WB*Symmetry)) ,1,0),0);
Ref(Shark,+1)=1;
Name: 1st Bar
Color: Blue
Condition:
Symmetry:=.28;
Apex:=(H+L)/2;
WB:=Ref(H,-2)-Ref(L,-2);
Shark:=If((H<Ref(H,-1) AND L>Ref(L,-1) AND Ref(H,-1)<Ref(H,-2) AND
Ref(L,-1)>Ref(L,-2))=1,If(Apex <= (Ref(H,-2)-(WB*Symmetry)) AND Apex
>= (Ref(L,-2)+(WB*Symmetry)) ,1,0),0);
Ref(Shark,+2)=1;
Symbols:
Click the Symbols tab, choose New and enter "Shark Buy" in the Name
field. Now enter the following formula in the Condition field.
Symmetry:=.28;
Apex:=(H+L)/2;
WB:=Ref(H,-2)-Ref(L,-2);
Shark:=If((H<Ref(H,-1) AND L>Ref(L,-1) AND Ref(H,-1)<Ref(H,-2) AND
Ref(L,-1)>Ref(L,-2))=1,If(apex <= (Ref(H,-2)-(WB*Symmetry)) AND Apex>
= (Ref(L,-2)+(WB*Symmetry)) ,1,0),0);
{Note* The above ValidChk variable makes the Shark signal valid for 25
periods. If the price does not cross above the High value of the base within
25 periods, you will not receive a signal. You can change the number of
periods by changing 25 to the number of periods you desire. *}
Click the Graphic tab. Change the symbol in the Graphic field to Buy Arrow.
Now change the color in the Color field to Green. Finally, type "Buy" in the
Label field, and then choose OK.
Using the Same method as above, enter the following Symbol formula.
Name: Shark Sell
Condition:

Symmetry:=.28;
Apex:=(H+L)/2;
WB:=Ref(H,-2)-Ref(L,-2);
Shark:=If((H<Ref(H,-1) AND L>Ref(L,-1) AND Ref(H,-1)<Ref(H,-2) AND
Ref(L,-1)>Ref(L,-2))=1,If(apex <= (Ref(H,-2)-(WB*Symmetry)) AND Apex
>= (Ref(L,-2)+(WB*Symmetry)) ,1,0),0);
Sellok:=Cross(ValueWhen(1,Shark=1,Ref(L,-2)),C);
Chk:=Cum(Sellok)-ValueWhen(1,Shark=1,Cum(Sellok));
{Note* The above ValidChk variable makes the Shark signal valid for 25
periods. If the price does not cross below the Low value of the base within
25 periods, you will not receive a signal. You can change the number of
periods by changing 25 to the number of periods you desire. *}
Sell:= Sellok=1 AND Ref(Chk,-1)=0 AND ValidChk=1;
Sell;
Symbol: Sell Arrow
Color: Red
Label: Sell
After you have finished creating the Symbol formulas, you can attach the
Expert to your chart by choosing Expert Advisor from the Tools Menu.
Select the Expert called "Shark 32" from your list of Experts, choose
Attach, and then Close.
(Go Top...)
CCI Moving Average Crossover Test
System Explanation: Buy when the Moving Average crosses up through
the CCI and sell on the reverse condition.
Signal Formulas
Enter Long
When( CCI( opt1 ) ,< ,Mov( CCI( opt1 ) ,opt2 ,E ) ) AND
When( Ref( CCI(opt1) ,-1) ,>= ,Ref( Mov( CCI( opt1 ) ,opt2 ,E ) ,-1 ) )
Enter Short
When( CCI( opt1 ) ,> ,Mov( CCI( opt1 ) ,opt2 ,E ) ) AND
When( Ref( CCI(opt1) ,-1) ,<= ,Ref( Mov( CCI( opt1 ) ,opt2 ,E ) ,-1 ) )
Optimization Variables
Opt1: Min = 5 Max = 40 Step = 1
Opt2: Min = 5 Max = 40 Step = 1
(Go Top...)
Combining Trend and Oscillator Signals
The information for this test was published in the December 1996 issue of
Technical Analysis of Stocks and Commodities. The test appears in the
article "Combining Trend and Oscillator Signals" by Jeremy G. Konstenius.
Mr. Konstenius describes a trading system that combines Linear
Regression and Moving averages to generate trades.
To create this test in MetaStock do the following:

## Enter the following System Test rules and options.

Signal Formulas
Enter Long

C>Mov(C,OPT1,S)
,OPT3),50)
Close Long
C<Mov(C,OPT1,S)
,OPT3),50)
Enter Short
C<Mov(C,OPT1,S)
,OPT3),50)
Close Short
C>Mov(C,OPT1,S)
,OPT3),50)

AND LinRegSlope(C,OPT2)>LinearReg(LinRegSlope(C
OR LinRegSlope(C,OPT2)<LinearReg(LinRegSlope(C
AND LinRegSlope(C,OPT2)<LinearReg(LinRegSlope(C
OR LinRegSlope(C,OPT2)>LinearReg(LinRegSlope(C

Optimize
OPT1: Minimum 5 Maximum 50 Step 5
OPT2: Minimum 5 Maximum 50 Step 5
OPT3: Minimum 5 Maximum 50 Step 5

## Trade Price: Close

The author uses weekly data and a \$50 round turn commission. You can
modify this test by changing the distance from Minimum to Maximum or
the Step used in each OPT variable.
(Go Top...)
Commodity Channel Index Buy and Sell Signals
This system generates buy and sell signals based on the criteria using the
Commodity Channel Index indicator. It enters a long position when
yesterday's 14 period CCI is greater than -250 and today's 14 period CCI is
less than -250. It will close long according to the criteria you specify in
close long. It enters a short position when yesterday's 14 period CCI is less
than 250 and today's 14 period CCI is greater than 250 and closes short
according to the criteria you specify in close short.
Signal Formulas
Enter Long
When( Ref(CCI( 14 ) ,-1 ) ,> ,-250 ) AND When(CCI( 14 ) ,< ,-250 )
Close Long
When( enter your criteria here )
Enter Short
When( Ref(CCI( 14 ) ,-1 ) ,< ,250 ) AND When(CCI( 14 ) ,> ,250 )
Close Short
When( enter your criteria here )
** You can change to a different periodicity other than 14 by changing
every occurrence of 14 with the desired periodicity.
(Go Top...)
Calendar Day counter
{ Day counter from 1/1/0001, Gregorian calendar }{ Count is independent
of any missing chart data }{ Copyright 2003-2004 Jose Silva }
{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }

## limit:=Input("count calendar days from year",1,2100,2000);

LimLeap:=Frac(limit/4)=0 AND Frac(limit/100)<>0 OR Frac(limit/400)=0;
NoCount:=limit*365+Int(limit/4) -Int(limit/100)+Int(limit/400)-LimLeap;
leap:=Frac(Year()/4)=0 AND Frac(Year()/100)<>0 OR Frac(Year()/400)=0;
y:=Year()*365+Int(Year()/4) -Int(Year()/100)+Int(Year()/400)-NoCount;
m:=
If(Month()=2,31-leap,
If(Month()=3,59,
If(Month()=4,90,
If(Month()=5,120,
If(Month()=6,151,
If(Month()=7,181,
If(Month()=8,212,
If(Month()=9,243,
If(Month()=10,273,
If(Month()=11,304,
If(Month()=12,334,
-leap)))))))))));
DayNr:=y+m+DayOfMonth();
DayNr
(Go Top...)
Calendar Day of Year
{ Calendar Day of Year counter }{ count is independent of any missing
chart data }{ Copyright 2003 Jose Silva }{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
leap:=Frac(Year()/4)=0 AND Frac(Year()/100)<>0 OR Frac(Year()/400)=0;
m:=leap+
If(Month()=2,31-leap,
If(Month()=3,59,
If(Month()=4,90,
If(Month()=5,120,
If(Month()=6,151,
If(Month()=7,181,
If(Month()=8,212,
If(Month()=9,243,
If(Month()=10,273,
If(Month()=11,304,
If(Month()=12,334,
-leap)))))))))));
Day:=m+DayOfMonth();
Day
(Go Top...)
Calendar Weekday counter
{ Weekday (Mon~Fri) counter from 1960 }{ Count is independent of any
missing chart data }{ Copyright 2003 Jose Silva }
{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
limit:=1960; {do not change limit year}
LimLeap:=Frac(limit/4)=0 AND Frac(limit/100)<>0 OR Frac(limit/400)=0;
NoCount:=limit*365+Int(limit/4)-Int(limit/100)+Int(limit/400)-LimLeap;
leap:=Frac(Year()/4)=0 AND Frac(Year()/100)<>0 OR Frac(Year()/400)=0;

y:=Year()*365+Int(Year()/4) -Int(Year()/100)+Int(Year()/400)-NoCount;
m:=
If(Month()=2,31-leap,
If(Month()=3,59,
If(Month()=4,90,
If(Month()=5,120,
If(Month()=6,151,
If(Month()=7,181,
If(Month()=8,212,
If(Month()=9,243,
If(Month()=10,273,
If(Month()=11,304,
If(Month()=12,334,
-leap)))))))))));
DayNr:=y+m+DayOfMonth();
WkDayCount:=
Int((DayNr+3)/7)+ {Mon}
Int((DayNr+2)/7)+ {Tue}
Int((DayNr+1)/7)+ {Wed}
Int((DayNr)/7)+
{Thu}
Int((DayNr-1)/7); {Fri}
WkDayCount
{Plots missing daily (weekday) bars count}
{Copyright 2003-2004 Jose Silva}
{josesilva22@yahoo.com}
ChkVol:=Input("Zero-volume days = missing data days? Yes=1,
No=0",0,1,1);
VolMissing:=If(ChkVol,V=0,0);
limit:=1960; {do not change limit year}
LimLeap:=Frac(limit/4)=0 AND Frac(limit/100)<>0
OR Frac(limit/400)=0;
NoCount:=limit*365+Int(limit/4)
-Int(limit/100)+Int(limit/400)-LimLeap;
leap:=Frac(Year()/4)=0 AND Frac(Year()/100)<>0
OR Frac(Year()/400)=0;
y:=Year()*365+Int(Year()/4)
-Int(Year()/100)+Int(Year()/400)-NoCount;
m:=
If(Month()=2,31-leap,
If(Month()=3,59,
If(Month()=4,90,
If(Month()=5,120,
If(Month()=6,151,
If(Month()=7,181,
If(Month()=8,212,
If(Month()=9,243,
If(Month()=10,273,
If(Month()=11,304,

If(Month()=12,334,
-leap)))))))))));
DayNr:=y+m+DayOfMonth();
WkDayCount:=
Int((DayNr+3)/7)+ {Mon}
Int((DayNr+2)/7)+ {Tue}
Int((DayNr+1)/7)+ {Wed}
Int((DayNr)/7)+
{Thu}
Int((DayNr-1)/7); {Fri}
WkDayCount-ValueWhen(2,1,WkDayCount)-1
+VolMissing
(Go Top...)
Calendar Week counter
{ Week counter v2.0, Gregorian calendar }{ Count is independent of any
missing chart data }{ Copyright 2003-2004 Jose Silva }
{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
limit:=2000; {do not change limit year}
LimLeap:=Frac(limit/4)=0 AND Frac(limit/100)<>0
OR Frac(limit/400)=0;
NoCount:=limit*365+Int(limit/4)
-Int(limit/100)+Int(limit/400)-LimLeap;
leap:=Frac(Year()/4)=0 AND Frac(Year()/100)<>0
OR Frac(Year()/400)=0;
y:=Year()*365+Int(Year()/4)
-Int(Year()/100)+Int(Year()/400)-NoCount;
m:=
If(Month()=2,31-leap,
If(Month()=3,59,
If(Month()=4,90,
If(Month()=5,120,
If(Month()=6,151,
If(Month()=7,181,
If(Month()=8,212,
If(Month()=9,243,
If(Month()=10,273,
If(Month()=11,304,
If(Month()=12,334,
-leap)))))))))));
DayNr:=y+m+DayOfMonth();
WkCount:=Int((DayNr-1)/7)+(Year()>=limit);
WkCount
(Go Top...)
Calendar Week of Year
{ Calendar Week of year counter v2.1 }{ count is independent of any
missing chart data }{ Copyright 2003 Jose Silva }
{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
leap:=Frac(Year()/4)=0 AND Frac(Year()/100)<>0 OR Frac(Year()/400)=0;
y:=Year()*365-715870 {count from 1960}
+Int(Year()/4)-Int(Year()/100)+Int(Year()/400);
m:=leap+

If(Month()=2,31-leap,
If(Month()=3,59,
If(Month()=4,90,
If(Month()=5,120,
If(Month()=6,151,
If(Month()=7,181,
If(Month()=8,212,
If(Month()=9,243,
If(Month()=10,273,
If(Month()=11,304,
If(Month()=12,334,
-leap)))))))))));
d:=m+DayOfMonth();
{1st day of week in year}
fdy:=Int(Frac((y+.5-leap)/7)*7)+1;
{offset necessary for week start sync}
offset:=If(fdy=3,2,If(fdy=4,3,If(fdy=5,-3,
If(fdy=6,-2,If(fdy=7,-1,1)))));
Week:=Int(Frac((d+.5+offset)/(374+offset))
*(374+offset)/7)+1;
Week
(Go Top...)
Calendar ASX non-Friday end-of-week(1)
{ ASX non-Friday end-of-week dates, 01/01/1980~31/12/1999 }
Year()=1980
OR
Year()=1981
OR
Year()=1982
OR
Year()=1983
OR
Year()=1984
OR
Year()=1985
OR
Year()=1986
OR
Year()=1986
OR
Year()=1986
OR
Year()=1987
OR
Year()=1987
OR
Year()=1987
OR
Year()=1988

## AND Month()=04 AND DayOfMonth()=03

AND Month()=04 AND DayOfMonth()=16
AND Month()=04 AND DayOfMonth()=08
AND Month()=03 AND DayOfMonth()=31
AND Month()=04 AND DayOfMonth()=19
AND Month()=04 AND DayOfMonth()=04
AND Month()=03 AND DayOfMonth()=27
AND Month()=04 AND DayOfMonth()=24
AND Month()=12 AND DayOfMonth()=24
AND Month()=04 AND DayOfMonth()=16
AND Month()=12 AND DayOfMonth()=24
AND Month()=12 AND DayOfMonth()=31
AND Month()=03 AND DayOfMonth()=31

OR
Year()=1989
OR
Year()=1990
OR
Year()=1990
OR
Year()=1991
OR
Year()=1992
OR
Year()=1992
OR
Year()=1992
OR
Year()=1993
OR
Year()=1994
OR
Year()=1995
OR
Year()=1996
OR
Year()=1996
OR
Year()=1997
OR
Year()=1997
OR
Year()=1997
OR
Year()=1998
OR
Year()=1998
OR
Year()=1998
OR
Year()=1999
OR
Year()=1999

## AND Month()=03 AND DayOfMonth()=23

AND Month()=01 AND DayOfMonth()=25
AND Month()=04 AND DayOfMonth()=12
AND Month()=03 AND DayOfMonth()=28
AND Month()=04 AND DayOfMonth()=16
AND Month()=12 AND DayOfMonth()=24
AND Month()=12 AND DayOfMonth()=31
AND Month()=04 AND DayOfMonth()=08
AND Month()=03 AND DayOfMonth()=31
AND Month()=04 AND DayOfMonth()=13
AND Month()=01 AND DayOfMonth()=25
AND Month()=04 AND DayOfMonth()=04
AND Month()=03 AND DayOfMonth()=27
AND Month()=04 AND DayOfMonth()=24
AND Month()=12 AND DayOfMonth()=24
AND Month()=04 AND DayOfMonth()=09
AND Month()=12 AND DayOfMonth()=24
AND Month()=12 AND DayOfMonth()=31
AND Month()=04 AND DayOfMonth()=01
AND Month()=12 AND DayOfMonth()=30

## Calendar ASX non-Friday end-of-week(2)

{ ASX non-Friday end-of-week dates, since 01/01/2000 }
Year()=2000
OR
Year()=2001
OR
Year()=2001
OR
Year()=2002
OR
Year()=2003

## AND Month()=04 AND DayOfMonth()=20

AND Month()=01 AND DayOfMonth()=25
AND Month()=04 AND DayOfMonth()=12
AND Month()=03 AND DayOfMonth()=28
AND Month()=04 AND DayOfMonth()=17

OR
Year()=2003 AND Month()=04 AND DayOfMonth()=24
{ future Thursday Easter dates }
OR
Year()=2004 AND Month()=04 AND
OR
Year()=2005 AND Month()=03 AND
OR
Year()=2006 AND Month()=04 AND
OR
Year()=2007 AND Month()=04 AND
OR
Year()=2008 AND Month()=03 AND
OR
Year()=2009 AND Month()=04 AND
OR
Year()=2010 AND Month()=04 AND

DayOfMonth()=08
DayOfMonth()=24
DayOfMonth()=13
DayOfMonth()=05
DayOfMonth()=20
DayOfMonth()=09
DayOfMonth()=01

## Calendar ASX true end-of-week

{ Plots correct end-of-week signals for ASX stocks, including ASX nonFriday end-of-week dates since 01/01/1980 }{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
Fml("Calendar ASX non-Friday end-of-week(1)")+Fml("Calendar ASX nonFriday end-of-week(2)") OR DayOfWeek()=5
(Go Top...)
Calendar Weekday of Month
{ Calendar-absolute, Weekday-of-Month signals }{ Plot on separate
window below chart }{ Copyright 2004 Jose Silva }
{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
dayChosen:=Input("day: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri",1,7,5);
weekChosen:=Input("st nd rd th th week in
month",1,5,1);
plot:=Input("plot: Weekday signals, Weekday count",1,2,1);
day:=DayOfWeek()=dayChosen;
d:=DayOfMonth();
signalCount:=
If(day AND d<=7,1,
If(day AND d>7 AND d<=14,2,
If(day AND d>14 AND d<=21,3,
If(day AND d>21 AND d<=28,4,
If(day AND d>28,5,0)))));
signal:=weekChosen=signalCount;
If(plot=1,signal,signalCount)
(Go Top...)
Calendar Week of Month
{ Calendar-absolute Week-of-Month signals }{ Plot on own window below
chart }{ Copyright 2004 Jose Silva }{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }

## WeekOfMonth:=Input("st nd rd th th week in

month",1,5,1);
plot:=Input("Week signals, Week count",1,2,1);
d:=DayOfMonth();
weekNr:=If(d<=7,1,
If(d>7 AND d<=14,2,
If(d>14 AND d<=21,3,
If(d>21 AND d<=28,4,5))));
signal:=weekNr=WeekOfMonth;
If(plot=1,signal,WeekNr)
(Go Top...)
Cycle Length
{ Price peak/trough cycle length v4.0 }{ Warning: last peak/trough is
dynamic!}{ Plot in own window below price chart }
{ 6/4/2004 ASX 1152 active stocks exploration, 3.25% ZigZag cycle
lengths, mean price cycles: 3.7 trade days for positive price cycles; 4.5
trade days for negative price cycles; 8.2 trade days complete price
cycles.}
{ Copyright 2004 Jose Silva }{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
zzper:=Input("ZigZag reversal %",.001,100,3.25);
pds:=Input("avg StdDev periods",2,2520,7);
plot:=Input("Cycles, Cycle Avg, Avg StdDev, ZigZag",1,4,1);
pk:=PeakBars(1,C,zzper)=0;
tr:=TroughBars(1,C,zzper)=0;
lastBar:=Cum(1)=LastValue(Cum(1));
CycleUpAvg:=
Cum(CycleUp)/(Cum(CycleUp>0)+.000001);
CycleUpStdDev:=Stdev(CycleUp,pds);
CycleUpStdDevAvg:=Cum(CycleUpStdDev)
/(Cum(CycleUpStdDev>0)+.000001);
CycleDwAvg:=
Cum(CycleDw)/(Cum(CycleDw>0)+.000001);
CycleDwStdDev:=Stdev(CycleDw,pds);
CycleDwStdDevAvg:=Cum(CycleDwStdDev)
/(Cum(CycleDwStdDev>0)+.000001);
statCycle:=CycleUp-CycleDw;
lastLeg:=If(ValueWhen(1,pk OR tr,statCycle)<0,
lastleg,-lastleg)*lastBar;
cycle:=statCycle+lastLeg;
zz:=Zig(cycle,zzper,%);

plotUp:=If(plot=1,0,
If(plot=2,CycleUpAvg,
If(plot=3,CycleUpStdDevAvg,0)));
plotDw:=If(plot=1,cycle,
If(plot=2,-CycleDwAvg,
If(plot=3,-CycleDwStdDevAvg,zz)));
plotUp;plotDw
Market Cycle Explorations
MetaStock -> Tools -> The Explorer -> New
Copy and paste formulae below.
Zig Zag price cycles
*Input today's data date in filter section!*
Last (dynamic) and previous (static) cycles, based on default values in
indicator "ZigZag Cycle Length".
6/4/2004 ASX 1152 active stocks exploration, 3.25% ZigZag cycle lengths,
last price cycles:
4 trade days for positive price cycles;
5 trade days for negative price cycles;
9 trade days complete price cycles.
Copyright 2004 Jose Silva
Column A: + cycle
{ last positive dynamic cycle }
x:=Fml("ZigZag Cycle Length");
If(x>0,x,0)
Column B: - cycle
{ last negative dynamic cycle }
x:=Fml("ZigZag Cycle Length");
If(x<0,x,0)
Column C: AbsCycle
{ absolute last cycle }
Abs(Fml("ZigZag Cycle Length"))
Column D: + prev
{ previous complete (static) positive cycle }
x:=FmlVar("ZigZag Cycle Length","CYCLEUP");
ValueWhen(1,x<>0,x)
Column E: - prev

## { previous complete (static) negative cycle }

x:=FmlVar("ZigZag Cycle Length","CYCLEDW");
-ValueWhen(1,x<>0,x)
Column F: TotalPrv
{ total last complete (static) full cycle }
x:=FmlVar("ZigZag Cycle Length","CYCLEUP");
y:=FmlVar("ZigZag Cycle Length","CYCLEDW");
ValueWhen(1,x<>0,x)+ValueWhen(1,y<>0,y)
Filter:
{ Today's data date, user-input section }
day:= 6;
{ current day of month (1~31) }
mth:= 4;
{ current month (1~12)
}
yr:= 2004; { current year, eg 2004
}
{ *********************************** }
DayOfMonth()=day
AND Month()=mth
AND Year()=yr
AND V>0
Zig Zag price cycle averages
*Input today's data date in filter section!*
Historical Average & StdDev of static cycles, based on default values in
indicator "ZigZag Cycle Length".
6/4/2004 ASX 1152 active stocks exploration, 3.25% ZigZag cycle lengths,
mean price cycles: 3.7 trade days for positive price cycles; 4.5 trade days
for negative price cycles; 8.2 trade days complete price cycles.
Copyright 2004 Jose Silva
Column A: + avg
{ historical positive static cycle average }
FmlVar("ZigZag Cycle Length","CYCLEUPAVG")
Column B: - avg
{ historical negative static cycle average }
-FmlVar("ZigZag Cycle Length","CYCLEDWAVG")
Column C: TotalAvg
{ historical full static cycle average }
FmlVar("ZigZag Cycle Length","CYCLEUPAVG")+
Abs(FmlVar("ZigZag Cycle Length","CYCLEDWAVG"))

Column D: + StdDev
{ Standard Deviation of positive static cycles}
FmlVar("ZigZag Cycle Length",
"CYCLEUPSTDDEVAVG")
Column E: - StdDev
{ Standard Deviation of nagative static cycles}
-FmlVar("ZigZag Cycle Length",
"CYCLEDWSTDDEVAVG")
Column F: TotStdDv
{ Standard Deviation of full static cycles }
(FmlVar("ZigZag Cycle Length",
"CYCLEUPSTDDEVAVG")
+FmlVar("ZigZag Cycle Length",
"CYCLEDWSTDDEVAVG"))/2
Filter:
{ Today's data date, user-input section }
day:= 6;
{ current day of month (1~31) }
mth:= 4;
{ current month (1~12)
}
yr:= 2004; { current year, eg 2004
}
{ *********************************** }
DayOfMonth()=day
AND Month()=mth
AND Year()=yr
AND V>0
Dahl Oscillator
I came up with the following to put Dahl into an oscillator format. It is the
STOCHRSI formula, replacing RSI with a 55 day Dahl. Does this reflect your
thinking on the indicator? It seems to lead changes in Dahl by a period or
two, but doesn't seem as fast as the STOCHRSI indicator. Checking a few
stocks in my database, there are very few times that it goes below zero,
but it will 'peg out' at 100 for significant periods. Perhaps the 14 day
smoothing is too short in relation to the 55 period primary indicator. A
longer MA period seems to smooth it out significantly, which would seem
to defeat the purpose of using an oscillator.
Mov((mov(c,55,simp) - ref(mov(c,55,simp),-15)- LLV(mov(c,55,simp) ref(mov(c,55,simp),-15),14))/(HHV(mov(c,55,simp) - ref(mov(c,55,simp),15),14)-(LLV(mov(c,55,simp) - ref(mov(c,55,simp),-15),14))),14,E)*100
(Go Top)
Dahl Variations
Dahl Volume Trend

Mov(C,55,VOL)-Ref(Mov(C,55,VOL),-15)
PVT Dahl Trend:
Mov((PVT()-Ref( PVT(),-15)),55,E)
Smoothed OBV Vol 88:
Mov((OBV()-Mov(OBV(),88,VOL)),55,E)
OBV Dahl Trend:
Mov((OBV()-Ref(OBV(),-15)),55,E)
Compare each to ordinary Dahl or some other trend indicator. Remember, I
put a 21 EMA trigger on each.
(Go Top)
Dave's New System (DNS)
Is a binary consisting of 8 indicators.}
If(SAR(.02,.2)<C,1,0) +
If((Mov(C,5,E)>Mov(C,13,E)),1,0) +
If((Mov(C,13,E)>Mov(C,40,E)),1,0) +
If((Mov(C,8,E)-Mov(C,17,E))> (Mov(Mov(C,8,E)-Mov(C,17,E),9,E)),1,0)+
If(Mov(C,50,SIMPLE) - Ref(Mov(C,50,SIMPLE),-15) > 0,1,0)+
If((Mov(ROC(C,12,%),3,E)>=-6 OR ROC(C,12,%)>0),1,0)+
If(OBV()>Mov(OBV(),40,S),1,0)+
If(V>Mov(V,120,S),1,0)
(Go Top)
Days Since Crossover
{place formula in filter section of explorer, making sure that formulas
within quotes are valid indicators}
BarsSince(Cross(45, Fml( "Stochrsi (14)" )))>
BarsSince(Cross(Fml( "Stochrsi (7,3)" ),72)) AND
Ref(BarsSince(Cross(45,Fml( "StochRSI (14)" )))<
BarsSince(Fml( "staters (7,3)")>72), -1)
(Go Top)
Denvelope
In the Oct issue of "Futures" there is an article written by Dennis McNicholl
called "Better Bollinger Bands". In his
article he describes how in a trending market the center band of the B.B.
will shift away from the "mean" value of
the price, and that the two outer bands will shift outward to such an extent
that the envelope loses its utility as a
volatility gauge (these are his words... not mine). As usual "Futures" only
posted the TradeStation code,
so this is my conversion from it. He called the Indicator "Denvelope", and
it runs the bands much closer.....
similar to "Standard Error Bands".
{Denvelope}
{Better Bollinger Bands}
Lb:=Input("Look-Back Period ?",3,100,20);
De:=Input("Band Deviation ?",.5,3,2);
Alp:=2/(Lb+1);
Mt:=Alp*CLOSE+(1-Alp)*PREV;

Ut:=Alp*Mt+(1-Alp)*PREV;
Dt:=((2-Alp)*Mt-Ut)/(1-Alp);
mt2:=Alp*Abs(C-Dt)+(1-Alp)*PREV;
ut2:=Alp*mt2+(1-alp)*PREV;
dt2:=((2-Alp)*mt2-ut2)/(1-Alp);
But:=Dt+de*dt2;
Blt:=Dt-de*dt2;
But;
Dt;
Blt;
(Go Top)
Denvelope (RSI)
pds:=Input("Periods",2,200,14);
sd:=Input("Standard Deviations",.01,10,2);
D1:= RSI(pds);
alpha:=2/(pds+1);
mt:=alpha*D1+(1-alpha)*(If(Cum(1)<pds,D1,PREV));
ut:=alpha*mt+(1-alpha)*(If(Cum(1)<pds,D1,PREV));
dt:=((2-alpha)*mt-ut)/(1-alpha);
mt2:=alpha*Abs(D1-dt)+(1-alpha)*PREV;
ut2:=alpha*mt2+(1-alpha)*PREV;
dt2:=((2-alpha)*mt2-ut2)/(1-alpha);
but:=dt+sd*dt2;
blt:=dt-sd*dt2;
blt;
dt;
but;
(Go Top)
DEVSTOP
Here's what I think a DEVSTOP is in MetaStock language, described in
Kase's
"Trading with the Odds", and better described in Kaufman's "Trading
Systems
and Methods". It uses a 2-day range, calculates an average range and SD
of
the range, and then draws 4 lines below the high, at 1 range and 0,1,2,
and
3 SD's. "2.2" and "3.6" are corrections for skew of the distribution.
AVTR:=Mov(HHV(H,2) - LLV(L,2),20, S);
SD:=Stdev(HHV(H,2) - LLV(L,2),20);
HHV(H-AVTR-3.6*SD, 20);
HHV(H-AVTR-2.2*SD,20);
HHV(H-AVTR-SD,20);
HHV(H-AVTR,20);
(Go Top)
Displace Indicator Forward
To displace an indicator forward, you use Ref(myInd,-p). The median and
typical prices are built-in functions -- MP() is (H+L)/2 and typ() is
(H+L+C)/3.
For MP, use

## Period:= Input("What Period",1,250,10);

Disp:= Input("Forward Displacement",0,250,10);
EMA1:= Mov(MP(),Period,E);
EMA2:= Mov(EMA1,Period,E);
Difference:= EMA1 - EMA2;
ZeroLagEMA:= EMA1 + Difference;
Ref(ZeroLagEMA,-Disp)
(Go Top)
Divergence Between Close and Indicator
Divergence between the Close and an Indicator (Rev. 03/18/97 from Equis
Support) The following formula will calculate the correlation of the Close
and the MACD. It is written using a "long form" MACD so that the time
periods used by the MACD may be changed. This indicator shows
"divergence" between the close and the indicator: In the Windows versions
of MetaStock the formula is:
Correl(((Sum(Cum(1)*(Mov(C,12,E)-Mov(C,26,E)),100))-(Sum(Cum(1),100)*
Sum((Mov(C,12,E)-Mov(C,26,E)),100)/100))/((Sum(Power(Cum(1),2),100))(Power(Sum(Cum(1),100),2)/100)),((Sum(Cum(1)*C,100))(Sum(Cum(1),100)* Sum(C,100)/100))/((Sum(Power(Cum(1),2),100))(Power(Sum(Cum(1),100),2)/100)),12,0)
The interpretation of the indicator output is as follows: - .08 (80%) and
lower is divergence between the Close and the MACD. - 1 is very strong
divergence. + 1 is very strong correlation. The formula was constructed
this way so that most other indicators may be used in place of the MACD.
For example, here is the same indicator using the RSI(14):
Correl(((Sum(Cum(1)*(RSI(14)),100))-(Sum(Cum(1),100)*
Sum((RSI(14)),100)/100))/((Sum(Power(Cum(1),2),100))(Power(Sum(Cum(1),100),2)/100)), ((Sum(Cum(1)*C,100))(Sum(Cum(1),100)*Sum(C,100)/100))/((Sum(Power(Cum(1),2),100))(Power(Sum(Cum(1),100),2)/100)),12,0)
(Go Top)
Double Inside Day
{For today is an inside day}
H < Ref(H,-1) and
L > Ref(L,-1) and
{For yesterday was an inside day}
Ref(H,-1) < Ref(H,-2) and
Ref(L,-1) > Ref(L,-2)
(Go Top)
Double Tops and Double Bottoms
In the February 1998 issue of Technical Analysis of Stocks& Commodities
magazine, Thomas Bulkowski discusses the use of Double Bottoms as a
means of finding profitable trades.
In MetaStock for Windows, you can find both Double Tops and Double
Bottoms with these formulas. There is a caveat however. In the article, Mr.
Bulkowski utilizes the High-Low range in finding Double Bottoms. These
formulas use only the close value, so a few of the lower priced issues will
not produce signals in MetaStock. Overall, however, these formulas
produce most of the major signals he discusses.
Double Tops

## PK:=Zig(C,10,%)<Ref(Zig(C,10,%),-1) AND Ref(Zig(C,10,%),1)>Ref(Zig(C,10,%),-2);

TR:=Zig(C,10,%)>Ref(Zig(C,10,%),-1) AND Ref(Zig(C,10,%),1)<Ref(Zig(C,10,%),-2);
PK1:=PeakBars(1,C,10);
PK2:=PeakBars(2,C,10);
(ValueWhen(1,PK,Ref(C,-1))/ValueWhen(2,PK,Ref(C,-1))>.96 AND
ValueWhen(1,PK,Ref(C,-1)) / ValueWhen(2,PK,Ref(C,-1))<1.04) AND PK2PK1>=10 AND Cross(ValueWhen(1,TR,Ref(C,-1)),C)
Double Bottoms
PK:=Zig(C,10,%)<Ref(Zig(C,10,%),-1) AND Ref(Zig(C,10,%),1)>Ref(Zig(C,10,%),-2);
TR:=Zig(C,10,%)>Ref(Zig(C,10,%),-1) AND Ref(Zig(C,10,%),1)<Ref(Zig(C,10,%),-2);
TR1:=TroughBars(1,C,10);
TR2:=TroughBars(2,C,10);
(ValueWhen(1,TR,Ref(C,-1))/ValueWhen(2,TR,Ref(C,-1))>.96 AND
ValueWhen(1,TR,Ref(C,-1)) / ValueWhen(2,TR,Ref(C,-1))<1.04) AND TR2TR1>=10 AND Cross(C,ValueWhen(1,PK,Ref(C,-1)))
(Go Top)
Down 20% on Double Average Volume
Col A: CLOSE
Col B: ROC(C,5,%)
Filter ROC(C,5,%)<=-20 AND Mov(V,5,S)>=(2*Ref(Mov(V,60,S),-5))
Filter enabled Yes
Periodicity Daily
Records required 1300
(Go Top)
I know I'm a little slow, but I've just gotten around to working on the
Dynamic Multiple Time Frame indicators given by Robert Krausz in the
1999 Bonus Issue of TASC.
The code for the actual indicators can be found at the Equis website
(www.equis.com) so I won't post them again here. I've been testing a
system based on these indicators on Best Buy (a stock that seems to be
quite amenable to system trading) and getting very good results. The
system is currently for long trades only; I'll work on shorting later. Here's
what I've got so far
Enter Long:
day:=DayOfWeek();
Fml("dynamic balance")>Fml("dynamik balance point steps")
AND Fml("fixed balance point")>Ref(Fml("fixed balance Point"),-5)
OR Fml("tendency")>0 AND day=5
Close Long
Cross(Fml("dynamik balance point steps"),Fml("dynamic balance"))

## AND Fml("fixed balance point")<Ref(Fml("fixed balance Point"),-5)

The problem is that the close is not defined, meaning that the two events
which initiate the close do not have to happen. The DBPS can cross the DB
without the 2nd condition occuring. Then, when later, the 2nd condition
does occur, sell is not triggered because the cross over has not happened
simultaneously with the 2nd condition. Theoretically, if we follow the
system strictly, this can lead to a complete loss. I understand that I can
set arbitrary stops, but I prefer to let the system do the work. Simply
reversing the entry signal and other tries, such as support breakthoughs,
drastically reduce the result.
(Go Top)
Dunnigan Trend
{Ask to use 1 day or 2 day Swing type}
St:=Input("Short Term Swing Type, 1 or 2 ?",
1,2,2);
{Call Swing Type Formula}
Sd:=If(Round(St)=1,
{then} FmlVar("Dunn-Type1","TD1"),
{else} FmlVar("Dunn-Type2","TD1"));
{Number Of Periods Since Swing Started Up}
{Number Of Periods Since Swing Started Down}
{Find Highest Value Of Up Swing}
Hv:=If(Hc>Lc AND H>Ref(H,-1),
{then}HighestSince(1,Hc=1,H),
{else}0);
{Find Lowest Value Of Down Swing}
Lv:=If(Hc<Lc AND L<Ref(L,-1),
{then}LowestSince(1,Lc=1,L),
{else}0);
{Find The Low Of The Highest High}
Hlv:=ValueWhen(1,H=Hv,L);
{Find The High Of The Lowest Low}
Lhv:=ValueWhen(1,L=Lv,H);
{Calculate And Plot Trend Direction,
Note: 1= Uptrend,
-1= Downtrend}
TD2:=If(Sd=1 AND H>Lhv,
{then}1,
{else}If(Sd=-1 AND L<Hlv,
{then}-1,
{else}0));
TD3:=ValueWhen(1,TD2<>0,TD2);
TD3
{These formulas simply plot a 1 if market is up or -1 if down. I really didn't
code this to be used as an indicator, but to be used as a subroutine, or
possibly in an "Expert Adviser".
Best wishes, Adam Hefner.}
(Go Top)
Dunn-Type 1

## {Market swing is defined as:

Up = higher highs and higher lows,
Down = lower highs and lower lows.}
TD1:=If(BarsSince(H>Ref(H,-1) AND L>Ref(L,-1)) <
{then}1,
{else}-1);
TD1
(Go Top)
Dunn-Type 2
{Market swing is defined as:
Up = 2 higher highs and 2 higher lows,
Down = 2 lower highs and 2 lower lows.}
AND (Ref(H,-1)>Ref(H,-2)
AND Ref(L,-1)>Ref(L,-2))) <
AND (Ref(L,-1)<Ref(L,-2)
AND Ref(H,-1)<Ref(H,-2))),
{then}1,
{else}-1);
TD1
(Go Top)
Dynamic Multiple Time Frame Indicator
Explanation of the Dynamic Multiple Time Frame Indicator by the author,
"The Fixed Balance Point is calculated every Friday by
taking the weekly (high+low+close)/3. It really doesn't
need to be plotted, but is mostly used to base the other
indicators from.
The Fixed Balance Point Step, is a 5 week average of
the Fixed Balance Point.
The Dynamic Balance Point is the daily update of the
Fixed Balance Point.
The Dynamic Balance Point Step is the daily update
of the Fixed Balance Point Step.
Robert Krausz teaches that by watching the balance point
calculations of the longer (weekly) time, you have the market
direction (trend) for the shorter (daily) time. He also revealed
that the when the Dynamic Balance Point is above the Dynamic
Balance Point Step, then the trend is up, and opposite is true
for down trend. I have found that these act in much the same way
as a 5/25 moving average cross-over system.
I like the Fibonacci Support & Resistance best of all, seems (IMHO)
that these support/resistance areas are very easy to visualize using

this formula."
(Go Top)
Dynamic Zones
{Zamansky&Stendahl's Dynamic Zones for MS6.5 (From the TASC July1997
article). First, for the Lookback Periods plot a 9-day RSI along with StDev
adjusted rolling 70-day SMAs; e.g., as can be seen in the article's S&P500example}
PR:=Input("Enter Periods for RSI",1,100,9);
PB:=Input("Enter Periods for BUY",1,100,70);
PS:=Input("Enter Periods for SELL",1,100,70);
UpZone:=Mov(RSI(PR),PS,S)+(1.3185 *Stdev(RSI(PR),PS));
LwZone:=Mov(RSI(PR),PB,S)-(1.3185 *Stdev(RSI(PR),PB));
UpZone;
LwZone;
Most indicators use a fixed zone for buy and sell signals. Here's a concept
based on zones that are responsive to past levels of the indicator.
One approach to active investing employs the use of oscillators to exploit
tradable market trends. This investing style follows a very simple form of
logic: Enter the market only when an oscillator has moved far above or
below traditional trading levels. However, these oscillator-driven systems
lack the ability to evolve with the market because they use fixed buy and
sell zones. Traders typically use one set of buy and sell zones for a bull
market and substantially different zones for a bear market. And therein
lies the problem.
Once traders begin introducing their market opinions into trading
equations, by changing the zones, they negate the system's mechanical
nature. The objective is to have a system automatically define its own buy
and sell zones and thereby profitably trade in any market -- bull or bear.
Dynamic zones offer a solution to the problem of fixed buy and sell zones
for any oscillator-driven system.
The algorithm for the dynamic zones is a series of steps. First, decide the
value of the lookback period t. Next, decide the value of the probability
Pbuy for buy zone and value of the probability Psell for the sell zone.
The area above and below the dynamic zones constitute the upper and
lower 10% boundaries. The zones appear to evolve with the market
because they use a rolling 70-day period of indicator values in their
construction.
(Go Top)
Daily Close vs. High and Low Close
if((C-L)/(H-L),>,.66 ,1, if((C-L)/(H-L),<,.38,-1,0))
(Go Top)
Detrended Price Oscillator
The Detrended Price Oscillator (DPO) is an indicator that attempts to
eliminate the trend in prices. Detrended prices allow you to more easily
identify cycles and overbought/oversold levels. Here is the MetaStock
custom formula for the DPO:
Close-Ref( Mov(Close, X, Simple ), T)

## ***where X is the number of Time Periods for the Oscillator and T = X / 2 +

1.
For example, a 20 period DPO would be:
X = 20
T = (20/2 + 1) = 11
Close-Ref( Mov(Close, 20, Simple),11)
(Go Top)
Disparity Index
Steve Nison refers to the his Disparity Index "as a percentage display of
the latest close to a chosen moving average". This can be defined in
MetaStock using the formula:
( ( C - Mov( C ,X ,? ) ) / Mov( C ,X ,? ) ) * 100
** where X is the number of time periods and ? is the calculation type of
the moving average.
For example:
( ( C - Mov( C ,13,E ) ) / Mov( C ,13 ,E ) ) * 100
** where X = 13 time periods and ? = Exponential moving average.
For interpretation on the Disparity Index refer to Steve Nison's book
Beyond Candlesticks which is available from the Equis Direct catalogue.
(Go Top)
Displaying the Price of a Security in 32nds and 64ths
All versions of MetaStock prior to our Windows software would need this
formula.
You can display your security's prices in 32nds and 64ths, by using the
following custom formulas. Once plotted these values will be displayed in
the indicator window.
For 32nds:
INT( C ) + ( ( FRAC( C ) / .03125 ) / 100 )
For 64ths:
INT( C ) + ( ( FRAC( C ) / .015625 ) / 100 )
**Where C is for the security's closing price and can be replaced with O, H,
or L for the open, high, or low price instead.
(Go Top)
Divergence Between the Close and an Indicator
The following formula will calculate the correlation of the Close and the
MACD. It is written using a "long form" MACD so that the time periods used
by the MACD may be changed. This indicator shows "divergence" between
the close and the indicator:
In the Windows versions of MetaStock the formula is:
Correl(((Sum(Cum(1)*(Mov(C,12,E)-Mov(C,26,E)),100))-(Sum(Cum(1),100)*
Sum((Mov(C,12,E)-Mov(C,26,E)),100)/100))/((Sum(Power(Cum(1),2),100))(Power(Sum(Cum(1),100),2)/100)),((Sum(Cum(1)*C,100))(Sum(Cum(1),100)*
Sum(C,100)/100))/((Sum(Power(Cum(1),2),100))(Power(Sum(Cum(1),100),2)/100)),12,0)
The interpretation of the indicator output is as follows:
- .08 (80%) and lower is divergence between the Close and the MACD.
- 1 is very strong divergence.
+ 1 is very strong correlation.
The formula was constructed this way so that most other indicators may
be used in place of the MACD.
For example here is the same indicator using the RSI(14)

Correl(((Sum(Cum(1)*(RSI(14)),100))-(Sum(Cum(1),100)*
Sum((RSI(14)),100)/100))/((Sum(Power(Cum(1),2),100))(Power(Sum(Cum(1),100),2)/100)),
((Sum(Cum(1)*C,100))-(Sum(Cum(1),100)*Sum(C,100)/100))/
((Sum(Power(Cum(1),2),100))(Power(Sum(Cum(1),100),2)/100)),12,0)
(Go Top)
Dynamic Momentum Oscillator
In July 1996 Futures magazine, E. Marshall Wall introduces the Dynamic
interpretation.
He describes the Dynamo Oscillator to be:
Dynamo = Mc - ( MAo - O )
where
Mc = the midpoint of the oscillator
MAo = a moving average of the oscillator
O = the oscillator
This concept can be applied to most any oscillator to improve its results.
For example:
Applying the Dynamo Oscillator to a 5-period %K slowed 3 periods
Stochastic Oscillator would give:
50-(Mov(Stoch(5,3),21,S)-Stoch(5,3))
where:
Mc = Stochastic Oscillator's midpoint = 50
MAo = Moving average of the Stochastic = Mov(Stoch(5,3),21,S
O = Stochastic Oscillator = Stoch(5,3)
This example applies it to an RSI oscillator:
50-(Mov(RSI(14),21,S)-RSI(14))
where:
Mc = RSI's midpoint = 50
MAo = Moving average of the RSI = Mov(RSI(14),21,S
O= RSI Oscillator = RSI(14)
(Go Top)
Derivative Moving Average
The information for this test was published in the June 1996 issue of
"Technical Analysis of Stocks and Commodities". The test appears in the
article "The Derivative Moving Average" by Adam White, page 18. Mr.
White describes this test as using a variation of the "tried-and-true simple
moving average for entry signals and the "trend analysis index" for exit
signals. Note, first you need to create a new indicator called TAI, using the
TAI formula below - then create the new system test.
Signal Formulas
Enter Long:
When(Ref(Mov(C,28,S),-1),=,LLV(Mov(C,28,S),4))
Close Long:
When(Fml("TAI"),<,0.4) AND When(Ref(Fml("TAI"),-1),>=,0.4)
TAI Formula
((HHV(Mov(C,28,S),5)-LLV(Mov(C,28,S),5))/C)*100
Darvis Box - Based on "How I made 2 million on the stockmarket"
Jason Prestwidge

Periods:=Input("periods",1,260,260);
Topbox:=If(Ref(H,-3)>=Ref(HHV(H,Periods),-4) AND Ref(H,-2)<Ref(H,-3)
AND Ref(H,-1)<Ref(H,-3) AND H< Ref(H,-3),Ref(H,-3),PREVIOUS);
Botbox:=If(Ref(H,-3)>=Ref(HHV(H,Periods),-4) AND Ref(H,-2)<Ref(H,-3)
AND Ref(H,-1)<Ref(H,-3) AND H< Ref(H,-3),LLV(L,4),PREVIOUS);
Topbox;
Botbox;
(Go Top...)
Dr Elder's Force Index - Metastock Indicator Formula
FI:=(C-Ref(C,-1))*V;Mov(FI,13,E)
{Smoothed by 13 period exponential moving average}
Dr Elder also refers to a 2 period Force Index in which case, you would
change the 13 above to 2.
(The following explanatory notes are taken from Trading for a Living by
Dr. Alexander Elder, Published by John Wiley & Sons, Inc, 1993)
Force Index is an oscillator developed by this author. It measures the
force of bulls behind every rally and of bears behind every decline.
Force Index combines three essential pieces of market information the
direction of price change, its extent, and trading volume. It provides a
new, practical way of using volume to make trading decisions.
Force Index can be used raw, but it works better if you smooth it with a
moving average. Force Index smoothed with a short MA helps pinpoint
entry and exit points. Force Index smoothed with a long MA reveals major
changes in the force of bulls and bears.
A 2-day EMA of Force Index provides a minimal degree of smoothing. It is
useful for finding entry points into the markets. It pays to buy when the 2day EMA is negative and sell when it is positive, as long as you trade in
the direction of the 13-day EMA of prices.
A 13-day EMA of Force Index tracks longer term changes in the force of
bulls and bears. When it crosses above its centerline, it shows the bulls are
in control. When it turns negative, it shows that bears are in control.
Divergences between 13-day EMA of Force Index and prices identify
important turning points.
(Go Top...)
Date filter
{ Date filter }
{ Plots +1 signal within user-input date period }
{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
StDay:=Input("start Day",1,31,1);
StMnth:=Input("start Month",1,12,1);
StYear:=Input("start Year",1800,2200,2003);
EnDay:=Input("end Day",1,31,31);
EnMnth:=Input("end Month",1,12,12);
EnYear:=Input("end Year",1800,2200,2003);
start:=Year()>StYear
OR (Year()=StYear AND (Month()>StMnth
OR Month()=StMnth AND DayOfMonth()>=StDay));
end:=Year()<EnYear
OR (Year()=EnYear AND (Month()<EnMnth
OR Month()=EnMnth AND DayOfMonth()<=EnDay));

## start AND (end OR (start AND Alert(start=0,2)))

(Go Top...)
Divergences - Class A
{ Class A price/indicator divergence v3 }{ +1 signal = bullish trough
divergences }{ -1 signal = bearish peak divergences }{ Copyright 2003
Jose Silva }{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
ind:=Input("MACD=1, RSI=2, DMI=3, Mom=4",1,4,1);
pds:=Input("indicator periods",2,2520,10);
f:=Input("price field: Close=1, High/Low=2",1,2,1);
Ch:=Input("peak/trough depth minimum (0-100%)",0,100,0)/100;
shift:=Input("shift signals back to match divergences=1",0,1,0);
{y:=insert any indicator or Fml("formula name")}
y:=If(ind=1,MACD(),If(ind=2,RSI(C,pds),
If(ind=3,DMI(C),Mo(C,pds))));
xu:=If(f=1,C,H);
xd:=If(f=1,C,L);
Pkx:=xu<Ref(xu,-1) AND Ref(xu,-1)>Ref(xu,-2)
AND Ref(xu,-1)>=(xu+Ref(xu,-2))/2*(1+Ch);
Pkx1:=ValueWhen(1,Pkx,Ref(xu,-1));
Pkx2:=ValueWhen(2,Pkx,Ref(xu,-1));
Trx:=xd>Ref(xd,-1) AND Ref(xd,-1)<Ref(xd,-2)
AND Ref(xd,-1)<=(xd+Ref(xd,-2))/2*(1-Ch);
Trx1:=ValueWhen(1,Trx,Ref(xd,-1));
Trx2:=ValueWhen(2,Trx,Ref(xd,-1));
Pky:=y<Ref(y,-1) AND Ref(y,-1)>Ref(y,-2)
AND Ref(y,-1)>=(y+Ref(y,-2))/2*(1+Ch);
Pky1:=ValueWhen(1,Pky,Ref(y,-1));
Pky2:=ValueWhen(2,Pky,Ref(y,-1));
Try:=y>Ref(y,-1) AND Ref(y,-1)<Ref(y,-2)
AND Ref(y,-1)<=(y+Ref(y,-2))/2*(1-Ch);
Try1:=ValueWhen(1,Try,Ref(y,-1));
Try2:=ValueWhen(2,Try,Ref(y,-1));
0;
Ref(Trx AND Try AND Trx1<Trx2
AND Try1>Try2,shift)
-Ref((Pkx AND Pky AND Pkx1>Pkx2
AND Pky1<Pky2),shift)
ECO - R Krauz
The Robert Krauz article I read described the ECO as "a double smoothed
ratio of the difference between the close(C) and open(O) of each bar, and
the difference between the high(H) and low(L) prices for each bar"
originally created by William Blau.
FWI my interpretation is:
{ECO[Ergodic Candlestick Oscillator]}
(MOV(MOV(C-O,5,E))26,E)/MOV(MOV(H-L,5,E))26,E))*100
(Go Top)
Elliot Oscillator

Mov((H+L)/2,5,S)-Mov((H+L)/2,34,S)
(Go Top)
Elliot Oscillator
Mov(C,5,S)-Mov(C,35,S)
{from Jan Robert Wolansky}
{TIMESERIES TRIX - by Joe Luisi}
{published in S&C - TASC article "Playing Trix" by Joe Luisi (June 1997) and
to be used on weekly data}
CLA:=TRIX(3);
CLB:=Ref(TRIX(3),-1);
CLC:=Mov(TRIX(3),8,TIMESERIES);
CLD:=Ref(Mov(TRIX(3),8,TIMESERIES),-1);
SHORT:=When(CLA,>,CLC) AND When(CLB,<,CLD) AND
When(CLA,<,0)AND When(CLA,>,-2);
LONG:=When(CLA,<,CLC) AND When(CLB,>,CLD) AND
When(CLA,>,0)AND When(CLA,<,+2);
If(LONG>0,+1,
If(SHORT>0,-1,PREVIOUS))
(Go Top)
Elliot Wave Identification
As far as using MetaStock for identifying waves, use a 5/34 histogram for
finding wave 4, the end of wave 3 and for help with identifying wave 1/2,
which apparently Advanced Get uses extensively. You can write MetaStock
explorations/templates/experts, etc., with this indicator; e.g.,
explorations to find the peaks and troughs of the 5/34 histogram.
The version of the indicator I use in MetaStock v6.52 is:
Mov(OscP(5,34,E,\$),5,S)
-150 days minimum of data.
The peaks of the histogram help identify waves 1, 3 and 5 and troughs for
waves 2 and 4. Use MetaStock line studies (both trendlines, channels and
fib retracements) for additional wave identification/analysis. Of course,
you can label the waves with the text box.
(Go Top)
EMA Cross System
avoid using when the market has no clear direction -enter long
mov(c,5,e)>mov(c,21,e) and
ref(mov(c,5,e),-1)<=ref(mov(c,21,e),-1)
exit long
mov(c,5,e)<mov(c,21,e) and
ref(mov(c,5,e),-1)>=ref(mov(c,21,e),-1)
(Go Top)
End Point Moving Average
{The End Point Moving Average was introduced in the October 95 issue of
Technical Analysis of Stocks & Commodities in the article "The End Point

Moving Average", by Patrick E. Lafferty. The exact formula for the End
Point
Moving average is as follows:}
( 14 * Sum( Cum( 1 ) * C,14 ) - Sum( Cum( 1 ),14) * Sum( C,14) ) / (14
* Sum( Pwr( Cum( 1 ),2),14 ) - Pwr( Sum( Cum( 1 ),14 ),2 ) ) * Cum( 1 )
+ (Mov(C,14,S) - Mov( Cum( 1 ),14,S) * (14 * Sum( Cum( 1 ) * C,14) Sum( Cum( 1 ),14 ) * Sum( C,14) ) / (14 * Sum( Pwr( Cum( 1 ),2 ),14) Pwr( Sum( Cum( 1 ),14 ),2 ) ) )
{The above formula plots the last value of a linear regression line of the
previous 14 periods. The Time Series Forecast (TSF) takes this value and
the
slope of the regression line to forecast the next day and then plots this
forecasted price as today's value. from Equis.}
(Go Top)
Enter 20 Days after MOV Signal
I am trying to use the MetaStock Explorer to find all stocks with the
following:
1. c - mov(c,60,s)<0
2. Above condition should be in place for 20 days/
I use c - Mov(c,60,s)<0 but how do I write the Exploration?
from wsb
Use (C - Mov(C,60,S))<0 AND Ref((C - Mov(C,60,S))<0),-1) AND ... Ref((C
-Mov(C,60,S))<0),-19)
where ... stands for all Ref( x,-i) with i between 2 and 18.
(Go Top)
Equivalent to Wilders TR
Wilders(TR,periods) = Mov(TR,2*periods-1,E)
(Go Top)
Excel Confidence %
This is the calculation:
Take todays volume * 50 and find the square root of that number. Then
divide 2.5 by your result. Then take the result of dividing by 2.5 and *
todays close. Write this figure down.
Then plot a 10 day moving average of this figure. This is the fundamental
calculation which we shall call a.
Take the value for a and take it away from the lowest value of itself over
the past 5 days. Add up these results for the past 3 days. This number is
called b.
Now take the highest value for a over the past 5 days and subtract the
lowest value for a, also over the past 5 days. Call this number c.
Finally, divide b by c and multiply the answer by 100. (phew!)

Simple Interpretation:
Excel Confidence % should oscillate between 0 and 100, usually at the
extreme ends of the scale. A value of 0 indicates no confidence in the
market going up, whilst 100 indicates perfect confidence in the market
going up. Although this obviously isn't the holy grail of indicators, it does
offer some insight into what the market is thinking and how one can
measure investor sentiment.
You might like to add a slower version of this (just increase the 3 day and 5
day calculations to something you believe to be appropriate - try 7 & 15)
and trade the crossovers, as with stochastics.
You can also just trade the values ie 90 or higher, buy, 10 or lower, sell.
Metastock code for Excel Confidence %:
(Sum(
Mov(C * (2.5/ Sqrt(50 * V)),10,S)LLV(Mov(C * (2.5/ Sqrt(50 * V)),10,S),5), 3 ) /
Sum(
HHV(Mov(C * (2.5/ Sqrt(50 * V)),10,S),5) LLV(Mov(C * (2.5/ Sqrt(50 * V)),10,S),5), 3) ) * 100
(Go Top)
A:=Close
B:{Breakout}(H-L)>ATR(9)
C:{Signal}Ref(C,-2)<=Mov(C,50,S) and
Ref(C,-1)>Mov(C,50,S) OR Ref(C,-1)<=Mov(C,50,S) and
C>Mov(C,50,S)
D:{entry}HHV(H,2)+.125
E:{Stop}If(Ref(C,-2)<=Mov(C,50,S) and
Ref(C,-1)>Mov(C,50,S),Ref(C,-1)-1,If(Ref(C,-1)<=Mov(C,50,S)
and C>Mov(C,50,S),C-1,0))
Filter:ColB and ColC
(Go Top)
Expansion Pivots Sell
A:=Close
B:{Breakout}(H-L)>ATR(9)
C:{Signal}Ref(C,-2)>=Mov(C,50,S) and
Ref(C,-1)<Mov(C,50,S) OR Ref(C,-1)>=Mov(C,50,S) and
C<Mov(C,50,S)
D:{entry}LLV(L,2)-.125
E:{Stop}If(Ref(C,-2)>=Mov(C,50,S) and
Ref(C,-1)<Mov(C,50,S),Ref(C,-1)-1,If(Ref(C,-1)>=Mov(C,50,S)
and C<Mov(C,50,S),C-1,0))
Filter:ColB and ColC
(Go Top)
Experimental Williams Trading System
A trading system based on work of Bill Williams
Enter Long:
Cross(C,Fml("chaos green bl")) AND Fml("chaos green bl") > Fml("chaos
blue bl")
Close Long:
Cross(Fml("chaos green bl"),C) AND Fml("chaos blue bl") > Fml("chaos
green bl")

## I tested this on several different stocks and it shows potential. I really

haven't spent too much time on it yet so I'm not yet sure of the
significance of the other indicators. The above was just what I could throw
together based upon what my eyes on the chart with the indicators
showed me.
(Go Top)
End Points of a Linear Regression with Standard Deviations
In MetaStock 5.x for Windows there is a way to plot the end points of a
linear regression line
with channels +/- 2 Standard Deviations.
Here are the three formulas:
*Linear Regression (14):
(14 * Sum(Cum(1) * C,14) - Sum(Cum(1),14)* Sum(C,14)) /(14 *
Sum(Pwr(Cum(1),2),14)
- Pwr(Sum(Cum(1),14),2)) * Cum(1) + (Mov(C,14,S) - Mov(Cum(1),14,S) *
(14 *
Sum(Cum(1) * C,14) - Sum(Cum(1),14) * Sum(C,14))/(14 *
Sum(Pwr(Cum(1),2),14)
- Pwr(Sum(Cum(1),14),2)))
*Linear Regression Lower Band:
Fml( "*Linear Regression (14)" ) - 2* Stdev( Fml( "*Linear Regression
(14)" ) ,14)
*Linear Regression Upper:
Fml( "*Linear Regression (14)" ) + 2* Stdev( Fml( "*Linear Regression (14)"
) ,14)
(Go Top)
EMA
{ Exponential Moving Average v2.2 }{ EMA periodicity shortens on low bar
count }
{ Copyright 2003-2004 Jose Silva }{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
pds:=Input("EMA periods",1,2520,21);
x:=Input("use Open=1 High=2 Low=3 Close=4 WClose=5 P=6",1,6,4);
shift:=Input("EMA vertical shift %", -100,100,0)/100+1;
plot:=Input("EMA, Crossover signals", 1,2,1);
x:=If(x=1,O,If(x=2,H,If(x=3,L,If(x=5,WC(),If(x=6,P,C)))));
pds:=If(pds>Cum(IsDefined(x)), Cum(IsDefined(x)),pds);
Ema:=x*2/(pds+1)+PREV*(1-2/(pds+1));
Ema:=Ema*shift;
signals:=Cross(x,Ema)-Cross(Ema,x);
If(plot=2,signals,Ema)
(Go Top)
EMA - ATR volatility adjusted
{ ATR volatility-adjusted, dyn-period EMA v2.1 }
{ Positive sensitivity: EMA periodicity shortens on high ATR volatility increases on low ATR volatility }
{ Negative sensitivity: EMA periodicity shortens on low ATR volatility increases on high ATR volatility }
{ EMA:

## { Dyn periods: EMA periodicity used }

{ ATR vlty: ATR volatility 0~100% }
{ Signals:
EMA/price crossover signals }
{ Copyright 2004 Jose Silva }{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
pds:=Input("EMA avg periods",1,2520,21);
sens:=Input("ATR volatility sensitivity (+100 to -100)%",100,100,100)/100;
pdsVlty:=Input("ATR volatility sampling periods",2,2520,126);
pdsATR:=Input("ATR periods",1,2520,10);
x:=Input("Open High Low Close Vol P",1,6,4);
plot:=Input("EMA, Dyn periods, ATR vlty, Signals",1,4,1);
x:=If(x=1,O,If(x=2,H,If(x=3,L,If(x=5,V,If(x=6,P,C)))));
ATRvlty:=(ATR(pdsATR)-LLV(ATR(pdsATR),pdsVlty)) /
(HHV(ATR(pdsATR),pdsVlty)LLV(ATR(pdsATR),pdsVlty)+.000001);
multi:=If(ATRvlty<=.5,10*Power(ATRvlty,3.4739)+.1,10*Power(ATRvlty,3.3
2)
+.000001);
multi:=If(sens>0,1/multi,multi);
multi:=If(multi<1,1-(1-multi)*Abs(sens),(multi-1)*Abs(sens)+1);
pds:=pds*multi;
pds:=If(pds>Cum(IsDefined(x))-(pdsVlty+pdsATR),Cum(IsDefined(x))(pdsVlty+pdsATR),pds);
pds:=If(pds<1,1,pds);
ATREma:=x*2/(pds+1)+PREV*(1-2/(pds+1));
signals:=Cross(x,ATREma)-Cross(ATREma,x);
If(plot=2,pds,If(plot=3,ATRvlty*100,
If(plot=4,signals,ATREma)))
(Go Top)
EMA - BB volatility adjusted
{ Bollinger Band volatility-adjusted, dynamic-period EMA v1.1 }
{ Positive sensitivity: EMA periodicity shortens on high BB volatility increases on low BB volatility }
{ Negative sensitivity: EMA periodicity shortens on low BB volatility increases on high BB volatility }
{
{
{
{

EMA:
BB volatility-adjusted EMA }
Dyn periods: EMA periodicity used }
BB vlty:
BB volatility 0~100% }
Signals:
EMA/price crossover signals }

## { Copyright 2004 Jose Silva }

{ http://users.bigpond.com/prominex/pegasus.htm }
pds:=Input("EMA avg periods",1,2520,21);
sens:=Input("BB volatility sensitivity (+100 to -100)%",-100,100,75)/100;
pdsVlty:=Input("BB volatility sampling periods",2,2520,126);
pdsBB:=Input("Bollinger Band periods",2,2520,10);
x:=Input("Open High Low Close Vol P",1,6,4);

## plot:=Input("EMA, Dyn periods, BB vlty, Signals",1,4,1);

x:=If(x=1,O,If(x=2,H,If(x=3,L,If(x=5,V,If(x=6,P,C)))));
y:=(BBandTop(x,pdsBB,S,2)-BBandBot(x,pdsBB,S,2))/Mov(x,pdsBB,S);
BBvlty:=(y-LLV(y,pdsVlty))/(HHV(y,pdsVlty)-LLV(y,pdsVlty)+.000001);
multi:=If(BBvlty<=.5,10*Power(BBvlty,3.4739)+.1,10*Power(BBvlty,3.32)
+.000001);
multi:=If(sens>0,1/multi,multi);
multi:=If(multi<1,1-(1-multi)*Abs(sens),(multi-1)*Abs(sens)+1);
pds:=pds*multi;
pds:=If(pds>Cum(IsDefined(x))-(pdsVlty+pdsBB),Cum(IsDefined(x))(pdsVlty+pdsBB),pds);
pds:=If(pds<1,1,pds);
BBema:=x*2/(pds+1)+PREV*(1-2/(pds+1));
signals:=Cross(x,BBema)-Cross(BBema,x);
If(plot=2,pds,If(plot=3,BBvlty*100,If(plot=4,signals,BBema)))
(Go Top)
{ Cycle-adaptive Exponential Moving Avg v1.1 }{ EMA periodicity
determined by historical price cycle based on ZigZag cycles }
{ Copyright 2004 Jose Silva }{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
pr:=Input("ZigZag cycle reversal %",0,100,5);
choose:=Input("EMA periods based on: Cycle, Cycle Avg",1,2,1);
multi:=Input("EMA periodicity: Cycle/Avg length x",.1,100,2);
x:=Input("use Open=1 High=2 Low=3 Close=4 Volume=5 P=6",1,6,6);
shift:=1+Input("EMA vertical shift %",-100,100,0)/100;
plot:=Input("EMA Signals Cycle CyAvg CyStdDev",1,6,1);
x:=If(x=1,O,If(x=2,H,If(x=3,L,If(x=5,V,If(x=6,P,C)))));
zz:=Zig(x,pr,%);
zzpk:=Ref(zz,-1)>zz AND Ref(zz,-1)>Ref(zz,-2);
zztr:=Ref(zz,-1)<zz AND Ref(zz,-1)<Ref(zz,-2);
CycleCount:=Cum(PkTr)-1;
CycleCount:=If(CycleCount=0,.000001,CycleCount);
CycleLenAvg:=Cum(CycleLen)/CycleCount;
pds:=If(choose=1,ValueWhen(1,CycleLen>0 AND
CycleCount>0,CycleLen),CycleLenAvg)*multi;
pds:=
pds:=If(pds<1,1,pds);
Ema:=x*2/(pds+1)+PREV*(1-2/(pds+1));
Ema:=Ema*shift;
signals:=Cross(x,Ema)-Cross(Ema,x);
If(plot=1,Ema,If(plot=2,signals,
If(plot=3,CycleLen,
If(plot=4,CycleLenAvg,
If(plot=5,Stdev(CycleLen,21),pds)))))
(Go Top)

EMA - %PriceChange-filtered
{ Filtered Exponential Moving Average v1.1 }{ EMA ignores prices outside
min/max % zone }{ EMA periodicity shortens on low bar count }
{ Copyright 2004 Jose Silva }{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
{ User inputs }
pds:=Input("EMA periods",1,2520,21);
minCh:=Input("Minimum % price change", 0,100,2)/100;
maxCh:=Input("Maximum % price change", 0,100,5)/100;
x:=Input("use Open=1 High=2 Low=3 Close=4 WClose=5 P=6",1,6,4);
shift:=Input("EMA vertical shift %", -100,100,0)/100+1;
plot:=Input("EMA, Crossover signals", 1,2,1);
{ Price field selection }
x:=If(x=1,O,If(x=2,H,If(x=3,L,If(x=5,WC(),If(x=6,P,C)))));
{ Price filter }
change:=Abs(x/Ref(x,-1)-1);
filter:=change>=minCh AND change<=maxCh;
x:=ValueWhen(1,filter,x);
{ Reduce periodicity on low bar count }
pds:=If(pds>Cum(IsDefined(x)), Cum(IsDefined(x)),pds);
{ EMA formula }
Ema:=x*2/(pds+1)+PREV*(1-2/(pds+1));
{ EMA shift }
Ema:=Ema*shift;
{ EMA crossover signals }
signals:=Cross(x,Ema)-Cross(Ema,x);
{ Plot EMA on price chart }
If(plot=2,signals,Ema)
(Go Top)
EMA - pivotal
{ Pivotal Exponential Moving Average v1.0 }{ EMA based on trough/peak
support/resistance }
{ Options:
 Composite EMA: (Upper+Lower)/2;
 Upper EMA band based on peaks;
Lower EMA band based on troughs;
 EMA shifts to Upper/Lower on crossovers }
{ Copyright 2004 Jose Silva }{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
pds:=Input("EMA periods",1,2520,21)/2;
plot:=Input("EMA: Composite, Upper/Lower, Long/Short",1,3,1);
spread:=Input("Upper/Lower EMA bands shift %", 0,100,2)/200;
x:=Input("use: Close, High/Low, P", 1,3,1);
xpk:=If(x=1,C,If(x=2,H,P));
pk:=xpk<Ref(xpk,-1) AND Ref(xpk,-1)>Ref(xpk,-2);

pkVal:=ValueWhen(1,pk,Ref(xpk,-1));
xtr:=If(x=1,C,If(x=2,L,P));
tr:=xtr>Ref(xtr,-1) AND Ref(xtr,-1)<Ref(xtr,-2);
trVal:=ValueWhen(1,tr,Ref(xtr,-1));
pkpds:=If(pds>Cum(pk),Cum(pk),pds);
pkpds:=If(pkpds<1,1,pkpds);
pkEma:=pkVal*2/(pkpds+1)+PREV*(1-2/(pkpds+1));
trpds:=If(pds>Cum(tr),Cum(tr),pds);
trpds:=If(trpds<1,1,trpds);
trEma:=trVal*2/(trpds+1)+PREV*(1-2/(trpds+1));
Ema:=(pkEma+trEma)/2;
LngShtEma:=If(C>=Ema,trEma,pkEma);
If(plot=1,Ema,If(plot=2,trEma,LngShtEma));
If(plot=1,Ema,If(plot=2,pkEma,LngShtEma))
(Go Top)
EMA - RSI volatility adjusted
{RSI-volatility adjusted, dynamic-period EMA v2}{ Tightens EMA on RSI
over-bought/sold levels, increases EMA periods on low RSI volatility }
{ Copyright 2003-2004 Jose Silva }{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
pds:=Input("EMA periods",1,2520,21);
pdsRs:=Input("RSI periods",2,252,21);
x:=Input("use Open=1 High=2 Low=3 Close=4 Volume=5 P=6",1,6,4);
shift:= 1+Input("vertical shift %",-100,100,0)/100;
plot:=Input("EMA=1, dyn EMA pds=2, RSI volatility=3, signals=4",1,4,1);
x:=If(x=1,O,If(x=2,H,If(x=3,L,If(x=5,V,If(x=6,P,C)))));
RSvoltl:=Abs(RSI({x,}pdsRs)-50)+1;
multi:=(5+100/pdsRs) /(.06+.92*RSvoltl+.02*Power(RSvoltl,2));
pds:=pds*multi;
pds:=If(pds>Cum(IsDefined(x))-pdsRS, Cum(IsDefined(x))-pdsRS,pds);
pds:=If(pds<1,1,pds);
RsVEma:=x*2/(pds+1)+PREV*(1-2/(pds+1));
signals:=Cross(x,RsVEma)-Cross(RsVEma,x);
If(plot=2,pds,If(plot=3,(RSvoltl-1)*2, If(plot=4,signals,RsVEma*shift)))
(Go Top)
EMA - slope %
{ EMA slope % v2.0, +/- 0~100% }{ Copyright 2003 Jose Silva }
{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
pds:=Input("EMA periods",2,2520,21);
x:=Input("use Open=1 High=2 Low=3 Close=4 Volume=5 P=6",1,6,4);
x:=If(x=1,O,If(x=2,H,If(x=3,L,If(x=5,V,If(x=6,P,C)))));
EMA:=Mov(x,pds,E);
EMAprev:=Ref(EMA,-1);

y:=Min(EMA,EMAprev)/Max(EMA,EMAprev);
EMAratio:=(If(EMA>EMAprev,2-y,y)-1)*100;
EMAper:=If(EMAratio<0,Atan(EMAratio,1)-360, Atan(EMAratio,1))*10/9;
signal:=Mov(EMAper,pds,E);
0;signal;EMAper
(Go Top)
EMA - Volatility adjusted
{ Volatility-adjusted, dynamic-period EMA v2.4 }{ EMA periodicity shortens
on high volatility, increases on low volatility }{ Copyright 2003-2004
Jose Silva }{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
pds:=Input("EMA periods",1,2520,21);
x:=Input("use Open=1 High=2 Low=3 Close=4 Volume=5 P=6",1,6,4);
shift:=1+Input("EMA vertical shift %", -100,100,0)/100;
plot:=Input("EMA=1, Volatility=2, Dyn EMA pds=3, Crossovers=4",1,4,1);
x:=If(x=1,O,If(x=2,H,If(x=3,L,If(x=5,V,If(x=6,P,C)))));
Vt:=Stdev(x,5)/Mov(Stdev(x,5),10,S);
pds:=pds*.75/(Vt+.1);
pds:=If(pds>Cum(IsDefined(x))-13, Cum(IsDefined(x))-13,pds);
pds:=If(pds<1,1,pds);
VtEma:=x*2/(pds+1)+PREV*(1-2/(pds+1));
VtEma:=VtEma*shift;
signals:=Cross(x,VtEma)-Cross(VtEma,x);
If(plot=2,Vt*10,If(plot=3,pds, If(plot=4,signals,VtEma)))
(Go Top)
EMA - Volume adjusted
{ Volume adjusted, dynamic-period EMA v2.3 }{ EMA periodicity shortens
on high volume, increases on low volume }{ Copyright 2003-2004 Jose
Silva }
{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
pds:=Input("EMA periods",1,2520,21);
VAvgPds:=Input("Volume sample periods",2,252,21);
x:=Input("use Open=1 High=2 Low=3 Close=4 Volume=5 P=6",1,6,4);
shift:=1+Input("EMA vertical shift %", -100,100,0)/100;
plot:=Input("EMA=1, Dyn EMA pds=2, Vol avg=3, Crossovers=4",1,4,1);
x:=If(x=1,O,If(x=2,H,If(x=3,L,If(x=5,V,If(x=6,P,C)))));
MovVol:=Mov(V,VAvgPds,E);
VolRatio:=Min(V,MovVol)/Max(V,MovVol);
VolAvg:=If(V>MovVol,2-VolRatio,VolRatio);
multi:=.75/(.1+.32*VolAvg+.58*Power(VolAvg,4));
pds:=pds*multi;
pds:=If(pds>Cum(IsDefined(x))-VAvgPds, Cum(IsDefined(x))-VAvgPds,pds);
pds:=If(pds<1,1,pds);
VlEma:=x*2/(pds+1)+PREV*(1-2/(pds+1));
VlEma:=VlEma*shift;
signals:=Cross(x,VlEma)-Cross(VlEma,x);
If(plot=2,pds,If(plot=3,VolAvg*50, If(plot=4,signals,VlEma)))
(Go Top)

## EMA Close - weekly

{ True weekly Close Exponential Mov Avg v4.0 }{ Plot on Daily or Weekly
charts }{ References indicator "Calendar Week counter" }{ Plot is
independent of any missing chart data }{ Copyright 2003-2004 Jose
Silva }{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
pds:=Input("Weekly EMA periods",1,520,4);
shift:=1+Input("EMA vertical shift %", -100,100,0)/100;
plot:=Input("plot:  EMA,  Crossover signals",1,2,1);
y:=Fml("Calendar Week counter");
Wkchart:=LastValue(Cum(y=ValueWhen(2,1,y)))=0;
NuWk:=y>ValueWhen(2,1,y);
pds:=If(pds>Cum(NuWk),Cum(NuWk),pds);
WkCl:=ValueWhen(1,NuWk,ValueWhen(2-Wkchart,1,C));
WkEma:=ValueWhen(1,NuWk,PREV)*(1-2/(pds+1))+WkCl*2/(pds+1);
WkEma:=WkEma*shift;
signals:=Cross(C,WkEma)-Cross(WkEma,C);
If(plot=2,signals,WkEma)
(Go Top)
EMA - triple crossover signals
{ Triggers Long (+1) & Short (-1) signals at crossover of triple EMAs within
x periods }{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
pdsLong:=Input("Long crossover within x periods",1,252,2);
pdsShort:=Input("Short crossover within x periods",1,252,3);
short:=Input("short EMA periods",1,252,5);
medium:=Input("medium EMA periods",2,1008,10);
long:=Input("long EMA periods",3,2520,20);
x:=Input("use Open=1 High=2 Low=3 Close=4 Volume=5 P=6",1,6,4);
x:=If(x=1,O,If(x=2,H,If(x=3,L,If(x=5,V,If(x=6,P,C)))));
goLong:=
Mov(x,medium,E)),pdsLong)
AND
Mov(x,long,E)),pdsLong);
goShort:=
Mov(x,short,E)),pdsShort)
AND
Mov(x,medium,E)),pdsShort);
goLong-goShort
(Go Top)
Elder's AutoEnvelope - provided by www.metastocktools.com
{Dr A. Elder's AutoEnvelope interpretation v1.0 coded by
metastocktools.com}

{ User inputs }
pds:=Input("EMA periods",1,252,21);
pdsBak:=Input("lookback periods",1,252,42);
x:=Input("use: Open=1, High=2, Low=3, Close=4, WClose=5",1,5,4);
plot:=Input("AutoEnvelope, Long signals, All signals",1,3,1);
delay:=Input("Entry/Exit signals delay",0,5,0);
{ Price field }
x:=If(x=1,O,If(x=2,H,If(x=3,L,If(x=5,WC(),C))));
{ Envelope bands }
Avg:=Mov(x,pds,E);
hiAvg:=HHV(H,pdsBak);
loAvg:=LLV(L,pdsBak);
shift:=
Mov(If(hiAvg>Avg,hiAvg-Avg,Avg-loAvg),pds,E);
UpperBand:=Avg+shift;
LowerBand:=Avg-shift;
{ Envelope signals }
In:=Cross(x,LowerBand);
Out:=Cross(x,UpperBand);
Init:=Cum(In+Out>-1)=1;
InInit:=Cum(In)=1;
OR flag AND Alert(flag=0,2))
{ Plot envelope on price chart }
If(plot=1,UpperBand,If(plot=2,signals,In-Out));
If(plot=1,Avg,If(plot=2,0,0));
If(plot=1,LowerBand,If(plot=2,signals,In-Out))
(Go Top)
Elder's Impulse system - provided by www.metastocktools.com
{ Dr Elder's Impulse system interpretation v1.1 coded by
metastocktools.com}
{ Plot signals on own window below daily chart }
{ Variables user-input }
pdsNoEntry:=Input("No entry x periods from last exit",0,21,5);
pdsW:=Input("Weekly EMA periods",1,520,13)*5;
pdsD:=Input("Daily EMA periods",1,252,13);
pdsShort:=Input("Shorter MACD periods",
1,252,12);
pdsLong:=Input("Longer MACD periods",2,2520,26);
pdsSignal:=Input("MACD trigger signal periods",
2,252,9);
{ Indicators }
EmaW:=Mov(C,pdsW,E);

Mac:=Mov(C,pdsShort,E)-Mov(C,pdsLong,E);
MacTrig:=Mov(Mac,pdsSignal,E);
Hist:=Mac-MacTrig;
{ System logic }
Out:={EmaW<Ref(EmaW,-1)
AND Hist<Ref(Hist,-1);
In1:=EmaW>Ref(EmaW,-1)
AND Hist>Ref(Hist,-1);
{ System signals }
Init:=Cum(In+Out>-1)=1;
InInit:=Cum(In)=1;
OR flag AND Alert(flag=0,2))
{ Plot }
0;signals
(Go Top)
Exploration for highest percentage rise in share prices, stocks traded for
any length of time
{ Copyright 2001 Jose Silva }
Column A: +% incrs
TtlDays:=LastValue(Cum(1));
FirstDay:=If(TtlDays>252,TtlDays-252,1);
FirstCl:=ValueWhen(1,Cum(1)=FirstDay,C);
Int((C/FirstCl-1)*10000)/100
Column B: today
Close
Column C: 52w back
TtlDays:=LastValue(Cum(1));
FirstDay:=If(TtlDays>252,TtlDays-252,1);
ValueWhen(1,Cum(1)=FirstDay,C)
Column D: \$ t/over
Int(WC()*V)
Column E: months
Int(LastValue(Cum(1)/21))
Column F: weeks

Int((LastValue(Cum(1))
-Int(LastValue(Cum(1)/21))*21)/5)
Filter:
colA > 0
AND colD > 10000
FibboGatto
FG1:
((c+ref(c,-1)+ref(c,-2)+ref(c,-3)+ref(c,-5)+ref(c,-8)+ref(c,-13)+ref(c,21)+ref(c,-34)+
ref(c,-55)+ref(c,-89)+ref(c,-144))/c)*-1
{{{adding closing price only on fib days 1,2,3,5,8,13,21,34,55,89 and 144
and then dividing by today's close}}}
FG2:
mov(((c+ref(c,-1)+ref(c,-2)+ref(c,-3)+ref(c,-5)+ref(c,-8)+ref(c,-13)+ref(c,21)+
ref(c,-34)+ref(c,-55)+ref(c,-89)+ref(c,-144))/c)*-1,34,e)
{{{ 34 period mov avg of above indicator}}}
Look for crosses of the two indicators for positive or negatives.
Now, there are many whipsaws. I don't recommend this as a *system* at
all, just as an indicator. It really highlights some big moves but measuring
it with the system test is useless. You must use this as ONE of the tools -not THE tool.
(Go Top)
Fibonacci Ratios and Momentum
In MetaStock for Windows, you can establish Fibonacci Retracement levels
as outlined in the November 1997 TASC article "Using Fibonacci Ratios and
Momentum" by Thom Hartle by first creating an Expert in the Expert
Advisor. To do this, choose Expert Advisor from the Tools menu and then
choose New. Enter the following Expert Highlights and Expert Symbols into
Fibonacci Ratios and Momentum
Highlights
Name: RSI > 50
Condition: RSI(14) > 50
Color: Dk Green
Name: RSI < 50
Condition: RSI(14) < 50
Color: Red
Symbols
Name: Isolated Low
Condition: LOW < Ref(LOW,-1) AND
LOW < Ref(LOW,1)
Color: Black
Label: Isolated Low
Name: Isolated High

## Condition: HIGH > Ref(HIGH,-1) AND

HIGH > Ref(HIGH,1)
Graphic: Sell Arrow
Color: Black
Label: Isolated High
Note: If the Symbol labels make the chart too busy you may want to
shorten the label (e.g. change Isolated High to IH).
Next, close the Expert Advisor, open any chart, and then click the rightmouse button on the charts heading. Choose Expert Advisor and then
Attach from the Chart Shortcut Menu. You can now choose Fibonacci
Retracement from the Insert menu, and then drag from one isolated
extreme to another. In MetaStock 6.5 you should right-click on the
Fibonacci Retracement lines and choose properties. Check the Snap to
Price checkbox so the Retracement lines will automatically snap to the
high and low prices.
(Go Top)
Fibonacci Trader- Dynamic Balance Point
Dynamic Balance Point Calculation
dt:=DayOfWeek();
DBC:=(HighestSince(5,DayOfWeek()=dt,H)+
LowestSince(5,DayOfWeek()=dt,L)+CLOSE)/3;
DBC
(Go Top)
Fibonacci Trader-Dynamic Balance Point Step
DPS:=(ValueWhen(1,FmlVar("FT-DBP","DBC"),
FmlVar("FT-DBP","DBC"))+
ValueWhen(5,FmlVar("FT-DBP","DBC"),
FmlVar("FT-DBP","DBC"))+
ValueWhen(10,FmlVar("FT-DBP","DBC"),
FmlVar("FT-DBP","DBC"))+
ValueWhen(15,FmlVar("FT-DBP","DBC"),
FmlVar("FT-DBP","DBC"))+
ValueWhen(20,FmlVar("FT-DBP","DBC"),
FmlVar("FT-DBP","DBC")))/5;
DPS;
(Go Top)
{Fibonacci Trader - Fixed Balance Point}
{NOTE: under Color/Style options, change
plot to last "style" option}
{Fixed Balance Point Calculation}
FBC:=If(DayOfWeek()=1 AND Ref(DayOfWeek(),-1)
<5,
{then}(HighestSince(2,DayOfWeek()=1,H)+
LowestSince(1,DayOfWeek()=1,L)+
CLOSE)/3,
{else}If(DayOfWeek()=5,
{then}(HighestSince(1,DayOfWeek()=1,H)+
LowestSince(1,DayOfWeek()=1,L)+
CLOSE)/3,
{else}0));
{Fixed Balance Point Plot}
FBP:=ValueWhen(1,FBC>0,FBC);
FBP

(Go Top)
Fibonacci Trader- Fixed Balance Point- REVISED
{NOTE: under Color/Style options, change
plot to last "style" option}
{revised 1 Jan 99}
{Fixed Balance Point Calculation}
FBC:=If(Mc1=0 AND Fc1>2,
{then}(Ref(HHV(H,LastValue(mc1)),-1)+
Ref(LLV(L,LastValue(Mc1)),-1)+
Ref(C,-1))/3,
{else}If(Fc1=0 AND Mc1>5,
{then}(HHV(H,LastValue(Fc2))+
LLV(L,LastValue(Fc2))+C)/3,
{else}If(Fc1=0,
{then}(HHV(H,LastValue(Mc1))+
LLV(L,LastValue(Mc1))+C)/3,
{else}0)));
{Fixed Balance Point Plot}
FBP:=ValueWhen(1,FBC>0,FBC);
FBP;
(Go Top)
Fibonacci Trader- Fixed Balance Point Step
FPS:=(ValueWhen(1,FmlVar("FT-FBP","FBC")>0,
FmlVar("FT-FBP","FBC")) +
ValueWhen(2,FmlVar("FT-FBP","FBC")>0,
FmlVar("FT-FBP","FBC")) +
ValueWhen(3,FmlVar("FT-FBP","FBC")>0,
FmlVar("FT-FBP","FBC")) +
ValueWhen(4,FmlVar("FT-FBP","FBC")>0,
FmlVar("FT-FBP","FBC")) +
ValueWhen(5,FmlVar("FT-FBP","FBC")>0,
FmlVar("FT-FBP","FBC")))/5;
FPS
(Go Top)
Fibonacci Trader- Support and Resistance
{NOTE: under Color/Style options, change
plot to last "style" option}
{Weekly Price Range Calculation}
WRC:=If(Mc1=0 AND Fc1>2,
{then}Ref(HHV(H,LastValue(mc1)),-1)Ref(LLV(L,LastValue(Mc1)),-1),
{else}If(Fc1=0 AND Mc1>5,
{then}HHV(H,LastValue(Fc2))LLV(L,LastValue(Fc2)),
{else}If(Fc1=0,

{then}HHV(H,LastValue(Mc1))LLV(L,LastValue(Mc1)),
{else}0)));
WRP:=ValueWhen(1,WRC>0,WRC);
{Resistance Range}
RR1:= FmlVar("FT-FBP","FBP")+(WRP*.5);
RR2:= FmlVar("FT-FBP","FBP")+(WRP*.618);
{Support Range}
SR1:= FmlVar("FT-FBP","FBP")-(WRP*.5);
SR2:= FmlVar("FT-FBP","FBP")-(WRP*.618);
{Plot Ranges}
RR1;
RR2;
SR1;
SR2;
(Go Top)
Final Plot
{from Richard Estes}
Fml ( "Final Plot" ) =
If (BarsSince ( Fml ( "Downtrend" )) < BarsSince ( Fml ( "Uptrend" )),
{ then } Ref ( HHV (H,4), -1 ), { else } Ref (LLV (L,4) ,-1 ))
where........
Fml ( "Downtrend" ) =
Peak(1, If (L<Ref(LLV(L,4),-1) , Ref(HHV(H,4),-1), 0), 1)<>
Ref(Peak(1, If (L<Ref(LLV(L,4),-1) , Ref(HHV(H,4), -1), 0), 1)
and......
Fml ( "Uptrend" ) =
Peak(1, If (H>Ref(HHV(H,4),-1), Ref(LLV(L,4), -1), 0), 1)<>
Ref(Peak(1, If (H>Ref(HHV(H,4),-1), Ref(LLV(L,4), -1), 0), 1)
(Go Top)
Finding Trendiness
A remark by Chuck LeBeau about trading with the trend has stayed with
me. He speaks of the actual strength of a trend as opposed to merely its
direction. Entry strategies (pullbacks in his view) should be tailored to both
direction and strength, he says. This makes perfect sense to me.
Here are some initial thoughts. Perhaps you can help me to arrive at some
kind of "hierarchy" of trendiness, or call it a classification, or a taxonomy,
consisting of both direction and strength. For convenience, I'll describe
I. General direction, long term:
EMA(21) > EMA(55)
II. Trend picks up steam:
EMA(13) > EMA(21) > EMA(55)

III. Strong:
EMA(8) >EMA(13) > EMA(21) > EMA(55)
IV. Somewhere between II. and III. the ADX(13/14) usually starts rising.
From what I've seen, a rising ADX at any level generally means business:
V. Very strong trend: (this is where Linda Bradford's "Holy Grail" and such
kick in)
Almost forgot . . . very little direction (but don't fall asleep at the wheel):
ADX(13) < say, 12-15 and has been bumbling along down there for a while
(hard to quantify for me to date)
(Go Top)
Forecast Oscillator
Many moons ago, I posted a little linear regression system that featured
the Forecast Oscillator. The response was surprising (lots of it) and today, I
still communicate with many of the original respondents. I've continued to
use the same "framework" for my testing. In an earlier post today (a
private email that made it to the list...I'm a little dingy tonight...had to get
up a 5 am to trade cocoa), I alluded to using the CMO. I've used many
indicators in these tests (i.e., Forecast Oscillator, a modified Time Series
Forecast, MACD Histogram, Bollinger Band Histogram, CMO, & others).
Before I explain the method to my madness, please read the following
sentences carefully. Backtesting systems is very dangerous. The act of
backtesting is not the dangerous part...believing that the results can be
duplicated in the future is very dangerous. Let's face it, we are "best
fitting" circumstances to static prices etched in stone. So please, I'd prefer
not to hear the lectures about the folly I pursue. I've been system testing
since 1975 and I've made a bazillion mistakes (and a little chump change)
over the years. I'm still looking for the holy grail. So, here's the outline:
1. The basic formula:
Enter Long:
Cross(opt1,ForecastOsc(CLOSE,opt3))
Close Long:
Cross(ForecastOsc(CLOSE,opt3),opt2)
Enter Short:
Cross(ForecastOsc(CLOSE,opt3),opt2)
Close Short:
Cross(opt1,ForecastOsc(CLOSE,opt3))
You can substitute any standard formula for the ForecastOsc or you can
put in a custom formula (just remember that custom formulae need to
look like:
fml("Karnack's SuperSecret") It's in your manual.

2. opt3:
In this search "opt3" represents the number of days inserted into the
forecast oscillator. I usually use three (3) to ten (10) for the forecast
oscillator, but if I'm using a custom formula, sometimes I don't even need
opt3, because I using a fixed set of parameters within the custom formula.
3. opt1:
Opt1 is the numeric value below a zero basis line that will trigger a long
position and close out the short. Yes Virginia, in my secular little world, I
prefer stop and reverse trading. The parameters for this option depends
on the commodity (and yes, it does work on stocks) you're trading. One
must eyeball the forecast oscillator to see how far it swings above and
below zero. For the forecast oscillator, I usually use 0 to -3.
4. opt2:
Opt2 is the numeric value above a zero basis line that will trigger a short
sale. Zero to 3 seems to work for this formula.
5. Steps:
I step opt3 using whole numbers to represent days. With Opt1 and Opt2, I
use: .1 steps.
6. Other indicators:
When substituting the CMO (or any indicator) for the Forecast Oscillator,
one must be aware of the terrain the indicator travels over. It would be
ridiculous to us zero to 3 (as the optimizing numbers) if the mid point is 50
and the indicator traverses between +10 (on the downside) and +90 (on
the upside).
The overall theory behind this test is that many indicator oscillate from
positive to negative and back again (duh). The trick is not to trigger action
when the indicator turns in a new direction (if you're interested, I've been
down that road and I'm still wearing a neck brace from the whiplash). The
theory is that once an indicator extends to a certain level, the market is
either overbought or oversold.
In downtrending markets (can you spell deflation?), the short sale trigger
(opt2) is going to be closer to the zero basis line than opt1. Please see the
attachment. What will happen when the grains, cocoa, crude, and damn
near everything else starts to go up? Good question Steve! The system
will not perform as well if you continue to use the same parameters. In a
perfectly sideways market, one would assume that the trigger points
would be equal distance from zero. As in many markets, this system works
better when things trend indefinitely.
I hope this post will help others who have inquired about the linear
regression system. Attached is the original system, using the Forecast
Oscillator, for March Crude Oil. In this example, opt3 is set to 8 (number of

days in the forecast oscillator); opt2 is .1 (sell signal); opt1 is -2.3 (buy
signal).
To quote R.N. Elliot: "Even though we many not understand the cause
underlying a particular phenomenon, we can, by observation, predict the
phenomenon's recurrence."
To qoute Karnack (my alter ego): "I got knocked down seven times and got
up eight".
Finally, from a trader on the realtraders forum: "Futures trading involves
financial risk, lots of it".
(Go Top)
Forecast Oscillator System
Enter long:
Cross(ForecastOsc(C,21),Mov(C,3,E)) AND
Cross(ForecastOsc(C,21),0)
Exit long:
Cross(Mov(C,3,E),ForecastOsc(C,21)) AND
Cross(6,Mov(C,3,E))
(Go Top)
Forecast Oscillator System Alternative
Enter long:
Cross(ForecastOsc(C,21),Mov(ForecastOsc(C,21),3,E)) AND
Cross(ForecastOsc(C,21),0)
Exit long:
Cross(Mov(ForecastOsc(C,21),3,E),ForecastOsc(C,21)) AND
Cross(6,ForecastOsc(C,21))
{You can use alert() function on either if you don't require both conditions
to fire on the same day.}
(Go Top)
Front Weighted 36 Day Moving Average
This indicator requires 3 sub calculations and then the totalling of all 3 to
get the final indicator:
This is the basic calculation:
Take the closing prices of your instrument 34 days ago - 26 days ago
(inclusive), multiply each daily value by 0.01 and write each value down.
Then take the closing prices of your instrument 25 days ago - 18 days ago
(inclusive), multiply each daily value by 0.02 and write each value down.
Then take the closing prices of your instrument 25 days ago - 18 days ago
(inclusive), multiply each daily value by 0.02 and write each value down.
Then take the closing price of your instrument 17 days ago and multiply
by 0.03 ad write the value down.
Then take the closing price of your instrument 16 days ago - 8 days ago
(inclusive), multiply by 0.031 and write each value down.
Then take the closing price of your instrument 7 days ago - 6 days ago
(inclusive), multiply by 0.006 and write each value down.
Then take the closing price of your instrument 5 days ago - 1 day ago
(inclusive), multiply by 0.07 and write each value down.

Then take the closing price of your instrument today, multiply by 0.079
and write this value down.
Finally, add up all the values that you wrote down and plot the value on
the chart, repeat this for every new trading day.
Simple Interpretation:
Front Weighted 36 Day Moving Average is similar to all other moving
averages. The interpretation is just as with all others, the trend is up when
prices are above the moving average and the trend is down when prices
are below the moving averages. This particular variation attempts to
weight the data at the front more than that at the back, with a sliding
scale for each trading days value.
Metastock code for Front Weighted 36 Day Moving Average:
Fml( "1FrontWeighted36BarMA1" ) +
Fml( "2FrontWeighted36BarMA2" ) +
Fml( "3FrontWeighted36BarMA3" )
Where Fml( "1FrontWeighted36BarMA1" ) =
0.01 * Ref(P,-34) +
0.01 * Ref(P,-33) +
0.01 * Ref(P,-32) +
0.01 * Ref(P,-31) +
0.01 * Ref(P,-30) +
0.01 * Ref(P,-29) +
0.01 * Ref(P,-28) +
0.01 * Ref(P,-27) +
0.01 * Ref(P,-26) +
0.02 * Ref(P,-25) +
0.02 * Ref(P,-24) +
0.02 * Ref(P,-23) +
0.02 * Ref(P,-22) +
0.02 * Ref(P,-21) +
0.02 * Ref(P,-20) +
0.02 * Ref(P,-19) +
0.02 * Ref(P,-18)
Where Fml( "2FrontWeighted36BarMA2" ) =
0.03 * Ref(P,-17) +
0.031 * Ref(P,-16) +
0.031 * Ref(P,-15) +
0.031 * Ref(P,-14) +
0.031 * Ref(P,-13) +
0.031 * Ref(P,-12) +
0.031 * Ref(P,-11) +
0.031 * Ref(P,-10) +
0.031 * Ref(P,-9) +
0.031 * Ref(P,-8) +
0.006 * Ref(P,-7) +
0.006 * Ref(P,-6) +
0.07 * Ref(P,-5) +
0.07 * Ref(P,-4) +

0.07 * Ref(P,-3) +
0.07 * Ref(P,-2)
Where Fml( "3FrontWeighted36BarMA3" ) =
0.07 * Ref(P,-1) +
0.079 * P
(Go Top)
Full Formula for RSI
{The following is copied from the Formula Field of my *RSI
canonical_12_day_for_P_I indicator. Change m if you choose another # of
periods n for rsi.}
{I wrote my own "canonical" RSI(12) which coincides with MetaStock's
RSI(12) if m=2*n-1 where m is used below in Mov( ,m,E); n - a number of
periods in rsi(n). Mind that since I didn't use those particular tricks from
the standard rsi(n) to shorten the initial transitional period, this function
and standard rsi(n) differ for about month or so from the day 1. It was not
that important for me, so I used this shortcut.}
100 - 100/
(1.+ If(Mov(If(P-Ref(P,-1)<0,-(P-Ref(P,-1)),0),23,E)=0,1000000,
Mov(If(P-Ref(P,-1)>0, P-Ref(P,-1), 0),23,E)
/Mov(If(P-Ref(P,-1)<0,-(P-Ref(P,-1)),0),23,E)
))
(Go Top)
Freeburg Precious Metal Switch Fund System
To create the Freeburg Precious Metal Switch Fund system in MetaStock for
Windows, you must first create the K ratio as a composite security. To do
this, launch The Downloader from MetaStock, and choose New and then
Composite from The Downloader's File menu. Make sure the directory
specified is the directory where your weekly GMI and Handy and Harman
data are located. Name the composite the K ratio, then choose the
Barron's Gold Mining Index as the Primary symbol and Handy and Harman
prices as the secondary symbol. Next, choose Divide as the Operator and
the click the OK button to add the composite. Open the K ratio chart in
MetaStock, Plot the Bollinger Bands Indicator and enter 46 for the number
of periods and 2.3 for the standard deviations. Plot Bollinger Bands again
and enter 4 for the periods and 1.6 for the Standard Deviations.
The data necessary for this chart/indicator, is extremely difficult to obtain.
The only source we are aware of on diskette is the author of the article.
The data is in a Lotus spreadsheet. It must be output to ASCII and then
converted to MetaStock data files. He will make a small charge for this
data.
To keep the GMI data updated, it is only available from Barrons magazine
and must be manually input. The Handy & Harman data must also be
manually updated. This may be obtained from the Wall Street Journal as
well.
(Go Top)
From Terms to Technical Tools
In Walter Downs article "From Terms To Technical Tools" he introduces the
Point of Balance Oscillator, two conditions to colour bars and two system

tests. All of these can be created quite easily in MetaStock 6.5. To create
the Point of Balance Oscillator, choose Indicator Builder from the Tools
menu, click on the New button, and enter the following formula:
Point of Balance Oscillator
n := Input("Time Periods",1,100,12)/2;
POBC1 := (HHV(CLOSE, n) + LLV(CLOSE,n))/2;
POBC2 := (HHV(POBC1, n) + LLV(POBC1,n))/2;
POBC3 := (HHV(POBC2, n) + LLV(POBC2,n))/2;
POBC4 := (HHV(POBC3, n) + LLV(POBC3,n))/2;
POBC5 := (HHV(POBC4, n) + LLV(POBC4,n))/2;
POBC6 := (HHV(POBC5, n) + LLV(POBC5,n))/2;
POBC7 := (HHV(POBC6, n) + LLV(POBC6,n))/2;
POBC8 := (HHV(POBC7, n) + LLV(POBC7,n))/2;
POBC9 := (HHV(POBC8, n) + LLV(POBC8,n))/2;
POBC10 := (HHV(POBC9, n) + LLV(POBC9,n))/2;
AV := (POBC1 + POBC2 + POBC3 + POBC4 + POBC5 + POBC6 + POBC7 +
POBC8 + POBC9 + POBC10) / 10;
POBCOsc := 100 * ((CLOSE - AV) / (HHV(CLOSE, 10)-LLV(CLOSE, 10)));
POBCOsc
To highlight bars based on the Bull Fear and Bear Fear conditions
discussed in the article, choose Expert Advisor from the Tools menu, click
on the New button and enter the following expert:
Bull Fear and Bear Fear Expert - Highlights
Name: Bull Fear
<Condition:
n := 12 {Time periods};
BullFear := (HHV(HIGH,n) - LLV(HIGH,n))/2 + LLV(HIGH,n);
CLOSE > BullFear
Color: Blue
Name: Bear Fear
Condition:
n := 12 {Time periods};
BearFear := (HHV(LOW,n) - LLV(LOW,n))/2 + LLV(LOW,n);
CLOSE < BearFear
Color: Red
To test the two systems discussed in the article, choose System Tester
from the Tools menu and enter both of the following systems:
Bull and Bear Fear System Test - Signal Formulas
Enter Long:
n := 12 {Time periods};
BullFear := (HHV(HIGH,n) - LLV(HIGH,n))/2 + LLV(HIGH,n);
Cross(CLOSE,BullFear)
Enter Short:
n := 12 {Time periods};
BearFear := (HHV(LOW,n) - LLV(LOW,n))/2 + LLV(LOW,n);
Cross(BearFear,CLOSE)
Four-Bar Fear System Test - Signal Formulas
Enter Long:
n := 12 {Time periods};
BullFear := (HHV(HIGH,n) - LLV(HIGH,n))/2 + LLV(HIGH,n);
BearFear := (HHV(LOW,n) - LLV(LOW,n))/2 + LLV(LOW,n);

## Cross(CLOSE,BullFear) AND Ref(Sum(CLOSE < BullFear AND CLOSE >

BearFear,4),-1) = 4
Close Long:
LOW < Ref(LLV(LOW,3),-1)
Enter Short:
n := 12 {Time periods};
BullFear := (HHV(HIGH,n) - LLV(HIGH,n))/2 + LLV(HIGH,n);
BearFear := (HHV(LOW,n) - LLV(LOW,n))/2 + LLV(LOW,n);
Cross(BearFear,CLOSE) AND Ref(Sum(CLOSE < BullFear AND CLOSE >
BearFear,4),-1) = 4
Close Short:
HIGH > Ref(HHV(HIGH,3),-1)
After entering the systems click on the Options button in the System
Tester dialog, go to the Testing tab and change the Trade Price to Open
and set the Trade delay to one.
Following is the formula for the moving averages discussed in the article,
but not contained in the Traders Tip published in TASC. Please note, this
formula will plot all three moving averages, but will not plot them in three
different colours.
Moving Averages Formula for MetaStock
TP:=Input("Time Periods",1,100,12);
BLF:=((HHV(H,TP)+LLV(H,TP))/2);
BRF:=((HHV(L,TP)+LLV(L,TP))/2);
POB:=((BLF-BRF)/2)+BRF;
BLF;
BRF;
POB
Gain By %
Col A: CLOSE
Col B: ROC(C,5,%)
Filter: (ROC(C,5,%)>10 OR ROC(C,5,%)<-10) AND C>5
Filter enabled: Yes
(Go Top)
Gann High Low
{name: GANN-HiLo}
HLd:=If(CLOSE>Ref(Mov(H,3,S),-1),
{then}1,
{else}If(CLOSE<Ref(Mov(L,3,S),-1),
{then}-1,
{else}0));
HLv:=ValueWhen(1,HLd<>0,HLd);
HiLo:=If(HLv=-1,
{then}Mov(H,3,S),
{else}Mov(L,3,S));
HiLo;
(Go Top)
Gann Hi-Lo

colA
colB
SELL
filter
colA=1 OR colB=1
(Go Top)
Gann-Swing
{Market swing is defined as:
Up = 2 higher highs,
Down = 2 lower highs.}
Us:=BarsSince((H > Ref(H,-1)) AND (Ref(H,-1) >
Ref(H,-2)));
Ds:=BarsSince((L < Ref(L,-1)) AND (Ref(L,-1) <
Ref(L,-2)));
Sd1:=If(Us=0,
{then}If(Ref(L,-1)<>LowestSince(1,Ds=0,L),
{then}1,
{else}0),
{else}If(Ds=0,
{then}If(Ref(H,-1)<>
HighestSince(1,Us=0,H),
{then}-1,
{else}0),
{else}0));
Sd2:=If(Sd1=1,
{then}1,
{else}0),
{else} If(Sd1=-1,
{then}-1,
{else}0),
{else}0));
TD1:=ValueWhen(1,Sd2<>0,Sd2);
Td1;
(Go Top)
Gann Swing Update
This is an update to Gann-Swing indicators I had posted several months
back. Most of the code has been improved and I have modified the swing
definition slightly.
Gann Weekly Expert Instructions
1. First create a new expert and name it whatever you want.
2a. under "trends" tab put this code for bullish:
ut:=FmlVar("GANN-Trend","TDV");

uplot=1;
2b. and this for bearish:
dt:=FmlVar("GANN-Trend","TDV");
dplot=1;
Then click on the "ribbon" option and turn off "Display Vertical Lines", I
also turn off
the corner option.
3a. Under highlights tab create a new and call it "HiLo Change", choose
color, and enter this code:
HLd:=If(CLOSE>Ref(Mov(H,3,S),-1),
{then}1,
{else}If(CLOSE<Ref(Mov(L,3,S),-1),
{then}-1,
{else}0));
HLv:=ValueWhen(1,HLd<>0,HLd);
HLv<>Ref(HLv,-1);
3b. Create new and call it "Up-Trend", choose color, and enter this code:
ut:=FmlVar("GANN-Trend","TD");
uplot=1;
3c. Create new and call it "Down-Trend", choose color, and enter this code:
dt:=FmlVar("GANN-Trend","TD");
dplot=1;
4a. Under "Symbols" tab create new and call it " UpSwing", enter this
code:
FmlVar("GANN-Swing","SD2")=1;
then under graphic choose "Buy Arrow", choose color (Dark Green), and
small
size, then pick "Above Price Plot".
4b. Create new and call it "DownSwing", enter this code:
FmlVar("GANN-Swing","SD2")=-1;
then under graphic choose "sell arrow", choose color (Dark Red), and small
size, then pick "Below Price Plot".
As for the HiLo ....just plot it as a regular indicator and choose the last
"style" option under "color/style" tab.
Note: For daily bar charts ribbon use these formulas:
2a. ut:= FmlVar("GaW-Trend","TDV") ;
uplot=1;
2b. dt:= FmlVar("GaW-Trend","TDV") ;
dplot=1;
(Go Top)

Gann-Trend
{Swing Direction}
Sd:= FmlVar("GANN-Swing","TD1") ;
{Swing Change High}
Sch:=If(Sd=1 AND Ref(sd,-1)=-1,
{then}1,
{else}0);
{Swing Change Low}
Scl:=If(Sd=-1 AND Ref(Sd,-1)=1,
{then}1,
{else}0);
{Peak Value}
Pv:=If(Scl=1,
{then}HighestSince(1,Sch=1,H),
{else}0);
{Trough Value}
Tv:=If(Sch=1,
{then}LowestSince(1,Scl=1,L),
{else}0);
{Trend Direction}
Td:=If(H>ValueWhen(1,Pv>0,Pv),
{then}1,
{else}If(L<ValueWhen(1,Tv>0,Tv),
{then}-1,
{else}0));
{UpTrend=1 DownTrend =-1}
Tdv:=ValueWhen(1,Td<>0,Td);
Tdv;
(Go Top)
Gap 1 System
L>Ref(H,-1) OR
Cum(1)=LastValue(Cum(1))
{SELL}
H<Ref(L,-1) OR
Cum(1)=LastValue(Cum(1))
(Go Top)
Gap 2 System
N1:=5;
L>Ref(HHV(H,N1),-1) OR
Cum(1)=LastValue(Cum(1))
{SELL}
N1:=5;
H<Ref(LLV(L,N1),-1) OR
Cum(1)=LastValue(Cum(1))
(Go Top)
Gap 3 System
{Enter Long}
N1:=5;
L>Ref(HHV(H,N1),-1) OR
Cum(1)=LastValue(Cum(1))

{Exit Long}
N2:=3;
C<Ref(LLV(L,N2),-1) OR
Cum(1)=LastValue(Cum(1))
{Enter Short}
N1:=5;
H<Ref(LLV(L,N1),-1) OR
Cum(1)=LastValue(Cum(1))
{Exit Short}
N2:=3;
C>Ref(HHV(H,N2),-1) OR
Cum(1)=LastValue(Cum(1))
(Go Top)
Gap Days
Shows stocks which have gapped up or down on the open compared to
yesterdays price. The search returns 1 for Ok and 0 for not ok.

GapUp()
(Go Top)
Here is the gap-trading system code for use in Equis International's
MetaStock software. For practical reasons, the system has been defined as
an indicator rather than a system, showing the cumulated profit.
dn:= 1.0;
up:= 1.0;
gap:= 100*(OPEN - Ref(CLOSE, -1))/Ref(CLOSE, -1);
prf:= If(gap>=up, OPEN-CLOSE, If(gap<=-dn, CLOSE-OPEN,0));
Cum(prf);
(Go Top)
Gap Up Formulas
The MetaStock formulas to calculate these percentages are shown below.
The
first input is the minimum gap (e.g., 1%), and the second input is the gap
increment (e.g., 1%, which would give you a range of 1-2%). To calculate
gaps down, change the percentage to a negative.
Formula to determine whether the closing price is equal to or exceeds the
opening price on a gap day:
MinGap := Input("Minimum gap to consider (%)",-10000,10000,1);
GapIncrement := Input("Gap Increment (%)",0,100,1);
LookingForGapUp := MinGap >= 0; LookingForGapDown := MinGap < 0;
{ Gap percentage }
Gap := (OPEN - Ref(CLOSE,-1))/Ref(CLOSE,-1)*100;
NumGaps := If(LookingForGapUp, Cum(Gap >= MinGap AND Gap<
MinGap +
GapIncrement), If(LookingForGapDown, Cum(Gap <= MinGap AND Gap >
MinGap -

GapIncrement),0));
If(LookingForGapUp, Cum(If(Gap >= MinGap AND Gap < MinGap +
GapIncrement,
If(CLOSE >= OPEN, +1,0),0)),
If(LookingForGapDown, Cum(If(Gap <= MinGap AND Gap > MinGap GapIncrement,
If(CLOSE <= OPEN, +1, 0),0)), 0))/NumGaps*100;
Formula to determine whether the daily range crosses the previous days
close on a gap day:
MinGap := Input("Minimum gap to consider (%)",-10000,10000,1);
GapIncrement := Input("Gap Increment (%)",0,100,1);
LookingForGapUp := MinGap >= 0; LookingForGapDown := MinGap < 0;
{ Gap percentage }
Gap := (OPEN - Ref(CLOSE,-1))/Ref(CLOSE,-1)*100;
NumGaps := If(LookingForGapUp, Cum(Gap >= MinGap AND Gap<
MinGap +
GapIncrement), If(LookingForGapDown, Cum(Gap <= MinGap AND Gap >
MinGap GapIncrement),0));
If(LookingForGapUp, Cum(If(Gap >= MinGap AND Gap < MinGap +
GapIncrement,
If(LOW <= Ref(CLOSE,-1), +1,0),0)),
If(LookingForGapDown, Cum(If(Gap <= MinGap AND Gap > MinGap GapIncrement,
If(HIGH >= Ref(CLOSE,-1), +1, 0),0)), 0))/NumGaps*100;
Formula to determine whether the following days open continues the gap
trend:
MinGap := Input("Minimum gap to consider (%)",-10000,10000,1);
GapIncrement := Input("Gap Increment (%)",0,100,1);
LookingForGapUp := MinGap >= 0; LookingForGapDown := MinGap < 0;
GapYesterday := (Ref(OPEN,-1) - Ref(CLOSE,-2))/Ref(CLOSE,-2)*100;
NumGapsthruYesterday := If(LookingForGapUp, Cum(GapYesterday> =
MinGap AND
GapYesterday < MinGap + GapIncrement), If(LookingForGapDown,
Cum(GapYesterday <= MinGap AND GapYesterday > MinGap GapIncrement),0));
If(LookingForGapUp, Cum(If(GapYesterday >= MinGap AND GapYesterday
< MinGap
+ GapIncrement, If(OPEN > Ref(CLOSE,-1), +1,0),0)),

## If(LookingForGapDown, Cum(If(GapYesterday <= MinGap AND

GapYesterday >
MinGap - GapIncrement, If(OPEN < Ref(CLOSE,-1), +1, 0),0)),
0))/NumGapsthruYesterday*100;
(Go Top)
Gap Up System with Delayed Exit
Enter long
GapUp()
Close long
Ref(GapUp(),-5)
Initial equity 10000
Positions Long and short
Entry commission 0%
Exit commission 0%
Interest rate 0%
Margin req. 100%
(Go Top)
A:Close
B:GapDown()<=Ref(LLV(L,40),-1) and C>=O and
C>=((H-L)*.50)+L
C:{entry}H+.125
D:{stop}H+.125-1
Filter: GapDown()<=Ref(LLV(L,40),-1) and C>=O and
C>=((H-L)*.50)+L
(Go Top)
Gilligan's Island Sell
A:Close
B:GapUp()>=Ref(HHV(H,40),-1) and C<=O and
C<=((H-L)*.50)+L
C:{entry}L-.125
D:{stop}L-.125+1
Filter: GapUp()>=Ref(HHV(H,40),-1) and C<=O and C<=((H-L)*.50)+L
(Go Top)
Guppy MMA Exploration from Trading Tactics, part 2
NOTE This EXPLORATION uses the results of several INDICATOR
FORMULAS. You must create the INDICATORS first before running the
exploration. Also, depending on your system you may have some
problems importing this into early versions of Metastock 7.
Ref(C,-1)
Ref(C,-2)
Fml("mma 3/30") +Fml("mma 5/35") +Fml("mma 8/40") + Fml("mma
10/45")+Fml("mma 12/50")+Fml("mma 15/60")
Ref(Fml("mma 3/30") +Fml("mma 5/35") +Fml("mma 8/40") + Fml("mma
10/45")+Fml("mma 12/50")+Fml("mma 15/60"),-1)

## Ref(Fml("mma 3/30") +Fml("mma 5/35") +Fml("mma 8/40") + Fml("mma

10/45")+Fml("mma 12/50")+Fml("mma 15/60"),-2)
When(colD,>,0) AND When(colE,<=,0)
(Go Top)
Guppy MMA Indicators
(Note this is not the same as the formula given in Trading Tactics. Daryl
Guppy)
Try MMA (Multiple Moving Averages). The shorter ones are closer to the
action and the longer ones tell you about the trend. I use two indicators
like this:
Name: MMA Long Term
-------Mov(C,40,E);
Mov(C,45,E);
Mov(C,50,E);
Mov(C,55,E);
Name: MMA Short Term
-------Mov(C,5,E);
Mov(C,8,E);
Mov(C,11,E);
Mov(C,14,E);
In the current market I like taking short momentum trades where the MMA
Short is bouncing up off a slowly rising MMA Long Term. The exit at the top
of the bubble is indicated by MMA Short turning down after a good
separation
from the underlying MMA Long.
from Jeff Lederman.
{Suggestion: Create a single TEMPLATE with all the above indicators,
giving
SHORT and LONG MMAs separate colours; e.g., RED for the SHORTs and
BLUE for
the LONGs.}
(Go Top)
Guppy's MMA Long
{long-term}
Mov(C,30,E);Mov(C,35,E);Mov(C,40,E);
Mov(C,45,E);Mov(C,50,E);Mov(C,60,E)
(Go Top)
Guppy's MMA Short
{short-term}
Mov(C,3,E);Mov(C,5,E);Mov(C,7,E);
Mov(C,10,E);Mov(C,12,E);Mov(C,15,E);
(Go Top)

## Guppy MMA Oscillator

by Leon Wilson
((Mov(CLOSE,3,E)+Mov(CLOSE,5,E)+
Mov(CLOSE,8,E)+Mov(CLOSE,10,E)+
Mov(CLOSE,12,E)+Mov(CLOSE,15,E))(Mov(CLOSE,30,E)+Mov(CLOSE,35,E)+
Mov(CLOSE,40,E)+Mov(CLOSE,45,E)+
Mov(CLOSE,50,E)+Mov(CLOSE,60,E)))*10;
(Mov((Mov(CLOSE,3,E)+Mov(CLOSE,5,E)+
Mov(CLOSE,8,E)+Mov(CLOSE,10,E)+
Mov(CLOSE,12,E)+Mov(CLOSE,15,E))(Mov(CLOSE,30,E)+Mov(CLOSE,35,E)+
Mov(CLOSE,40,E)+Mov(CLOSE,45,E)+
Mov(CLOSE,50,E)+Mov(CLOSE,60,E)),13,E))*10;0;
(Go Top)
Gap Identification
if(L,>,ref(H,-1),1, if(H,<,ref(L,-1),-1,0))
(Go Top)
GRIIF1 Identification Oscillator
GRIIF1 Momentum Oscillator
tsf(C,9)-ref(tsf(C,9),-1)
GRIIF2 Momentum Oscillator
(ref(tsf(C,9),-1)-(ref(tsf(C,9),-2)))
GRIIF3 Momentum Oscillator
(ref(tsf(C,9),-2)-(ref(tsf(C,9),-3)))
GRII4 Momentum Oscillator
(tsf(C,9)-ref(tsf(C,9),-1))+((ref(tsf(C,9),-1)-ref(tsf(C,9),-2)))+((ref(tsf (C,9),2)-(ref(tsf(C,9),-3))))
(Go Top)
Genesis of a Simple Futures Trading System
Its quite easy to use MetaStock for Windows to duplicate the Genesis of a
Simple Futures Trading system which is presented in the TASC May 97
issue's interview of Jay Kaeppel. In MetaStock for Windows, choose System
Tester from the Tools menu. Click on the New button and enter in the
following rules:
Signal Formulas
Enter Long
Cross( Mov( Close,9,S), Mov( Close,50,S)) And Close > Mov( Close,80,S)
Close Long
Cross( Mov( Close,50,S), Mov( Close,9,S)) And Close > Mov( Close,80,S)
Enter Short
Cross( Mov( Close,50,S), Mov( Close,9,S)) And Close < Mov( Close,80,S)
Close Short
Cross( Mov( Close,9,S), Mov( Close,50,S)) And Close < Mov( Close,80,S)
When testing futures in MetaStock its best to use a "points only" test. To
do this, choose Options from the System Tester dialog and then Points
Only Test from the Testing page.

To use The Explorer to screen for futures generating a recent signal with
this system, choose The Explorer from the Tools dialog and enter in the
following rules:
Column Formulas
Column A: Buy Sign
Cross( Mov( Close,9,S), Mov( Close,50,S)) And Close > Mov( Close,80,S)
Column B: Shrt Sig
Cross( Mov( Close,50,S), Mov( Close,9,S)) And Close < Mov( Close,80,S)
Filter Source
Filter Enabled: Yes
Formula: colA = 1 OR colB = 1
Next choose Explore and The Explorer will search for and then display any
futures, which have generated new signals.
Higher Closes
Shows stocks which have closed higher on successive days.

CLOSE

CLOSE -1

CLOSE -2

## **When(colA,>,colB) AND When(colB,>,colC)

(Go Top)
Higher Volume Exploration
Required: today's volume to be greater than the highest high over the past
21 days.
MetaStock Explorer filter:
V>Ref(HHV(V,21),-1)
(Go Top)
Highest High Since Buy Signal
Anyone know how to keep track of, for example, the highest high since a
buy signal was triggered? I want to add this into a system test that I am
trying to run.
(Go Top)
High Low
Len:=Input("Periods",1,400,89);
(Mov((H - L + Abs(H - Ref(C,-1)) + Abs(L - Ref(C,-1)) ),len,E))/2
(Go Top)
High Volume
Displays those where volume is above the 100 day moving average.
The search returns 1 for Ok and 0 for not ok.

VOLUME

Mov(VOLUME,100,EXPONENTIAL)

((VOLUME - Mov(VOLUME,100,EXPONENTIAL))

/Mov(VOLUME,100,EXPONENTIAL)) * 100

When(colA,>,colB)
(Go Top)
Historical Trendlines and Breakouts, by D. Tsokakis, Oct2003
x = Cum(1);
per = 3;// CALIBRATE THE ZIG() SENSITIVITY

s1=L;s11=H;
pS = TroughBars( s1, per, 1 ) == 0;
endt=SelectedValue(ValueWhen( pS, x ,1));
startt=SelectedValue(ValueWhen( pS, x ,2));
dtS =endt-startt;
endS = SelectedValue((ValueWhen( pS, s1,1) ));
startS = SelectedValue(( ValueWhen( pS, s1 ,2)));
aS = (endS-startS)/dtS;bS = endS;
trendlineS = aS * ( x -endt ) + bS;//SUPPORT LINE pR = PeakBars( s11, per,
1 ) == 0;
endt1= SelectedValue(ValueWhen( pR, x, 1));
startt1=SelectedValue(ValueWhen( pR, x, 2 ));
dtR =endt1-startt1;
endR = SelectedValue(ValueWhen( pR, s11, 1 ) );
startR = SelectedValue( ValueWhen( pR, s11, 2 ));
aR = (endR-startR)/dtR;bR = endR;
trendlineR = aR * ( x -endt1 ) + bR;//RESISTANCE LINE
first=Min(startt,startt1);Last=Max(endt,endt1);
d=10;// INCREASE d TO EXTEND THE LINES
bullishbreakout=x>endt1 AND x<last+d AND Cross(C,trendlineR);
bearishbreakout=x>endt AND x<last+d AND Cross(trendlineS,C);
Plot(C,"Close",IIf(bullishbreakout,colorBrightGreen,IIf
(bearishbreakout,colorRed,colorBlack)),64);
Plot(IIf(x>=first -d AND x<=Last+d,trendlineS,1e10),"Support",colorBrightGreen,1);
Plot(IIf(x>=first-d AND x<=Last+d,trendlineR,1e10),"Resistance",colorRed,1);
(Go Top)
Hi Low Wave Daily
if(H,>,ref(hhv(H,100),-1),1,if(L,<,ref(llv(L,100),-1),-1,0))
(Go Top)
Historical Volatility Daily
With MetaStock for Windows, you can easily plot the 10 and 100 day
Historical Volatility. First use the Indicator Builder to enter the following
Custom indicators:
Historical Volatility 10 day
Std(Log(C/Ref(C,-1)),10)*Sqrt(365)*100
Historical Volatility 100 day
Std(Log(C/Ref(C,-1)),100)*Sqrt(365)*100
Next plot both indicators in the same inner window. If the Scaling Options
dialog appears, choose the Merge with Scale on Right (or left) option.
I find it easier to see the Historical Volatility signals by combining the 10
and 100 day indicators into the following indicator.
Historical Volatility Indicator
Std(Log(C/Ref(C,-1)),10)/Std(Log(C/Ref(C,-1)),100)
Plot this indicator in MetaStock for Windows, then click your mouse button
on the indicator. Choose Historical Volatility Indicator Properties and then
choose the Horizontal Lines page. Add a horizontal line at .5 and then
choose the OK button. You now know the 10 period volatility is less than
half the 100 period volatility anytime this indicator crosses below its
horizontal line.
To test trading systems using this indicator it would he helpful to use the
alert function along with a trend following indicator, such as the following
example:

## Enter Long: Cross(CLOSE,Mov(C,20,E)) AND Alert(Fml("Historical Volatility

Indicator")<=5,10)
Enter Short: Cross(Mov(C,20,E),CLOSE) AND Alert(Fml("Historical Volatility
Indicator")<=5,10)
This system will enter a long trade when the close has crossed above its
20 day moving average, and when Historical Volatility Indicator was .5 or
lower within the last 10 days. The system will sell when the close crosses
below its 20 day moving average, and when Historical Volatility Indicator
was .5 or lower within the last 10 days. Use any indicator you would like,
this just provides a basic example of how to use this indicator in a system
test.
(Go Top)
Historical Volatility Weekly
With MetaStock for Windows, you can easily plot the 10 and 100 week
Historical Volatility. First use the Indicator Builder to enter the following
Custom indicators:
Historical Volatility 10 week
Std(Log(C/Ref(C,-1)),10)*Sqrt(365/7)*100
Historical Volatility 100 week
Std(Log(C/Ref(C,-l)),100)*Sqrt(365/7)*100
Next plot both indicators in the same inner window. If the Scaling Options
dialog appears, choose the Merge with Scale on Right (or left) option.
I find it easier to see the Historical Volatility signals by combining the 10
and 100 week indicators into the following indicator.
Historical Volatility Indicator
Std(Log(C/Ref(C,-1)),10)/Std(Log(C/Ref(C,-1)),100)
Plot this indicator in MetaStock for Windows, then click your mouse button
on the indicator. Choose Historical Volatility Indicator Properties and then
choose the Horizontal Lines page. Add a horizontal line at .5 and then
choose the OK button. You now know the 10 period volatility is less than
half the 100 period volatility anytime this indicator crosses below its
horizontal line.
To test trading systems using this indicator it would he helpful to use the
alert function along with a trend following indicator, such as the following
example:
Enter Long: Cross(CLOSE,Mov(C,20,E)) AND Alert(FmI("Historical Volatility
Indicator")<=5,10)
Enter Short: Cross(Mov(C,20,E),CLOSE) AND Alert(Fml("Historical Volatility
Indicator")<=5,10)
This system will enter a long trade when the close has crossed above its
20 week moving average, and when Historical Volatility Indicator was .5 or
lower within the last 10 weeks. The system will sell when the close crosses
below its 20 week moving average, and when Historical Volatility Indicator
was .5 or lower within the last 10 weeks. Use any indicator you would like,
this just provides a basic example of how to use this indicator in a system
test.
Improved Chandeleir Exit
A few weeks ago when the Chandelier Exit was posted to on our board
board, I
asked if there was a faster version of it. On my (slowpoke) 200 Mhz PC at
home, it took about 1 to 2 minutes to calculate the formula on a single
stock.

Anyway, I did not hear of any feasible solutions. Last night, upon reading
about the 25X25 system on this site , it struck me that the original
Chandelier Exit (see below) had a whole bunch of PREV statements in it.
I'm
sure everyone knows where I'm going with this by now.
Anyway, here is how the code (at least this iteration) should be modified
to
speed up the calculation by a factor of 5. Basically, we move PREV into a
variable vPREV prior to using it (so that it is only calculate once) in the
long and short exits. Here is the code for the long exit. I tested it with
the sample Entry Rule and receive the same results in 1/5th the time. Just
modify the SHORT exit in the same way. Hope this helps everyone using it.
{DEFINE ENTRY PRICE, WITH EXIT BEING -- ENTRY PRICE AND NO TRADE
BEING 0}
{Move PREV into a variable to speed things up - DB 2/17/00}
vPREV:=PREV;
EntryPrice:= If(vPREV <= 0,
If(LongEntry, CLOSE, 0),
{Trade entered before today. Stopped today?}
If(LOW <= vPREV - MoneyMgmtStop, -vPREV,
If(LOW <= HighestSince(1,vPREV=0, HIGH) - 3 * ATR(10), -vPREV,
If(LOW <= HighestSince(1,vPREV=0, CLOSE) - 2.5 * ATR(10), -vPREV,
vPREV))));
(Go Top)
Instantaneous Trendline & Sinewave Indicator as described by John Ehlers
Here are a few formula's that I picked up from a
mailing from George Angell
LSS 5 day Osc
X:=HHV(H,5)-Ref(O,-5);
Y:=C-LLV(L,5);
LSS:=100*(X+Y)/(HHV(H,5)-LLV(L,5))*2;
LSS;
LLS 5 DAY Osc Diff from 3 day osc
X:=HHV(H,5)-Ref(O,-5);
Y:=C-LLV(L,5);
LSS:=100*(X+Y)/(HHV(H,5)-LLV(L,5))*2;
Diff:=LSS-Ref(LSS,-3);
Diff;
LLS Strength Index(1 day)
100*(Ref(C,-1)-Ref(L,-1))/(Ref(H,-1)-Ref(L,-1))
LLS Pivot Breakout Buy Number
X:=(H+L+C)/3;
BBN:=2*X-L;
BSN:=2*X-H;
BBN;
BSN;

(Go Top)
Instantaneous Trendline and Sinewave Indicator
by John Ehlers
Here is the MetaStock 6.52 or higher formula code for the Instantaneous
Trendline and Sinewave Indicator as described by John Ehlers in his article
At Last! A Trend-Friendly Oscillator. To implement them the following
formulas must be created in MetaStocks Indicator Builder. Each formula
must be created separately and must be named exactly as it appears
below. Only the last two formulas are plotted, so you may wish to prevent
the others from being displayed in the Indicator QuickList by unchecking
the Display In QuickList option when creating the formula.
To download and install the formulas use the following steps
Download the MS65FORM.DTA file into a temp folder
To Download the file for this formula click MS65FORM.DTA
Use the following instructions to Import the MS65FORM.DTA file from the
1. Run MetaStock.
2. Choose Indicator Builder from the Tools menu.
3. Click the Organize button to launch the Formula Organizer Wizard.
4. Follow the on-screen instructions.
Name: H cycle count 1a
value:= Fml("Hilbert cycle period - 1a");
If(Sum(value,6)>=360 AND Sum(value,5)<360 ,6,0) +
If(Sum(value,7)>=360 AND Sum(value,6)<360 ,7,0) +
If(Sum(value,8)>=360 AND Sum(value,7)<360 ,8,0) +
If(Sum(value,9)>=360 AND Sum(value,8)<360 ,9,0) +
If(Sum(value,10)>=360 AND Sum(value,9)<360 ,10,0) +
If(Sum(value,11)>=360 AND Sum(value,10)<360 ,11,0) +
If(Sum(value,12)>=360 AND Sum(value,11)<360 ,12,0) +
If(Sum(value,13)>=360 AND Sum(value,12)<360 ,13,0) +
If(Sum(value,14)>=360 AND Sum(value,13)<360 ,14,0) +
If(Sum(value,15)>=360 AND Sum(value,14)<360 ,15,0)

## Name: H cycle count 2a

value:= Fml("Hilbert cycle period - 1a");
If(Sum(value,16)>=360 AND Sum(value,15)<360 ,16,0) +
If(Sum(value,17)>=360 AND Sum(value,16)<360 ,17,0) +
If(Sum(value,18)>=360 AND Sum(value,17)<360 ,18,0) +
If(Sum(value,19)>=360 AND Sum(value,18)<360 ,19,0) +
If(Sum(value,20)>=360 AND Sum(value,19)<360 ,20,0) +
If(Sum(value,21)>=360 AND Sum(value,20)<360 ,21,0) +
If(Sum(value,22)>=360 AND Sum(value,21)<360 ,22,0) +
If(Sum(value,23)>=360 AND Sum(value,22)<360 ,23,0) +
If(Sum(value,24)>=360 AND Sum(value,23)<360 ,24,0) +
If(Sum(value,25)>=360 AND Sum(value,24)<360 ,25,0)

## Name: H cycle count 3a

value:= Fml("Hilbert cycle period - 1a");
If(Sum(value,26)>=360 AND Sum(value,25)<360 ,26,0) +
If(Sum(value,27)>=360 AND Sum(value,26)<360 ,27,0) +
If(Sum(value,28)>=360 AND Sum(value,27)<360 ,28,0) +
If(Sum(value,29)>=360 AND Sum(value,28)<360 ,29,0) +
If(Sum(value,30)>=360 AND Sum(value,29)<360 ,30,0) +
If(Sum(value,31)>=360 AND Sum(value,30)<360 ,31,0) +
If(Sum(value,32)>=360 AND Sum(value,31)<360 ,32,0) +
If(Sum(value,33)>=360 AND Sum(value,32)<360 ,33,0) +
If(Sum(value,34)>=360 AND Sum(value,33)<360 ,34,0) +
If(Sum(value,35)>=360 AND Sum(value,34)<360 ,35,0)

Name: H ip sum 1
pd:=Int(Fml("Hilbert cycle period - final-a"));
pr:=(H+L)/2;
(Cos(0)*pr)+
(Cos(360*(1/pd))*Ref(pr,-1))+
(Cos(360*(2/pd))*Ref(pr,-2))+
(Cos(360*(3/pd))*Ref(pr,-3))+
(Cos(360*(4/pd))*Ref(pr,-4))+
(Cos(360*(5/pd))*Ref(pr,-5))+
If(pd>6, Cos(360*(6/pd))*Ref(pr,-6), 0)+
If(pd>7, Cos(360*(7/pd))*Ref(pr,-7), 0)+
If(pd>8, Cos(360*(8/pd))*Ref(pr,-8), 0)+
If(pd>9, Cos(360*(9/pd))*Ref(pr,-9), 0)+
If(pd>10, Cos(360*(10/pd))*Ref(pr,-10), 0)+
If(pd>11, Cos(360*(11/pd))*Ref(pr,-11), 0)+
If(pd>12, Cos(360*(12/pd))*Ref(pr,-12), 0)+
If(pd>13, Cos(360*(13/pd))*Ref(pr,-13), 0)+
If(pd>14, Cos(360*(14/pd))*Ref(pr,-14), 0)

Name: H ip sum 2
pd:=Int(Fml("Hilbert cycle period - final-a"));
pr:=(H+L)/2;
If(pd>15, Cos(360*(15/pd))*Ref(pr,-15), 0)+
If(pd>16, Cos(360*(16/pd))*Ref(pr,-16), 0)+
If(pd>17, Cos(360*(17/pd))*Ref(pr,-17), 0)+
If(pd>18, Cos(360*(18/pd))*Ref(pr,-18), 0)+
If(pd>19, Cos(360*(19/pd))*Ref(pr,-19), 0)+

## If(pd>20, Cos(360*(20/pd))*Ref(pr,-20), 0)+

If(pd>21, Cos(360*(21/pd))*Ref(pr,-21), 0)+
If(pd>22, Cos(360*(22/pd))*Ref(pr,-22), 0)+
If(pd>23, Cos(360*(23/pd))*Ref(pr,-23), 0)+
If(pd>24, Cos(360*(24/pd))*Ref(pr,-24), 0)

Name: H ip sum 3
pd:=Int(Fml("Hilbert cycle period - final-a"));
pr:=(H+L)/2;
If(pd>25, Cos(360*(25/pd))*Ref(pr,-25), 0)+
If(pd>26, Cos(360*(26/pd))*Ref(pr,-26), 0)+
If(pd>27, Cos(360*(27/pd))*Ref(pr,-27), 0)+
If(pd>28, Cos(360*(28/pd))*Ref(pr,-28), 0)+
If(pd>29, Cos(360*(29/pd))*Ref(pr,-29), 0)+
If(pd>30, Cos(360*(30/pd))*Ref(pr,-30), 0)+
If(pd>31, Cos(360*(31/pd))*Ref(pr,-31), 0)+
If(pd>32, Cos(360*(32/pd))*Ref(pr,-32), 0)+
If(pd>33, Cos(360*(33/pd))*Ref(pr,-33), 0)+
If(pd>34, Cos(360*(34/pd))*Ref(pr,-34), 0)

Name: H rp sum 1
pd:=Int(Fml("Hilbert cycle period - final-a"));
pr:=(H+L)/2;
(Sin(0)*pr)+
(Sin(360*(1/pd))*Ref(pr,-1))+
(Sin(360*(2/pd))*Ref(pr,-2))+
(Sin(360*(3/pd))*Ref(pr,-3))+

(Sin(360*(4/pd))*Ref(pr,-4))+
(Sin(360*(5/pd))*Ref(pr,-5))+
If(pd>6, Sin(360*(6/pd))*Ref(pr,-6), 0)+
If(pd>7, Sin(360*(7/pd))*Ref(pr,-7), 0)+
If(pd>8, Sin(360*(8/pd))*Ref(pr,-8), 0)+
If(pd>9, Sin(360*(9/pd))*Ref(pr,-9), 0)+
If(pd>10, Sin(360*(10/pd))*Ref(pr,-10), 0)+
If(pd>11, Sin(360*(11/pd))*Ref(pr,-11), 0)+
If(pd>12, Sin(360*(12/pd))*Ref(pr,-12), 0)+
If(pd>13, Sin(360*(13/pd))*Ref(pr,-13), 0)+
If(pd>14, Sin(360*(14/pd))*Ref(pr,-14), 0)

Name: H rp sum 2
pd:=Int(Fml("Hilbert cycle period - final-a"));
pr:=(H+L)/2;
If(pd>15, Sin(360*(15/pd))*Ref(pr,-15), 0)+
If(pd>16, Sin(360*(16/pd))*Ref(pr,-16), 0)+
If(pd>17, Sin(360*(17/pd))*Ref(pr,-17), 0)+
If(pd>18, Sin(360*(18/pd))*Ref(pr,-18), 0)+
If(pd>19, Sin(360*(19/pd))*Ref(pr,-19), 0)+
If(pd>20, Sin(360*(20/pd))*Ref(pr,-20), 0)+
If(pd>21, Sin(360*(21/pd))*Ref(pr,-21), 0)+
If(pd>22, Sin(360*(22/pd))*Ref(pr,-22), 0)+
If(pd>23, Sin(360*(23/pd))*Ref(pr,-23), 0)+
If(pd>24, Sin(360*(24/pd))*Ref(pr,-24), 0)

Name: H rp sum 3

## pd:=Int(Fml("Hilbert cycle period - final-a"));

pr:=(H+L)/2;
If(pd>25, Sin(360*(25/pd))*Ref(pr,-25), 0)+
If(pd>26, Sin(360*(26/pd))*Ref(pr,-26), 0)+
If(pd>27, Sin(360*(27/pd))*Ref(pr,-27), 0)+
If(pd>28, Sin(360*(28/pd))*Ref(pr,-28), 0)+
If(pd>29, Sin(360*(29/pd))*Ref(pr,-29), 0)+
If(pd>30, Sin(360*(30/pd))*Ref(pr,-30), 0)+
If(pd>31, Sin(360*(31/pd))*Ref(pr,-31), 0)+
If(pd>32, Sin(360*(32/pd))*Ref(pr,-32), 0)+
If(pd>33, Sin(360*(33/pd))*Ref(pr,-33), 0)+
If(pd>34, Sin(360*(34/pd))*Ref(pr,-34), 0)

Name: H TL sum 1
value:=Int(Fml("Hilbert cycle period - final-a"));
If(value=6, Mov((H+L)/2,8,S),0) +
If(value=7, Mov((H+L)/2,9,S),0) +
If(value=8, Mov((H+L)/2,10,S),0) +
If(value=9, Mov((H+L)/2,11,S),0) +
If(value=10, Mov((H+L)/2,12,S),0) +
If(value=11, Mov((H+L)/2,13,S),0) +
If(value=12, Mov((H+L)/2,14,S),0) +
If(value=13, Mov((H+L)/2,15,S),0) +
If(value=14, Mov((H+L)/2,16,S),0) +
If(value=15, Mov((H+L)/2,17,S),0)

Name: H TL sum 2

## value:=Int(Fml("Hilbert cycle period - final-a"));

If(value=16, Mov((H+L)/2,18,S),0) +
If(value=17, Mov((H+L)/2,19,S),0) +
If(value=18, Mov((H+L)/2,20,S),0) +
If(value=19, Mov((H+L)/2,21,S),0) +
If(value=20, Mov((H+L)/2,22,S),0) +
If(value=21, Mov((H+L)/2,23,S),0) +
If(value=22, Mov((H+L)/2,24,S),0) +
If(value=23, Mov((H+L)/2,25,S),0) +
If(value=24, Mov((H+L)/2,26,S),0) +
If(value=25, Mov((H+L)/2,27,S),0)

Name: H TL sum 3
value:=Int(Fml("Hilbert cycle period - final-a"));
If(value=26, Mov((H+L)/2,28,S),0) +
If(value=27, Mov((H+L)/2,29,S),0) +
If(value=28, Mov((H+L)/2,30,S),0) +
If(value=29, Mov((H+L)/2,31,S),0) +
If(value=30, Mov((H+L)/2,32,S),0) +
If(value=31, Mov((H+L)/2,33,S),0) +
If(value=32, Mov((H+L)/2,34,S),0) +
If(value=33, Mov((H+L)/2,35,S),0) +
If(value=34, Mov((H+L)/2,36,S),0) +
If(value=35, Mov((H+L)/2,37,S),0)

## Name: Hilbert cycle period - 1a

value1:=((H+L)/2) - Ref(((H+L)/2),-6);

value2:= Ref(value1,-3);
value3:=0.75*(value1-Ref(value1,-6)) + 0.25*(Ref(value1,-2)-Ref(value1,4));
inphase:= 0.33 * value2 + (0.67 * PREV);
quad:= 0.2 * value3 + ( 0.8 * PREV);
phase:=If(inphase<0 AND quad>0, 180-p1,
If(inphase<0 AND quad<0, 180+p1,
If(inphase>0 AND quad<0, 360-p1,p1)));
dp:=If(Ref(phase,-1)<90 AND phase>270, 360+Ref(phase,-1)phase,Ref(phase,-1)-phase);
dp2:=If(dp < 1, 1,
If(dp > 60, 60, dp));
dp2

## Name: Hilbert cycle period - final-a

c1:= Fml( "H cycle count 1a") + Fml( "H cycle count 2a") + Fml( "H cycle
count 3a") ;
c2:=If(c1=0,PREV,c1);
(0.25*c2) + (0.75*PREV)

## Name: Instantaneous Trend Line

pr:=(H+L)/2;
(Fml("H TL sum 1") + Fml("H TL sum 2") + Fml("H TL sum 3"));
0.33*(pr + (0.5*(pr-Ref(pr,-3)))) + (0.67*PREV)

## Name: Sinewave Indicator

pd:=Int(Fml("Hilbert cycle period - final-a"));
cp:=Fml("Hilbert cycle period - final-a");
ip:=Fml( "H ip sum 1") + Fml( "H ip sum 2") +
Fml( "H ip sum 3");
rp:=Fml( "H rp sum 1") + Fml( "H rp sum 2") +
Fml( "H rp sum 3");
dc1:=If(Abs(ip)>0.001, Atan(rp/ip,1), 90*If(rp>=0,1,-1));
dc2:=If(pd<30 AND cp>0,dc1+((6.818/cp - 0.227)*360),dc1);
dc3:=If(ip<0, dc2+270, dc2+90);
dcp:=If(dc3>315, dc3-360, dc3);
Sin(dcp);
Sin(dcp+45)
(Go Top)
INSYNC Index
The formula from Equis: Insync Index (rev. 01/06/97)
The interpretation for the following formulas came from the article "The
Insync Index", by Norm North, in Technical Analysis of Stocks &
Commodities Jan 1995.
All of these formulas are necessary for the last one, Insync Index to run
properly. They are listed in the order in which they should be copied and
pasted into the MetaStock Formula Builder
BOLInSLB
Mov( C ,20 ,S ) - 2 * ( Std( C ,20 ) )
BOLInSUB
Mov( C ,20 ,S ) + 2 * ( Std( C ,20 ) )
BOLInS2
( C - Fml( "BOLInSLB" ) ) / ( Fml( "BOLInSUB" ) - Fml( "BOLInSLB" ) )
BOLInSLL

If( Fml( "BOLInS2" ) ,< , .05 ,-5 ,If( Fml( "BOLInS2" ) ,> ,.95 ,5 ,0 ) )
CCIInS
If( CCI(14 ) ,> ,100 ,5 ,If ( CCI(14 ) ,< ,-100 ,-5 ,0 ) )
EMVInS2
EMV(10 ,S ) - Mov( EMV(10 ,S) ,10 ,S )
EMVInSB
If( Fml( "EMVInS2" ) ,< ,0 ,If( Mov( EMV(10 ,S ) ,10 ,S ) ,< ,0 ,-5 ,0 ) ,0 )
EMVInSS
If( Fml( "EMVInS2" ) ,> ,0 ,If( Mov( EMV(10 ,S ) ,10 ,S ) ,> ,0 ,5 ,0 ) ,0 )
MACDInS2
MACD( ) - Mov( MACD( ) ,10 ,S )
MACDinSB
If( Fml( "MACDInS2" ) ,< ,0 ,If( Mov( MACD( ) ,10 ,S ) ,< ,0 ,-5 ,0 ) ,0 )
MACDInSS
If( Fml( "MACDInS2" ) ,> ,0 ,If( Mov( MACD( ) ,10 ,S) ,> ,0 ,5 ,0 ) ,0 )
MFIInS
If( MFI( 20 ) ,> ,80 ,5 , If( MFI( 20 ) ,< ,20 ,-5 ,0 ) )
PDOInS2
DPO( 18 ) - Mov( DPO( 18 ) ,10 ,S )
PDOInSB
If( Fml( "PDOInS2" ) ,< ,0 ,If( Mov( DPO( 18 ) ,10 , S) ,< ,0 ,-5 ,0 ) ,0 )
PDOInSS
If( Fml( "PDOInS2" ) ,> ,0 ,If( Mov( DPO ( 18 ) ,10 ,S) ,> ,0 ,5 ,0 ) ,0 )
ROCInS2
ROC( C ,10 ,\$ ) - Mov( ROC( C ,10 ,\$ ) ,10 ,S )
ROCInSB
If( Fml( "ROCInS2" ) ,< ,0 ,If( Mov( ROC( C ,10 ,\$ ) ,10 ,S ) ,< ,0 ,-5 ,0 ) ,0 )
ROCInSS Index
If( Fml( "ROCInS2" ) ,> ,0 ,If( Mov( ROC( C ,10 ,\$ ) ,10 ,S ) ,> ,0 ,5 ,0 ) ,0 )
RSIInS
If( RSI(14 ) ,> ,70 ,5 ,If( RSI(14 ), < ,30 ,-5 ,0 ) )
STO%dInS
If( Stoch(14 ,3 ) ,> ,80 ,5 ,If( Stoch(14 ,3 ) ,< ,20 ,-5 ,0 ) )
STO%kInS
If( Stoch(14 ,1) ,> ,80 ,5 ,If( Stoch(14 ,1 ) ,< ,20 ,-5 ,0 ) )
InSync Index

## 50 + Fml( "CCIInS" ) + Fml( "BOLInSLL" ) + Fml( "RSIInS" ) + Fml( "STO

%kInS " ) +
Fml( "STO%dInS" ) + Fml( "MFIInS" ) + Fml( "EMVInSB" ) + Fml( "EMVInSS"
)+
Fml( "ROCInSS" ) + Fml( "ROCInSB" ) + Ref (Fml( "PDOInSS" ) ,-10 ) +
Ref (Fml( "PDOInSB" ) ,-10 ) + Fml( "MACDInS S" ) + Fml( "MACDInSB" )
These formulas were provided by Barry Millman. All questions should be
addressed to him at 73374.1364@Compuserve.com.
Mr. Millman wrote these formulas using many Custom Formula slots for
clarity and ease of understanding. Please note that the final formula
`InSync Index' requires all of the previous formulas to be correct.
(Go Top)
Investor Preference Index
This indicator was discussed in the December 1997 Technical Analysis of
Stocks & Commodities magazine, page 19. The article was written by Cyril
V. Smith Jr.
"This indicator, a long - term stock market investment tool, compares the
performance of the S&P 500 to the New York Stock Exchange index to
measure sentiment. The theory is that investors have a preference for
certain types of investments, blue chips versus mid-cap, during phases of
a bull market."
To plot this in MetaStock for Windows, follow these instructions. When
complete, if you save this as a chart, you will simply need to load the chart
and it will recalculate using the newest data.

## Open a chart of the New York Stock Exchange index.

Drag the S&P 500 price plot into the NYSE chart.

Drop the indicator listed below on the plot of the S&P 500. The
plot will turn a different color when you are pointing at it.

## The resultant plot is the Investor Preference Index.

Formula: Investor Preference Index:
(Sum(Mov(ROC(Log(C),24,%)-ROC(Log(P),24,%),15,S)Mov(ROC(Log(C),24,%)ROC(Log(P),24,%),38,S),54)+1)*100
System test:
Enter Long
C=HHV(C,26)
Close Long
Fml("Investor Preference Index")<97.6 AND ROC(Fml("Investor Preference
Index"),2,\$)<=(.04)
Jack Landis' Weighted Stochastic
(shortened to Landis)
((Stoch(8,3)*.05)+(Stoch(89,21)*.43)+(Stoch(55,13)*.26)+
(Stoch(34,8)*.16)+(S
toch(21,5)*.10))
Landis 3 week s m a
mov(((Stoch(8,3)*.05)+(Stoch(89,21)*.43)+(Stoch(55,13)*.26)+
(Stoch(34,8)*.16
)+(Stoch(21,5)*.10)),15,s)
landis multiple time periods

formula #1
mov(((Stoch(8,3)*.05)+(Stoch(89,21)*.43)+(Stoch(55,13)*.26)+
(Stoch(34,8)*.16
)+(Stoch(21,5)*.10)),15,s)
formula #2
mov(((Stoch(8,3)*.05)+(Stoch(89,21)*.43)+(Stoch(55,13)*.26)+
(Stoch(34,8)*.16
)+(Stoch(21,5)*.10)),10,s)
formula #3
mov(((Stoch(8,3)*.05)+(Stoch(89,21)*.43)+(Stoch(55,13)*.26)+
(Stoch(34,8)*.16
)+(Stoch(21,5)*.10)),5,s)
formula #4
mov(((Stoch(8,3)*.05)+(Stoch(89,21)*.43)+(Stoch(55,13)*.26)+
(Stoch(34,8)*.16
)+(Stoch(21,5)*.10)),2,s)
multiple slopes of landis
formula #1
slope(mov(((Stoch(8,3)*.05)+(Stoch(89,21)*.43)+(Stoch(55,13)*.26)+
(Stoch(34,
8)*.16)+(Stoch(21,5)*.10)),15,s),2)
formula #2
slope(mov(((Stoch(8,3)*.05)+(Stoch(89,21)*.43)+(Stoch(55,13)*.26)+
(Stoch(34,
8)*.16)+(Stoch(21,5)*.10)),10,s),2)
formula #3
slope(mov(((Stoch(8,3)*.05)+(Stoch(89,21)*.43)+(Stoch(55,13)*.26)+
(Stoch(34,
8)*.16)+(Stoch(21,5)*.10)),5,s),2)
(Go Top)
Jeff Cooper 180's Buy
A:Close
B:{MA}Ref(C,-1)<Mov(C,10,S) AND Ref(C,-1)<Mov(C,50,S)
AND C>Mov(c,10,S) AND C>Mov(C,50,S)
C:{Breakout}Ref(C,-1)<=((Ref(H,-1)-Ref(L,-1))*.25)+Ref(L,-1)
AND C>=H-(H-L)*.25
D:{Entry}HHV(H,2)+.125
E:{Stop}HHV(H,2)+.125-1
(Go Top)
Jeff Cooper 180's Sell
A:Close
B:{MA}Ref(C,-1)>Mov(C,10,S) AND Ref(C,-1)>Mov(C,50,S)
AND C<Mov(c,10,S) AND C<Mov(C,50,S)
C:{Breakout}Ref(C,-1)>=((Ref(H,-1)-Ref(L,-1))*.25)+Ref(H,-1)
AND C<=L+((H-L)*.25)
D:{Entry}LLV(L,2)-.125
E:{Stop}LLV(L,2)-.125+1
(Go Top)
Jeff Cooper Lizards Buy
A:close
B:{Signal}O>H-(H-L)*.25 AND C>H-(H-L)*.25 AND

L<Ref(LLV(L,10),-1)
C:{entry}H+.125
D:{Stop}H+1.125
Filter:O>H-(H-L)*.25 AND C>H-(H-L)*.25 AND
L<Ref(LLV(L,10),-1)
(Go Top)
Jeff Cooper Lizards Sell
A:close
B:{Signal}O<L+(H-L)*.25 AND C<L+(H-L)*.25 AND
H>Ref(HHV(H,10),-1)
C:{entry}L-.125
D:{Stop}L-1.125
Filter:O<L+(H-L)*.25 AND C<L+(H-L)*.25 AND
H>Ref(HHV(H,10),-1)
(Go Top)
Jeff Cooper Slingshots Buy
A:Close
B:{Range breakout}Ref(H,-1)>=Ref(HHV(H,40),-1)
AND L<Ref(L,-1)-.125
C:{entry}If(O>Ref(H,-1)+.125,O,0)
D:{Stop}If(If(O>Ref(H,-1)+.125,O,0)=O,Ref(O,-1)-2,0)
Filter:Ref(H,-1)>=Ref(HHV(H,40),-1)
AND L<Ref(L,-1)-.125
(Go Top)
Jeff Cooper Slingshots Sell
A:Close
B:{Range breakout}Ref(L,-1)<=Ref(LLV(L,40),-1)
AND H>Ref(H,-1)+.125
C:{entry}If(O<Ref(L,-1)-.125,O,0)
D:{Stop}If(If(O<Ref(L,-1)-.125,O,0),Ref(O,-1)+2,0)
Filter:Ref(L,-1)<=Ref(LLV(L,40),-1)
AND H>Ref(H,-1)+.125
(Go Top)
Jeff Cooper Whoops Sell
A:close
B:C<Mov(C,10,S) AND C<Mov(C,50,S) AND
O>Ref(C,-1)+.25
C:{Entry}Ref(C,-1)-.125
D:{Stop}Ref(C,-1)-.125+1
Filter:C<Mov(C,10,S) AND C<Mov(C,50,S) AND
O>Ref(C,-1)+.25
A:Close
B:ADX(14){The higher the better}
C: PDI(14)>MDI(14)
D:If(L<Ref(L,-1) and Ref(L,-1)<Ref(L,-2) and
Ref(L,-2)<Ref(L,-3),1,0)
E:{Entry}HHV(H,3)+.125
F:{stop}LLV(L,3)
Filter:ColB>30 and ColC and ColD=1

(Go Top)
Jim's Uptrender
As the name implies this metastock exploration finds stocks with a recent
uptrend.
{Col A } CLOSE
{Col B} V
{Filter} x:=HHV(H,60);
y:=MACD();
C > Ref(x,-1)
AND Ref(C,-1) < Ref(x,-1)
AND H = x
AND y > 0
AND y > Ref(y,-1)
AND C > Mov(C,13,W)
AND C > Mov(C,34,W)
AND V*C > 250000
(Go Top)
John Hunt's Exploration for Metastock
Place in FILTER section of Exploration.
No other information need be entered in the Exploration columns.}
When(C-Mov(C,25,S),>,0) AND
When(Ref(C-Mov(C,25,S),-1),<=,0) AND
When(HHV(Mov(Ref(C-Mov(C,25,S),-1),3,S),19),<=,0) AND
When(C,<,0.8*HHV(C,260))
{This means: when today's (close - moving average) > 0, when
yesterday's (close - moving average) <= 0, when highest value of 3 day
moving average of yesterday's (close - moving average) over past 19 days
<= 0, and finally, when today's close < 80% of highest value of all closes
for past year. (The third test is to eliminate past false breakouts.)}
KA Money Flow System
by Karim Anwar
This system is based on Money Flow Index . It is a developing system and
will like input from other readers to improve it> Thanks for any
suggestions to improve it.
It tries to buy when MFI is starting to rally from an oversold state and sells
short when MFI starts falling from overbought state.
Can any body help to form an exploration to find stocks for whom this
system will work best ?
EnterLong: Cross(MFI(23), (LLV(MFI(23),23) + opt1)) AND MFI(23)<50
closeLong: MFI(23)=LLV(MFI(23),23)
longOptimisationFullDetails: OPT 1 = Min. 5 Max. 20 Step: 1
enterShort: Cross( (HHV(MFI(23),23) - opt1), MFI(23))AND MFI(23)>50
closeShort: MFI(23)=HHV(MFI(23),23)
ShortOptimisationFullDetails: OPT 1 = Min. 5 Max. 20 Step: 1
(Go Top)
Karnish Bollinger Band Histogram Trading System
{EnterLong and Close Short}
BBHistogram:= (CLOSE + 2*Std(CLOSE,20) Mov(CLOSE,20,SIMPLE)) / (4*(Std(CLOSE,20)))
* 100;
Cross(0,BBHistogram)

## {Enter Short and Close Long}

BBHistogram:= (CLOSE + 2*Std(CLOSE,20) Mov(CLOSE,20,SIMPLE)) / (4*(Std(CLOSE,20)))
* 100;
Cross(BBHistogram,100)
Here's a "freebie".
BB Histogram:
((C+2*Std(C,20)-Mov(C,20,S))/(4*(Std(C,20)))*100)
Sell the opening days after the BB Histogram penetrates 100 and buy
when it penetrates zero. Add to positions when the BB Histo leaves "above
100" or "below zero" and then "repenetrates" the trigger levels.
I believe this approach has recorded 11 straight S&P winners, with 700+
points. "But Steve, this system must not be working any more because it
is losing the last trade you put on". Right!
My only disclaimer is that I guarantee that I will sell software, charting
services and anything else that I can think of to make a "buck" in 2000. In
the meantime, suck all the free stuff from me you can copy. And most of
all, please note, the biggest antagonists on the list provide absolutely
"zero" when it comes to helping you trade. Seek the answers from "within"
(with some shortcutting help from people that are willing to share).
(Go Top)
MetaStock formula derived from calculations in Trading Systems and
Methods, Third Edition, by Perry J. Kaufman.
This formula adapts the standard RSI to a smoothing constant.
Period := Input("Period",1,10000,20);
sc := Abs(RSI(Period)/100 - .5)*2;
If(Cum(1) <= Period, CLOSE,
PREV + sc*(CLOSE - PREV))
(Go Top)
Krausz's Gann Swing HiLow Activator
I was only able to implement Krausz's Gann Swing HiLow Activator in
Metastock,
because it's simply the average of the last three bars High (stop for short
position or
long entry) or Low (stop for long position or short entry) plotted one period
forward:
Ref(Mov(L,3,S),-1) or Ref(Mov(H,3,S),-1)
(Go Top)
Kurtosis Indicator
The Kurtosis is a market sentiment indicator. The MetaStock formula for
the Kurtosis is as follows:
Mov(Mov(Mo(3)-Ref(Mo(3),-1),66,E),3,S)
The Kurtosis is constructed from three different parts. The Kurtosis, the
Fast Kurtosis(FK), and the Fast/Slow Kurtosis(FSK).

## The Kurtosis(K) portion of this calculation is mo(3)-ref(mo(3),-1). Which is

today's Kurtosis - yesterday's Kurtosis.
The Fast Kurtosis(FK) is mov(K,66,E) mov(mo(3)-ref(mo(3),-1,66,E). Which
is the Kurtosis smoothed with a 66 period exponential moving average.
The Fast/Slow Kurtosis(FSK) is the complete formula mov(mov(mo(3)ref(mo(3),-1),66,E),3,S). Which is the FK smoothed with 3 period simple
moving average.
**You may want to experiment with different time periods to optimize the
results. For example, to calculate a 4 period Kurtosis, a 50 period FK and a
10 period FSK, use the following formula:
mov(mov(mo(4)-ref(mo(4),-1),50,E),10,S)
(Go Top)
Keltner Channels
Keltner Channels are explained in the book The New Commodity Trading
System and Methods by Perry Kaufman and were first introduced in the
book How To Make Money in Commodities, by Chester W. Keltner. The
syntax for the formulas in MetaStock are:
Formula #1
Name: The 10-Day Moving Average
Formula: MOV( (H+L+C)/3, 10, Simple )
Formula #2
Name: Upper Keltner Band
Formula: MOV((H+L+C)/3,10,S) + MOV((H-L),10,S)
Formula #3
Name: Lower Keltner Band
Formula: MOV((H+L+C)/3,10,S) - MOV((H-L),10,S)
** All three formulas must be plotted.
In the System Tester, a BUY or a COVER SHORT Signal would occur when
C > Upper Keltner Band
and a SELL or a SELL SHORT Signal would occur when
C < Lower Keltner Band
** Thus, the system is always either long or short.
For interpretation refer to either of the two books listed above.
(Go Top)
Linear Regression Slope
{The basic "programming" in MetaStock of the LRS-ROC indicator is like
this: NIO is the _basic_ number of points taken to calculate the ROCs. The
four ROCs _per day_ used for interpolation are:}
rll:=ROC(O,nio-1,%)/(nio-1);
rl:=ROC(O,nio,%)/nio;
rh:=ROC(O,nio+1,%)/(nio+1);
rhh:=ROC(O,nio+2,%)/(nio+2);

## {Now, interpolation is done at a point XIO (0<=xio<=1), i.e., between the

points NIO and NIO+1, using a simple interpolation formula weighting with
the _distances_ of the four ROCs from the interpolation point XIO:}
rit:=(rll/(1+xio)+rl/(xio+.0001)+rh/(1-xio)+rhh/(2-xio))/(1/(1+xio)+1/(xio+.
0001)+1/(1-xio)+1/(2-xio));
{Then the LinearRegressionSlope is taken _twice_ (for numerical reasons)
from the interpolated ROC, using the basic number of points; i.e., NIO.
That is where we get our LRS-ROC indicator, named RO here:}
ro:=LinRegSlope(LinRegSlope(rit,nio),nio);
{NIO+XIO together represent the _real_ (not integer!) number of points or
days, the LRS-ROC indicator is calculated for, e.g. 4.57 days.
Unfortunately, MetaStock is not able to use _one_ real number (e.g., 4.57)
as input to be splitted into NIO and XIO and to be used in the formulas
above. So NIO and XIO have to be provided separately, because of the
restrictions in MetaStock, and both are subjected to some "optimization" in
accordance to the historical prices.
To be clear: This LRS-ROC indicator triggers _only the timing_ for
entering/closing a position, using an appropriate criterion. Additional (also
ROC-based) criterions are used to stay out/in during extreme
bearish/bullish situations.
Additionally: This "TA" is only one basic element of my option trading
system, primarily to catch some "special reality effects" that cannot be
modeled by example-based know-how recycling from historical data. But
probably this TA system may also be used as a "stand-alone" system.
(Go Top)
As I understand your desire, it's to take data from a MetaStock file and use
it to update an Excel file. The way to have this update-process
automatically done requires for you to have an OLE-link capable object
(chart or indicator) to be present. In MetaStock this can be easy
established by creating separate Charts for each security. Follow and
execute these steps below. Here I am using a single daily closing price as
object, for a simplified use of the Win 95's OLE program.
1. First make a new indicator Close Only :

Start MetaStock and click the button for the Indicator Builder

## In Indicator Builder create a custom indicator named "Close

Only" (without the quotations) and in the formula field type CLOSE and
click OK
2. To create a Close Only Template :

## Start the Win95-Explorer and create a new folder named

OLE(which folder will hold your Template and Charts used for this OLE)
below your working folder(that is holding your metastock files
dat/dop/master/emaster etc.)

## Open the by you desired security using Smart Charts as type

Delete all other charts and all inner windows and all indicators
that are open in the current screen(=layout) except for the base securities'
Price indicator

## (the bar, line, sticks)

Drag the newly created Close Only indicator down from the IBQuick List (from the small window in the middle at the top) and release it
to have the newly created indicator displayed in its own inner-window

Now SAVE AS the current screen (with Template as the file type)
using the CloseOnly name(without a space) as the Template's
name("CloseOnly.mwt")

## Close down MetaStock + Win95-Explorer

3. To create the separate Charts used for OLE :

## Click Apply Template (this action is always required prior to

selecting a security) and scroll to the OLE folder to apply the newly
created CloseOnly Template

## On Opening of this New Chart the above mentioned Template's

layout containing the Price and the Close Only indicators will be displayed

Now SAVE AS the current screen (with Chart as the file type)
using the security's name as the Charts' pointer name("SecurityX.mwc") to
the newly created OLE-folder

Close Metastock
4. To create the OLE link from Metastock to an Excel spreadsheet :

## Right-click to Select and click Copy to have the security's

CloseOnly indicator copied to the Clipboard

Start Excel and check that the first cell at the top-left is been
selected(=black line bordered rectangle)

## Select the required cells by placing the mouse-pointer at the

right corner of the selected rectangle and click and press down the Leftmouse button and whilst at the same time holding the mouse-button
down, drag down this first column(A) and release button until you have
reached record row #999 and all of the selected cells will be colered
black(Note that this selection made, has to be done in one(1) straight firm
move down the column, eg a one single selection has been made)

## Now let the mouse-pointer float on this blackened selection and

Right-click to choose Paste Special

In the Paste Special's Dialog Window click the Paste Link radiobutton and choose CSV as file-type

With plenty of system memory on board it will not take that long
before the Special Linked data is calculated and displayed (as the cell's
contents), and

Close and Save As the Excel file to the OLE folder(with standard
XLS as file type) with the security's name as the pointer name

Each time now, that you Open this XLS-file again, automatically
the Excel program will have you prompted if you would to update the Link.
Within the Excel program's options (Tools|Options|Calculations or Edit|Link|
Manual) you can pre-set this to "manual" as well, but then you will have to
click Edit|Link|Update Now to update once the spreadsheet's above Linked
cell selection entirely
A.
Note here that the more history is stored in your 'original' Metastock files,
eg the files the Chart uses as its base, the longer the column
contents(displayed cells), the longer it will take to calculate and also the

more memory is being used, so you will have to keep this 'history' as short
as what can be possible for any fast results.
B.
Note here too that you can then apply the special instructions (mailed in a
previous mail to the List) to have the Linked cells' contents SPLIT UP over
more cells in the spreadsheet(s), so as to enable you to make calculations
in Excel, eg using Excel's cell linking(referencing) and formula
language(the tiny editor) capabilities and/or apply any of the other Excel
program's features.
C.
Note here also that the above applies for MS6.x and Excel8.0(OfficePro97).
D.
To reverse this OLE linkage back into MetaStock , do not forget to create
an empty Inner Window first, prior to creating the Link. In MS click
Window|New Inner Window and then Right-click in this Inner Window and
choose Paste Special|Paste Link (with CSV as file type). See MS-Help or
MS-Manual
or Equis' Customer|Support Website for more detailed instructions.
(Go Top)
Lone Ranger
This is the calculation:
There are 2 calculations needed for this.
For the first, just take the highest value of the close in the past 3 days
(including todays close) and take this away from the lowest value of the
cose in the past 3 days. Call the result of this a.
Then divide a by volume. Subtract the result of this by the value of a
divided by volume 5 days ago.
Finally, multiply this number by -1.
Simple Interpretation:
This is a short term indicator which will show short term divergences
against the market instrument. You can also use it to compare its rate of
change against that of the market.
Extreme lows or highs in the indicator may be a signal of similar instances
in the market, however you would want to define a time period to make
use of this function.
Metastock code for Lone Ranger:
(( Fml( "Z Range" ) / V) - Ref((Fml( "Z Range" ) / V),-5)) * -1
Where Fml( "Z Range" ) = (HHV(c,3) - LLV(c,3))
(Go Top)
LRS-ROC Indicator--another one
Lb:=Input("Look-Back Periods?",3,100,13);
ROC( LinRegSlope(C,Lb),Lb,\$)
(Go Top)
LSS Oscillator & Pivot Point

## Here are a few formula's that I picked up from a

mailing from George Angell
LSS 5 day Osc
X:=HHV(H,5)-Ref(O,-5);
Y:=C-LLV(L,5);
LSS:=100*(X+Y)/(HHV(H,5)-LLV(L,5))*2;
LSS;
LLS 5 DAY Osc Diff from 3 day osc
X:=HHV(H,5)-Ref(O,-5);
Y:=C-LLV(L,5);
LSS:=100*(X+Y)/(HHV(H,5)-LLV(L,5))*2;
Diff:=LSS-Ref(LSS,-3);
Diff;
LLS Strength Index(1 day)
100*(Ref(C,-1)-Ref(L,-1))/(Ref(H,-1)-Ref(L,-1))
LLS Pivot Breakout Buy Number
X:=(H+L+C)/3;
BBN:=2*X-L;
BSN:=2*X-H;
BBN;
BSN;
(Go Top)
LookBack
Formula: X := Stdev(C, 30);
Y := Ref(X, -1);
Z := 1+((X-Y)/X);
If(Cum(1)=1, 20, Min(Max(Prev*Z, 20), 60))
Formula: HHV(H, LastValue(Fml("LookBack")+Prev-Prev))
Formula: LLV(L, LastValue(Fml("LookBack")/2+Prev-Prev))
Name: SellBreak
Formula: LLV(L, LastValue(Fml("LookBack")+Prev-Prev))
Name: SellExit
Formula: HHV(H, LastValue(Fml("LookBack")/2+Prev-Prev))
Name: BreakWhere
Formula: TopB := Ref(Fml("BuyBreak"), -1);
LowB := Ref(Fml("SellBreak"), -1);
((O+H+L+C)/4 - LowB)*100/(TopB-LowB);
Name: DBS-System
Enter Long: H > Ref(Fml("BuyBreak"), -1)
Close Long: L < Ref(Fml("BuyExit"), -1)
Enter Short: L < Ref(Fml("SellBreak"), -1)
Close Short: H > Ref(Fml("SellExit"), -1)

This is George Pruitt's ("Futures Truth") basic system. It is also the basic
system used as the basis for Thomas Stridsman's year-long series of
articles about system development and tweaking.
(Go Top)
Last Date Exploration
This set of column formulae allows you to either scan the results of a
previous MetaStock exploration or the whole market to view the last
trading date of each code.
To delete all securities that have been non-trading since a user specified
date, you will need to use a program such as StockDelete.
MetaStock Column Formula
{Day} Column A: Dayofmonth()
{Month} Column B: Month()
{Year} Column C: Year()
No filter is required for this formula. Text in {} indicates the column name
(not required)
Download the Last Date Formula for use in your MetaStock software by
clicking here.
(Go Top)
Linear Regression Trendline
{ Linear Regression Trendline Channel v2.0 }{ Copyright 2004 Jose
Silva }{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
EnDay:=Input("end Day",1,31,31);
EnMnth:=Input("end Month",1,12,12);
EnYear:=Input("end Year",1800,2200,2006);
pds:=Input("Linear Regression Trendline periods",2,2520,63);
multi:=Input("Channel Standard Deviations",
0,100,2);
x:=Input("use Open=1 High=2 Low=3 Close=4 Volume=5 P=6",1,6,4);
x:=If(x=1,O,If(x=2,H,If(x=3,L,If(x=5,V,If(x=6,P,C)))));
end:=Year()>EnYear
OR (Year()=EnYear AND (Month()>EnMnth
OR Month()=EnMnth AND DayOfMonth()>=EnDay));
end:=If(LastValue(Cum(Ref(end,pds)))=0,
LastValue(Cum(1))=Cum(1),end);
lastValLRI:=LastValue(Highest(
If(end,LinearReg(x,pds),0)));
lastValLRS:=LastValue(Highest(
If(end,LinRegSlope(x,pds),-10000)));
-Highest(If(end,Cum(1),0)));
{ rem next line to extend plot to end of chart }
LR:=lastValLRI-lastValLRS*countback;

LRT:=Ref(Ref(LR,-restrict),restrict);
upLR:=LRT+Stdev(LR,pds)*multi;
lwLR:=LRT-Stdev(LR,pds)*multi;
upLR;lwLR;LRT
{These MetaStock MACD indicator formulas allow user input for
parameters when run}
mp1:=Input("Short MA",1,377,13);
mp2:=Input("Long MA",1,377,34);
Mov(C ,mp1 ,E )- Mov(C ,mp2 ,E )
MACD signal line
mp1:=Input("Short MA",1,377,13);
mp2:=Input("Long MA",1,377,34);
mp3:=Input("Signal MA",1,377,89);
Mov( (Mov(C ,mp1 ,E )- Mov(C ,mp2 ,E )),mp3,E)
MACD - Signal Line
mp1:=Input("Short MA",1,377,13);
mp2:=Input("Long MA",1,377,34);
mp3:=Input("Signal MA",1,377,89);
(Mov(C,mp1,E)-Mov(C,mp2,E))-(Mov((Mov(C,mp1,E)Mov(C,mp2,E)),mp3,E))
(Go Top)
MACD Crossover Buy Signal
Shows those stocks where an MACD crossover has been signalled.The
search returns 1 for Ok and 0 for not ok.

CLOSE

MACD()

Ref(MACD(),-1)

Mov(MACD(),9,EXPONENTIAL)

Ref(Mov(MACD(),9,EXPONENTIAL),-1)

((MACD() - Mov(MACD(),9,EXPONENTIAL))
/Mov(MACD(),9,EXPONENTIAL)) * 100

## **Cross( MACD(), Mov(MACD(),9,EXPONENTIAL))

(Go Top)
MACD Crossover System test in MetaStock, an example of how to create
Enter Long:
Mov(C,5,E) > Mov(C,13,E)
AND Mov(C,13,E) > Mov(C,40,E)
Close Long:
Cross(Mov(C,13,E),Mov(C,5,E))
Now you can play with these combinations on both the enter long and
close long side. For example,
keep the same Enter Long but change the Close Long to =
Cross(Mov(C,40,E) ,Mov(C,5,E) )

This will keep you in the trade longer. You may want to enter when the 5
crosses above the 13 and not wait for the 40 OR, you may just want to use
the 5 cross above the 40 and forget about the 13.
(Go Top)
MACD Custom
The Input() Function(MSK-man. p.271-273) cannot be used directly in the
Explorer (MSK-man. p.351). It is reserved to be used in a custom indicator.
However, the custom indicator's default value can be used in an
exploration.
Since you have created a {faulty} custom indicator, than just re-code it.
By referencing the Input() Function using the fml() CALL Function
(MSK-man.p.226-227 and 208-209 and 212), you can still use its {by you
at design time} assigned Default value.
Custom Indicator :
Name: MACDcustom
Formula:
MAprd:=Input( "Periods", 5 {Minimum}, 30 {Maximum}, 14 {Default} );
YourTrig:=Mov( MACD(), MAprd, E );
MACD();
YourTrig
When creating the exploration just click the function button and look
under the Custom Indicators heading for both of the above custom
indicator functions, and "Open" each of them one by one, to paste them
into your column TABs (MSK-man. p.347-348) .
Exploration:
Name: MACD crosses my Trigger
Columns:
Cola:
Name: Close
Formula:
C
Colb:
Name: MACD
Formula:
FML( "MACDcustom , MACD" )
Colc:
Name: MACDTrigger
Formula:
FML( "MACDcustom , YourTrig" )
Filter:
Formula:
Colb > Colc
{or
FML( "MACDcustom , MACD" ) > FML( "MACDcustom , YourTrig" )
}
(Go Top)
MACD Histogram Divergence
This explorer looks for stocks exhibiting extreme divergence from the
MACD Histogram. In his book "Trading for a Living", Alexander Elder

argues that divergence from the MACD Histogram gives the strongest
signals in the whole of technical analysis.
ColA:
md := MACD();
mdhist := md - Mov(md,9,E);
Correl(((Sum(Cum(1)*( mdhist ),100))-(Sum(Cum(1),100)*
Sum(( mdhist ),100)/100))/((Sum(Power(Cum(1),2),100))(Power(Sum(Cum(1),100),2)/100)),((Sum(Cum(1)*C,100))(Sum(Cum(1),100)*
Sum(C,100)/100))/((Sum(Power(Cum(1),2),100))(Power(Sum(Cum(1),100),2)/100)
),12,0)
Filter Column:
colA and colA <-0.8
The above formula can also be combined with a volatility buy signal and a
volume signal. The following addition is then made.
ColB: The volatility buy signal
H > Ref(C,-1) + 1.8 * Ref( ATR(10),-1)
ColC: Volume 10% above the average of the previous 10 days
V > 1.1 * Ref( Mov(V,10,E),-1)
Filter Column:
colA AND colB AND colC AND colA <-0.80
Initial tests with this system have been encouraging.
(Go Top)
MACD Offset
(MACD()*10 +50) {offset the MACD to 50}
(Go Top)
MACD Tops and Bottoms
QUESTION: As you know, MACD is always bottoming or topping before
crossing its trigger line. However, the MACD signal comes always a bit late
compared to price movement. Is there any way to calculate the MACD first
derivative function to identify MACD tops/bottoms, that could be use by
the Explorer or the System Tester?
ANSWER: One way to do what you want would be using the 'Rate of
Change' function.
For example:
RocPeriods:=1; ROC(MACD(),RocPeriods,\$)
or for the MACD histogram you would have
RocPeriods:=1; ROC(MACD() - Mov(MACD(),9,E),RocPeriods,\$)
If that is to noisy, you could smooth it a bit with: RocPeriods := 1;
MovAvePeriod :=1; ; Mov(3 * ROC(MACD(),RocPeriods,\$) , MovAvePeriod,E)
{the 3 just 'magnifies' the line on the plot but doesn't affect the
calculation} or for the MACD histogram:
RocPeriods := 1; MovAvePeriod :=1; ; Mov(3 * ROC(MACD() Mov(MACD(),9,E),RocPeriods,\$) , MovAvePeriod,E)
Another way to do what you want would be to look for peaks and troughs
using the 'Peak' and 'Trough' functions. I'm working on code to identify
divergences using this method.
QUESTION: As you know, MACD is always bottoming or topping before
crossing its trigger line. However, the MACD signal comes always a bit late
compared to price movement. Is there any way to calculate the MACD first
derivative function to identify MACD tops/bottoms, that could be use by
the Explorer or the System Tester?

ANSWER: One way to do what you want would be using the 'Rate of
Change' function.
For example:
RocPeriods:=1; ROC(MACD(),RocPeriods,\$)
or for the MACD histogram you would have
RocPeriods:=1; ROC(MACD() - Mov(MACD(),9,E),RocPeriods,\$)
If that is to noisy, you could smooth it a bit with:
RocPeriods := 1; MovAvePeriod :=1; ; Mov(3 * ROC(MACD(),RocPeriods,\$) ,
MovAvePeriod,E) {the 3 just 'magnifies' the line on the plot but doesn't
affect the calculation} or for the MACD histogram: RocPeriods := 1;
MovAvePeriod :=1; ; Mov(3 * ROC(MACD() - Mov(MACD(),9,E),RocPeriods,\$)
, MovAvePeriod,E)
Another way to do what you want would be to look for peaks and troughs
using the 'Peak' and 'Trough' functions. I'm working on code to identify
divergences using this method.
(Go Top)
Mark Brown Band2 Study
{Name: %Bands}
Pds:= Input("EMA Periods?",1,1000,21);
Pct:= Input("Percentage Bands?",0.1,10,5);
MA:= Mov(C,Pds,E);
TBnd:= MA*(1+Pct/100);
LBnd:= MA*(1-Pct/100);
MA;TBnd;LBnd;
{Name: %BandsCount}
Pds:= Input("EMA Periods?",1,1000,21);
Pct:= Input("Percentage Bands?",0.1,10,5);
MA:= Mov(C,Pds,E);
TBnd:= MA*(1+Pct/100);
LBnd:= MA*(1-Pct/100);
IUp:= (H > TBnd) * Ref((H <= TBnd),-1);
CntUp:= IUp + BarsSince(IUp=1) * (H > TBnd);
IDn:= (L < LBnd) * Ref((L >= LBnd),-1);
CntDn:= IDn + BarsSince(IDn=1) * (L < LBnd);
CntUp; -CntDn;
EXPERT
{Name: %Bands}
Symbols tab.
{Name: %BandUp}
FmlVar("% BandsCount","CNTUP") >= 1
{Graphic: Dot, Small, Green, Above price plot}
Symbols tab.
{Name: %BandDn}
FmlVar("% BandsCount","CNTDN") >= 1
{Graphic: Dot, Small, Magenta, Below price plot}
(Go Top)
Market Pressure - Ultimate
This is the basic calculation:

## If toadies close is greater than yesterdays close and toadies volume is

greater than yesterdays volume, write down toadies volume * close,
otherwise, If toadies close is less than yesterdays close and toadies
volume is less than yesterdays volume, write down todays volume as a
negative number * close, otherwise write down 0.
Then add up the past 7 days and * 4, add this to the past 14 days total
and * 2, add this to the past 28 days total. Plot this grand total in your
chart for each new trading day.
Simple Interpretation:
Market Pressure - Ultimate can show divergences with the instrument it is
plotted against. It may show signs of support and resistance when the
indicator hits areas of support/resistance on its own graph. Comparing
rates of change/moving averages of the indicator against that of the
instrument may reveal accumulation/distribution pressures.
Metastock code for Market Pressure - Ultimate:
Sum(If(C > Ref(C,-1)
AND V > Ref(V,-1),
V * C,
If(C < Ref(C,-1)
AND V < Ref(V,-1),
Neg(V) * C,0)),7) * 4 +
Sum(If(C > Ref(C,-1)
AND V > Ref(V,-1),
V * C,
If(C < Ref(C,-1)
AND V < Ref(V,-1),
Neg(V) * C,0)),14) * 2 +
Sum(If(C > Ref(C,-1)
AND V > Ref(V,-1),
V * C,
If(C < Ref(C,-1)
AND V < Ref(V,-1),
Neg(V) * C,0)),28)
(Go Top)
McClellan Oscillator
The McClellan Oscillator, developed by Sherman and Marian McClellan, is a
market breadth indicator that is based on the smoothed difference
between the number of advancing and declining issues on the New York
Stock Exchange. The McClellan Oscillator is one of the most popular
breadth indicators. Buy signals are typically generated when the McClellan
Oscillator falls into the oversold area of -70 to -100 and turns up. Sell
signals are generated when the oscillator rises into the overbought area of
+70 to +100 and then turns down.
Extensive coverage of the McClellan Oscillator is provided in their book
Patterns for Profit .

## To plot the McClellan Oscillator, create a composite security in The

DownLoader of Advancing Issues minus Declining Issues. Open a chart of
the composite in MetaStock and plot this custom indicator.
Mov(CLOSE,19,EXPONENTIAL) - Mov(CLOSE,39,EXPONENTIAL)
(Go Top)
McClellan Summation Index
The McClellan Summation Index is a market breadth indicator developed
by Sherman and Marian McClellan. It is a long-term version of the
McClellan Oscillator and its interpretation is similar to that of the McClellan
Oscillator except that it is more suited to major trend reversals.
For more extensive coverage of the index refer to the book Patterns for
Profit, by Sherman and Marian McClellan.
McClellan suggests the following rules for use with the summation Index:
Look for major bottoms when the Summation Index falls below -1300.
Look for major tops to occur when a divergence with the market occurs
above a Summation Index level of +1600.
The beginning of a significant bull market is indicated when the
Summation Index crosses above +1900 after moving upward more than
3600 points from its prior low (e.g. the index moves from -1600 to +2000).
The summation index is plotted by adding the Cum function to the
McCllellan Oscillator.
The formula is Cum(Mov(C,19,E) - Mov(C,39,E)).
(Go Top)
Metastock % Bands Revised
I found a problem with the %Bands formulas posted yesterday. No matter
what optional parameters are entered for EMA length or % bandwidth, the
Expert appears to read only the default values. As a result, when using
other than default parameters, the coloured dots appear in inappropriate
places. If the coloured dots are considered unnecessary the Expert can
simply be detached.
Alternatively, below is a hard-coded version. There is no screen to enter
optional parameters. Instead, plot the %Bands formula,then right-click on
one of the bands, select '%Bands Properties', then the 'Formula' tab, and
change the parameters in the first two lines of the %Bands formula; click
'OK'. Or make the change in the Formula Editor. The values need to be
entered only once, in the %Bands formula; the %BandsCount formula and
the Expert will take their values from that. For regular use, get the display
to your liking, then create a template.
{NAME: %Bands}
Pds:= 21; {ENTER EMA LENGTH}
Pct:= 2.5; {ENTER PERCENT BANDWIDTH}
MA:= Mov(C,Pds,E);

TBnd:= MA*(1+Pct/100);
LBnd:= MA*(1-Pct/100);
MA; TBnd; LBnd;
{NAME: %BandsCount}
{USE WITH %BANDS FORMULA}
TBnd:= FmlVar("%Bands","TBND");
IUp:= (H > TBnd) * Ref((H <= TBnd),-1);
CntUp:= IUp + BarsSince(IUp=1) * (H > TBnd);
LBnd:= FmlVar("%Bands","LBND");
IDn:= (L < LBnd) * Ref((L >= LBnd),-1);
CntDn:= IDn + BarsSince(IDn=1) * (L < LBnd);
CntUp; -CntDn;
EXPERT
{Name: %Bands}
Symbols tab.
{NAME: %BandUp}
FmlVar("%BandsCount","CNTUP") >= 1
Graphic tab: Dot, Small, Green, Above price plot
Symbols tab.
{NAME: %BandDn}
FmlVar("%BandsCount","CNTDN") >= 1
Graphic tab: Dot, Small, Magenta, Below price plot
(Go Top)
Using the default values used in the formulas, I have found that these
upper and lower bands provide effective risk control while trading. The
upper band can be used as the extreme point to get rid of shorts and vice
versa. In fact, prices tend to remain above both the bands while the
market is in a strong uptrend, and prices remain below the bands in a
downtrend. During short-term range-bound markets, they tend move
between the bands. I have found this idea in Tushar Chande's "New
Technical Trader". Since you have studied ATR so thoroughly, it would be
be very nice if you could comment on them. Can be made into a template
for easier usage.
Upper Band
Prd1:=Input("ATR Period",5,20,5);
Prd2:=Input("Period for Highest High Value",5,20,10);
(HHV(LLV(L,Prd1)+ATR(Prd1),Prd2))
Lower Band
Prd1:=Input("ATR Period",5,20,5);
Prd2:=Input("Period for Lowest Low Value",5,20,10);

(LLV(HHV(H,Prd1)-ATR(Prd1),Prd2))
(Go Top)
Metastock Automatic Trendline Formula
Trough(1,L,10)+
((((Trough(1,L,10)-Trough(2,L,10))
/
(TroughBars(2,L,10)-TroughBars(1,L,10)))
*TroughBars(1,L,10)))
This formula will draw a trendline from the most recent bottom. The L
(low) can be changed to C (close) and the 10 can be changed to a different
percent value. You will also need to change the line style to the last one in
the drop down list.
Mike Helmacy www.techanalysis.com
Those who know me have found out I vacillate between the VERY
complicated and the very simple. I have been following a few stocks
(medium volatility, but good %% moves both up and down over a 2-5
week time frame) and tracking them with about 15 templates on which
most of the formulas that I have acquired reside. I wanted to track those
that did best and those that were not as effective. I also tracked those
formulas that were late in showing turns in momentum vs those that
caught the turn close on. In this regard, I was looking for finding stocks at
intermediate term lows and highs, NOT for indicators that identified stocks
that had begun their run in any direction and were destined to continue.
As a result, I came up with a very simple indicator that showed a HIGH
degree of accuracy in "turn-calling", but it did NOT give me indication of
the strength or duration of the new move, only that it probably would
occur. I believe that I have finally discovered that any signal of a change in
momentum will NEVER give you a sense of strength or duration BY ITS
VERY NATURE, and that only signals that identify stocks WITHIN a
momentum trend (ie..already established) are able to do that. My
momentum trend change indicator is derived from an intermediate trend
indicator I've used for some time in MSWIN 6.0...
PDI(34) - MDI(34)
My new formula is...........
((PDI(8) - MDI(8)) - (PDI(21) - MDI(21))) + (PDI(13) - MDI(13))
Try it......I think you'll like it......and it's the same coding in WOW, I
believe..........BW Chan I have posted an update to the RMTA and TOSC
formula's, the first formulas had an "Absolute Value" that wasn't called for
in the article ( I had mistaken the "[" "]" to mean "|" "|"). The new formulas
seem to plot exactly as the old......but I wanted the code to match the
math in the article. Thanks go out to William Golson for the help.
(Go Top)
Metastock Custom Indicator Moving Averages
periods1:=Input("Periods of ROC",2,50,12);
periods2:=Input("Smoothing Period",1,50,1);
Input("horizontal line 1",-50,50,5);
Input("horizontal line 2",-50,50,-5);
Mov(ROC(C,periods1,%),periods2,S);
(Go Top)
Metastock Expert Commentary by Michael Arnoldi
Review of : <symbol>
as of <date>
TODAY'S CLOSE WriteVal(CLOSE,2.3)

TOMORROW's
PROJECTED HIGH
WriteIf(C<O, "WRITEVAL(-L+ (H+2*L+C)/2,25.2)")
WriteIf(C>O, "WRITEVAL(-L+ (2*H+L+C)/2,25.2)")
WriteIf(C=O, "WRITEVAL(-L+ (H+L+2*C)/2,25.2)")
PROJECTED LOW
WriteIf(C<O, "WRITEVAL(-H+ (H+2*L+C)/2,25.2)")
WriteIf(C>O, "WRITEVAL(-H+ (2*H+L+C)/2,25.2)")
WriteIf(C=O, "WRITEVAL(-H+ (H+L+2*C)/2,25.2)")
BOLLINGER BANDS
CLOSING PRICE:WRITEVAL(C,2.3)
BOLLINGERBAND TOP:
WRITEVAL( BBandTop(C,21,E,2),13.3)
21 DAY MOVING AVERAGE:
WRITEVAL(MOV(C,21,E),13.3)
BOLLINGERBAND BOTTOM:
WRITEVAL( BBandBOT(C,21,E,2),13.3)
(Go Top)
Metastock SAR Exploration
{cola:BUY: this means: label column A as "BUY" and then enter the
following formula:}
Cross(L,(SAR(.02,.2)))
{colb:SELL: this means: label colum B as "SELL" and then enter the
following formula:}
Cross(SAR(.02,.2),H)
{enter the following in the filter section:}
cola=1 or colb=1
{where the AF=0.02 which you can change. try doing a sys test by
replacing the numbers with opt1 & opt2}
(Go Top)
Metastock-Stocks Closing Above 60 Day High
To find the securities that have closed above their high today (the last
trading day in the database) for the first time, I have written this
MetaStock Explorer.
ColA: {Close) C
ColB: {Previous 60-day High} Ref(HHV(H,60), -1)
ColC: {Current 60-day High} HHV(H,60)
ColD: {Volume} V
Filter: (colA>colB) AND (Ref(C,-1)<Ref(HHV(H,60), -1)) AND
(H=HHV(H,60))
This formula does two things:
1) It lists only those securities which have met the required conditions only
on the last trading day.
2) The new 60-day high must have taken place only on the last trading
day.
from Rajat Bose
{Stocks Closing Above 60 Day Highs}

## {closing above the 60-day high of the close}

close>ref(hhv(close,60),-1)
if you want those that are {closing above the 60-day intraday high}
close>ref(hhv(high,60),-1)
(Go Top)
Mick's Breakout Exploration
This is a MetaStock formula that I have had good success with. Copy and
paste this into the Explorer filter.
C>Ref(C,-1) AND C>Ref(C,-2) AND C>Ref(C,-3) AND C>Ref(C,-4) AND
Ref(C,-1)<=Ref(C,-2) AND
Ref(C,-1)<=Ref(C,-3) AND
Ref(C,-1)<=Ref(C,-4) AND
Ref(C,-2)<=Ref(C,-3) AND
Ref(C,-2)<=Ref(C,-4) AND
Ref(C,-3)<=Ref(C,-4)
This formula will pick up all stocks that have closed up either the same as
the previous day or below the previous day for 3 days, then on the 4th day
closes up higher than the previous 3 days close. The reason that I
specified that the first 3 days close was the same as or less than the
previous days close was that it would pick up all stock in an up trend if it
was just the 4th day closing higher than the 3 previous you would get
hundreds of returns on the search. It will pick up stock that was in a
trading range or consolidating, then breaking out of the range. The reason
that I had the 4th day higher than the 3 previous was because it would
otherwise pick stock in a downtrend with no significant increase in the
close on day 4. Once I have a short list, I check it with Daryl's 3 day
countback line and sometimes run a 10/30 moving average. If the stock
breaches the previous day's close on the open, I will enter the trade and
put a trailing stop loss into play.
(Go Top)
Miesal Indicator
"It's a short term timing tool. It's not worth using for long term investors.
Some have also suggested using periods of 25 or 50 days, though I use
only 10 days. Others have suggested it's very useful when used in
conjunction with Welles Wilder's RSI."
Sum(If(C > Ref(C,-1), +1, If(C < Ref(C,-1), -1, 0)),10)
Entry/Exit signal
Fml("CCIF-P")>Ref(Fml("CCIF-P"),-1) AND
Cross(Fml("CCIF-P"),-100) OR
Cross(Fml("CCIF-P"),100)
sell:
Fml("CCIF-P")<Ref(Fml("CCIF-P"),-1) AND
Cross(100,Fml("CCIF-P")) OR
Cross(-100,Fml("CCIF-P"))

## {horizontal lines @ -100 & +100}

where:
{"CCIF-P" is}
(CCI(8)+CCI(13)+CCI(21))/3
(Go Top)
Mixed Balance Point Krause Update
I have updated some of the code since my last post concerning the TASC
articles written by Robert Krausz. The code now plots on the proper days
(instead of 1 day ahead) and they should also be more efficient to
calculate. These are named different so you should delete the old code
after you have installed the new. I will
also post a follow up with a graphic to show how these plot. Note: the
formulas on the Equis web page WILL NOT calculate for missing days
(Holidays).
(Go Top)
Modified 50 Day Moving Average
N:=50;
TN:=Mov(C,N,S);
sOneA:=((n-1)/2)*C+
((n-3)/2)*Ref(C,-1)+
((n-5)/2)*Ref(C,-2)+
((n-7)/2)*Ref(C,-3)+
((n-9)/2)*Ref(C,-4)+
((n-11)/2)*Ref(C,-5)+
((n-13)/2)*Ref(C,-6)+
((n-15)/2)*Ref(C,-7)+
((n-17)/2)*Ref(C,-8)+
((n-19)/2)*Ref(C,-9);
sOneB:=((n-21)/2)*Ref(C,-10)+
((n-23)/2)*Ref(C,-11)+
((n-25)/2)*Ref(C,-12)+
((n-27)/2)*Ref(C,-13)+
((n-29)/2)*Ref(C,-14)+
((n-31)/2)*Ref(C,-15)+
((n-33)/2)*Ref(C,-16)+
((n-35)/2)*Ref(C,-17)+
((n-37)/2)*Ref(C,-18)+
((n-39)/2)*Ref(C,-19);
sOneC:=((n-41)/2)*Ref(C,-20)+
((n-43)/2)*Ref(C,-21)+
((n-45)/2)*Ref(C,-22)+
((n-47)/2)*Ref(C,-23)+
((n-49)/2)*Ref(C,-24)+
((n-51)/2)*Ref(C,-25)+
((n-53)/2)*Ref(C,-26)+
((n-55)/2)*Ref(C,-27)+
((n-57)/2)*Ref(C,-28)+
((n-59)/2)*Ref(C,-29);
sOneD:=((n-61)/2)*Ref(C,-30)+
((n-63)/2)*Ref(C,-31)+
((n-65)/2)*Ref(C,-32)+
((n-67)/2)*Ref(C,-33)+
((n-69)/2)*Ref(C,-34)+

((n-71)/2)*Ref(C,-35)+
((n-73)/2)*Ref(C,-36)+
((n-75)/2)*Ref(C,-37)+
((n-77)/2)*Ref(C,-38)+
((n-79)/2)*Ref(C,-39);
sOneE:=((n-81)/2)*Ref(C,-40)+
((n-83)/2)*Ref(C,-41)+
((n-85)/2)*Ref(C,-42)+
((n-87)/2)*Ref(C,-43)+
((n-89)/2)*Ref(C,-44)+
((n-91)/2)*Ref(C,-45)+
((n-93)/2)*Ref(C,-46)+
((n-95)/2)*Ref(C,-47)+
((n-97)/2)*Ref(C,-48)+
((n-99)/2)*Ref(C,-49);
sOne:=sOneA+sOneB+sOneC+sOneD+sOneE;
yTwo:=TN+(6*sOne)/((N+1)*N);
yTwo
(Go Top)
Modified Williams %R Metastock Indicator
by Rajat Bose
Periods := Input("Time Period", 3,50,5);
NumDev := Input("No. of Standard Deviations", 1,5,2);
(100*(C-BBandBot(C, Periods, S, NumDev))/((( BBandTop(C, Periods, S,
NumDev))-(BBandBot(C, Periods, S, NumDev)))))
{All I have done here is to substitute High and Low of any bar with that of
Bollinger Band Top and Bollinger Band Bottom. I have tested it on various
time periods (for Bollinger Bands) using 2 standard deviations. It
sometimes gives an early indication of reversals than the Williams %R of
the same period. Divergences have also been somewhat better. However,
the structure shows that most of its properties are similar to those of the
Williams %R or, for that matter, of any other overbought-oversold
indicator.}
(Go Top)
Money Flow Index
The MFI (Money Flow Index) can be used in place of the OBV (On Balance
Volume) and Chaikin Oscillator to confirm Bollinger Bands.
From Stocks & Commodities magazine, v. 12:8 (321-324): SIDEBAR: The
Money Flow Index
"The money flow index (MFI) is a volume-weighted form of the relative
strength index (RSI). Instead of using up closes versus down closes, the
MFI compares today's average price to yesterday's average price and then
weighs the average price by volume to calculate money flow (MF). The
ratio of the summed positive and negative money flows are then
normalized to be on a scale of zero to 100."
Here are the MetaStock formulas for the Money Flow Index:
Positive Money Flow:

## sum ( if ( typ( ) ,> ,ref ( typ ( ) ,-1 ) ,V * typ ( ) ,0 ) , PERIODS)

Negative Money Flow:
sum ( if ( typ( ) ,< ,ref ( typ( ) ,-1) ,V * typ ( ) * -1 ,0 ) , PERIODS)
Money Flow Ratio:
fml ( "Positive Money Flow" ) / fml ( "Negative Money Flow" )
Money Flow Index:
100 - ( 100 / ( 1 + fml ( "Money Flow Ratio" ) ) )
NB:The time periods are controlled by PERIODS in the Positive & Negative
Money Flow formulas.
(Go Top)
MovAvg Asymmetric Volatility Price Bands
SIGNAL FORMULAS
Enter Long:
Periods := 11;
UpperBand := BBandTop(CLOSE,Periods,S,1.7);
BuySignal1 := Sum(CLOSE > UpperBand,3) = 3;
BuySignal2 := CLOSE > UpperBand AND Ref(LOW,-1) > Ref(upperband,-1);
BuySignal3 := LOW > UpperBand AND Ref(CLOSE,-1) > Ref(upperband,-1);
BuySignal4 := CLOSE > UpperBand AND CLOSE > 1.4 * LLV(LOW,Periods +
1) AND Mov(VOLUME,3,S) > 2000 {assuming volume in 100's otherwise
use 200000} AND Mov(HIGH,3,S) > UpperBand AND Mov(HIGH LOW,3,S)> Mov(HIGH - LOW,Periods,S);
Close Long:
Periods := 11;
LowerBand := BBandBot(CLOSE,Periods,S,2);
SellSignal1 := Sum(CLOSE < LowerBand,3) = 3;
SellSignal2 := CLOSE < (1-.18) * HHV(HIGH,Periods + 1) AND Sum(CLOSE
< LowerBand,2) = 2;
SellSignal3 := CLOSE < (1-.18) * HHV(HIGH,Periods + 1) AND HIGH <
LowerBand;
SellSignal1 OR SellSignal2 OR SellSignal3
STOPS
Maximum Loss: LONG ONLY
10.00 Percent
(Go Top)
Moving Average Channel
"The MetaStock moving average function has an option for displacing the
mov both vertically and horizontally. most of the time, I prefer to use a
mov channel in place of Bollinger Bands."
from L. and G. Issen
"I use moving average, instead of Bollinger Bands, creating three
indicators in the following way, and saving them in a template:
Mov(C, 28,S) displaced +10%
Mov(C, 28,S) displaced - 10%
Mov(C, 28,S)
28 days is the basic span of time. Like the 10% +/-, this should be
adjusted for each security and for the particular condition you are waiting
for (buy/sell). When I see a buying opportunity ahead, I just draw another

trio of faster MAs (keeping the slow on the chart) and use them, with other
indicators/oscillators, to time the entry. Same process to exit the market."
(Go Top)
Moving Average Crossover---Bullish
This is a10 and 30 day moving average crossover search. Results close to
0 pinpoint the crossover.

CLOSE

Mov(CLOSE,30,EXPONENTIAL)

((CLOSE-Mov(CLOSE,30,EXPONENTIAL))
/Mov(CLOSE,30,EXPONENTIAL)) * 100

((CLOSE-Mov(CLOSE,10,EXPONENTIAL))
/Mov(CLOSE,10,EXPONENTIAL)) * 100

**When(colA> colB)
(Go Top)
Moving Average Crossovers
What follows is a simple example using a moving average crossover
system for MetaStock, employing 10 and 30 day exponential averages.
These are just examples and profitability is dubious.
Custom indicator which gives 1 for longs and -1 for shorts-Indicator Name: Position
MASwitch:=If(Mov(C,10,E)>Mov(C,30,E),1,If(Mov(C,10,E)<Mov(C,30,E),1,0));
Custom indicator for cumulative open Equity curve without trading costs-Indicator name: Equity
Cum(If(Ref(Fml("Position"),-1)=1,C-Ref(C,-1),Ref(C,-1)-C))
You can make several such equity lines and then just add them by using a
yet another custom indicator, e.g.,
Indicator name: TotalEquity
Fml("Equity1")+Fml("Equity2")
(Go Top)
Moving Average Violated By %
200 dma violated by 100%
enter short
c>=(mov(c,200,s)*2)
200 dma violated by 50%
enter short
c>=(mov(c,200,s)*1.5)
200 dma w/i 1 pt
enter long
c>=mov(c,200,s)+1
exit long
((if ((c<=prev(llv(c,15)-.5, 1)),1,0)) + (if
((c<=.75*hhv(c,10)),1,0)))>=1
enter short
c<=mov(c,200,s)-1

exit short
c>=hhv(llv(c,15), 15)+.5
200 dma w/i 3pts
enter short
c<=mov(c,200,s)-3
exit short
c>=hhv(llv(c,15), 15)+.5
21 d reversal w di
enter long
(pdi(9)>mdi(14))
exit long
c<prev(llv(c,21),1) and (pdi(14)<mdi(9))
enter short
(pdi(9)<mdi(14))
exit short
c>prev(hhv(c,21),1) and (pdi(9)>mdi(14))
(Go Top)
MTF-Fixed Balance Point
name: MTF-Fixed Balance Point
{Multiple Time Frame
"Fixed Balance Point" 4/23/99}
Dw:=If(DayOfWeek()<=Ref(DayOfWeek(),-1),1,0);
Wt:=If(Dw=1,
{then}(Ref(HighestSince(1,Dw=1,H),-1)+
Ref(LowestSince(1,Dw=1,L),-1) +
Ref(C,-1))/3,
{else}0);
DwP:=ValueWhen(1,Wt>0,Wt);
Dwp
name: MTF-Fixed Balance Point Step
{Multiple Time Frame
"Fixed Balance Point Step" 4/23/99}
Dw:=If(DayOfWeek()<=Ref(DayOfWeek(),-1),1,0);
Wt:=If(Dw=1,
{then}(Ref(HighestSince(1,Dw=1,H),-1)+
Ref(LowestSince(1,Dw=1,L),-1) +
Ref(C,-1))/3,
{else}0);
DwPs:=(ValueWhen(1,Wt>0,Wt)+
ValueWhen(2,Wt>0,Wt)+
ValueWhen(3,Wt>0,Wt)+
ValueWhen(4,Wt>0,Wt)+
ValueWhen(5,Wt>0,Wt))/5;
Dwps
------------------------------------------------

## name: MTF-Dynamic Balance Point

{Multiple Time Frame
Dynamic Balance Point 4/23/99}
dt:=DayOfWeek();
DBC:=If(dc=5,
{then}(Ref(HighestSince(5,dt,H),-1)+
Ref(LowestSince(5,dt,L),-1)+
Ref(CLOSE,-1))/3,
{else}(Ref(HighestSince(4,dt,H),-1)+
Ref(LowestSince(4,dt,L),-1)+
Ref(CLOSE,-1))/3);
DBC
-----------------------------------------------name: MTF-Dynamic Balance Point Step
{Multiple Time Frame
Dynamic Balance Point Step 4/23/99}
Dr:= FmlVar("MTF-Dynamic Balance Point","DBC");
Dsc:=(ValueWhen(1,Dr,Dr)+
ValueWhen(5,Dr,Dr)+
ValueWhen(10,Dr,Dr)+
ValueWhen(15,Dr,Dr)+
ValueWhen(20,Dr,Dr))/5;
Dsc
-------------------------------------------------name: MTF-S&R
{Multiple Time Frame
"Weekly Support & Resistance" 4/23/99}
Dw:=If(DayOfWeek()<=Ref(DayOfWeek(),-1),1,0);
Wt:=If(Dw=1,
{then}(Ref(HighestSince(1,Dw=1,H),-1)+
Ref(LowestSince(1,Dw=1,L),-1) +
Ref(C,-1))/3,
{else}0);
Wh:=If(Dw=1,
{then}Ref(HighestSince(1,Dw=1,H),-1),
{else}0);
Wl:=If(Dw=1,
{then}Ref(LowestSince(1,Dw=1,L),-1),
{else}0);
Wr:=ValueWhen(1,Wh>0,Wh)-ValueWhen(1,Wl>0,Wl);
DwP:=ValueWhen(1,Wt>0,Wt);
RR1:=DwP+(Wr*.5);
RR2:=DwP+(Wr*.618);
SR1:=DwP-(Wr*.5);
SR2:=DwP-(Wr*.618);

SR2;
SR1;
RR1;
RR2;
--------------------------------------name: MTF-Tendency
Mt:=If(DayOfWeek()=1,
Ref(C,-1)- FmlVar("MTF-Fixed Balance Point","DWP"),
0);
If(Mt>0,1,If(Mt<0,-1,0))
(Go Top)
MTF Tendency Update
{Multiple Time Frame - Tendency 5/23/99}
{This will plot 1 for Bullish
-1 for Bearish}
dw:=DayOfWeek();
Fw:=If(dw<Ref(dw,-1),1,0);
Mt:=If(Fw=1 AND Ref(dw,-1)<>5,
{then}Ref(C,-1)- FmlVar("MTF-Fixed Balance Point","DWP"),
{else}If(dw=5,
{then}C-((HighestSince(1,Fw=1,H)+
LowestSince(1,Fw=1,L)+C)/3),
{else}0));
If(Mt>0,1,If(Mt<0,-1,0));
(Go Top)
Multipart Formulas
QUESTION:
I've got a specific question. I use WOW and MetaStock. Suppose I've got
some indicator that ranges from 0 to 100 and I have a system that says
"buy when the indicator goes above 90 and hold until it goes below 10 and
then sell" or something. Notice that if the indicator is between 10 and 90
that you don't know whether that's a hold or a don't hold unless you know
whether it last crossed 90 or 10. So far so good. Now suppose I want to
combine the signal from this system with another indicator/system so that
I can say something like "buy when system #2 says buy only if system #1
is in "hold the stock" mode." This may take the form of another indicator
that is "1" when the system is in hold mode and "0" when it is in don't hold
mode. This seems like a general problem that must come up often but it is
not obvious to me how to code it. I'll bet other people could benefit from
the answer as well.
Bob Anderton
Thanks to all of you for the great help and input to the question of how to
deal with combining the indicators in a system when one of them gives a
signal by crossing. There were two responses, one can be seen in #3310
from Larry on the Yahoo! MetaStock board (thanks Mike) which is
answering a slightly different question. That solution seems like what one
would use if one wanted to look for system 2 signalling a buy the same
day as system 1 signalling a buy by crossing a value. What I actually
wanted to do was have a way of looking for system 2 signalling a buy
during anytime that system 1 was saying hold because its last signal had

This was addressed very nicely by Paul in message #3311. I took his idea
to make the following indicator:
or1"))),1,0)
This makes a new indicator that is 1 when the last signal is a buy and 0
when the last signal was a sell. Imagine that this is a really long term
indicator. Now you can look for your short term indicator #2 to signal a sell
and just AND it with this new indicator being = 1, meaning that the first
indicator was in hold mode.
This is a big step forward for me. I'd never used this BARSSINCE function
before(which is PERIODSSINCE for WOW) and this was key to being able to
do this I think.
(Go Top)
Mutated Variables, Volatility and a New Market Paradigm
Mutated Variables, Volatility and a New Market Paradigm by Walter T.
Downs, Ph.D.
In MetaStock for Windows 6.0 or higher, use the Expert Advisor to create
highlights, which will show when contraction and expansion phases are
present. First, choose Expert Advisor from the tools menu in MetaStock.
Create a new Expert with the following highlights:
Expert name: New Market Paradigm
HIGHLIGHTS
Name: Contraction
Condition: BBandTop(CLOSE,28,SIMPLE,2)<
Ref(BBandTop(CLOSE,28,SIMPLE,2),-1) AND
BBandBot(CLOSE,28,SIMPLE,2)>Ref(BBandBot(CLOSE,28,SIMPLE,2),-1)
Color: Blue
Name: Expansion
Condition: BBandTop(CLOSE,28,SIMPLE,2)>
Ref(BBandTop(CLOSE,28,SIMPLE,2),-1) AND
BBandBot(CLOSE,28,SIMPLE,2)<Ref(BBandBot(CLOSE,28,SIMPLE,2),-1)
Color: Red
Click OK to save the changes to the Expert. Open a chart and then click
your right-mouse button while pointing at the chart heading. Choose
Expert Advisor and then choose Attach from the chart shortcut menu.
Choose the New Market Paradigm Expert and then click the OK button. The
price bars in the chart will be highlighted blue during a contraction phase
and red in an expansion phase.
(Go Top)
My version of Tushar Chande's Vidya using the P variable
Vidya{P}
Periods:=Input("length of MA",5,100,20);
K:=Stdev(P,5)/Mov(Stdev(P,5),20,S);
A:=(2/(Periods+1));
Vidya:=A*K*(P)+(1-A*K)*Ref(P,-1);
Vidya;
Tar(SZ)an Long
C-(((462*Mov(C,34,E))-(420*Mov(C,13,E))+(490*(Mov(Mov(C,13,E)Mov(C,34,E),89,E))))/42)
Tar(SZ)an Short

(C-(((325*Mov(C,26,E))-(297*Mov(C,12,E))+(351*Mov(Mov(C,13,E)Mov(C,26,E),9,E))))/28)*2
(Go Top)
Market Facilitation Index
The following formulas were constructed using interpretation from
Technical Analysis of Stocks & Commodities Magazine June 1994, article
"The Market Facilitation Index", by Gary Hoover.
Taken from Stocks & Commodities, V. 12:6 (253-254): The Market
Facilitation Index by Gary Hoover
"Applying technical analysis to developing trading signals begins with the
investigation of price movement and often incorporates volume studies to
improve trading accuracy. The Market Facilitation Index (MFI) is one
indicator that synthesizes both price and volume analysis. The MFI is the
ratio of the current bar's range (high-low) to the bar's volume.
The MFI is designed to gauge the efficiency of price movement. The
efficiency is measured by comparing the current bar's MFI value to the
previous bar's MFI value. If the MFI increased, then the market is
facilitating trade and is more efficient, implying that the market is
trending. If the MFI decreased, then the market is becoming less efficient,
which may indicate a trading range is developing that may be a trend
reversal."
Range:
High-Low
MFI:
Fml("Range") / Volume
Efficiency:
If(Fml("MFI"),>,Ref(Fml("MFI"),-1),1, If(Fml("MFI"),<,Ref(Fml("MFI"),-1),-1,
If(Fml("MFI"),=,Ref(Fml("MFI"),-1),0,0)))
Where:
+1 = increase
-1 = decrease
0 = unchanged
Market Facilitation Comparison:
If(V,>,Ref(V,-1),If(Fml("MFI"),>,Ref(Fml("MFI"),-1) ,
1,If(Fml("MFI"),<,Ref(Fml("MFI"),-1),2,0)),If(V,< ,Ref(V,1),If(Fml("MFI"),>,Ref(Fml("MFI"),-1),3,If( Fml("MFI"),<,Ref(Fml("MFI"),1),4,0)),0))
Where:
1 = +,+
2 = +,3 = -,+
4 = -,(Go Top)
Market Facilitation Index Expert Advisor
In the August 1996 Stocks & Commodities, an article by Thom Hartle titled
"The Market Facilitation Index" showed how to color bars to identify chart
patterns based on changes in the market facilitation index and volume.
Here is how to do this in MetaStock 6.0's new Expert Advisor.
The first step is to create a new expert by choosing Expert Advisor from
MetaStock's Tool menu, and then choose New from the Expert Advisor.
Name the expert "Market Facilitation Index", enter any notes you like and
then click on the Highlights tab. Enter the following Highlights by choosing
New, the color and then entering the following formulas:
Green Bar (Green Bar)

## ROC((H-L)/V,1,\$) > 0 AND ROC(V,1,\$) > 0

Fade Bar (Blue Bar)
ROC((H-L)/V,1,\$) < 0 AND ROC(V,1,\$) < 0
Fake Bar (Dk Gray Bar)
ROC((H-L)/V,1,\$) > 0 AND ROC(V,1,\$) < 0
Squat Bar (Red Bar)
ROC((H-L)/V,1,\$) < 0 AND ROC(V,1,\$) > 0
After you have entered the four highlights click OK to finish editing the
expert's properties. You can now right-click on the heading or background
of any chart. Next select Expert Advisor and then Attach from the Chart
shortcut menu. Attach the market facilitation index expert, and it will
highlight the four market facilitation patterns that were discussed in
Hartle's article. Note: You can save a chart as a template with this expert
attached, and then any time you apply the template to a chart the market
facilitation index expert will automatically attach to the chart.
-- Allan J. McNichol, Equis International
(Go Top)
Market Thrust Oscillator
The following formulas were taken from the article, "The Cumulative
Market Thrust Line", by Tushar Chande, in the December 1993 issue of
Technical Analysis of Stocks & Commodities.
Taken from Stocks & Commodities, V. 11:12 (506-511): The Cumulative
Market Thrust Line by Tushar S. Chande, PhD.
"STOCKS & COMMODITIES contributor Tushar Chande originally introduced
the concept of market thrust in August 1992 as a method by which to
overcome the limitations of the Arms index. Since then, variations have
been suggested on the theme and here, Chande offers the variation of a
cumulative market thrust line, in which market thrust is cumulated to
calculate a volumetric advance-decline line by including the effect of up
and down volume."
Composite securities are created from 4 separate files. Advances,
Declines, Upvolume, Downvolume. The article side bar presupposes the
user has these four files.
Reuters Trend Data (RTD) supplies this data in two files. The tickers are
X.NYSE-A (Advances, number and volume) and X.NYSE-D (Declines,
number and volume). To use these two files, you must utilize two different
custom formulas and the indicator buffer in MetaStock for DOS.
CompuServe supplies this data in 4 files. The tickers are NYSEI (Advances);
NYSEJ (declines); NYUP (Advance volume) and NYDN (decline volume).
Dial/Data supplies this data in two files. Advances, number and volume
and Declines, number and volume. The tickers are @*NAZ_K and
@*NDZ_K.
For the Windows versions of MetaStock:
For RTD and Dial Data:
#1: C * V
#2: 100 * ( ( P - ( C * V ) ) / ( ( P + ( C * V ) ) ) )To plot it:

chart.

## Plot the thrust indicator formula (#2) directly on top of the

plotted formula #1 in the declines chart.
For CompuServe data:
#1: C

#2: 100 * ( ( P - C ) / ( ( P + C ) ) )
To plot it:

chart.

## Plot the thrust indicator formula (#2) directly on top of the

plotted formula #1 in the declines chart.
** To create the cumulative thrust oscillator line perform the same steps
as above except change formula #2 to:
Cum(100*(P-C)/(P+C)) for CompuServe data
Cum(100*(P-(C*V))/(P+(C*V))) for RTD and Dial Data
** To create the cumulative market thrust line, the formula is:
Cum(P-C) for CompuServe data
Cum(P-(C*V)) for RTD and Dial Data
You now have the thrust indicator plotted exactly as the article discusses.
(Go Top)
Martin Pring's KST Formulas
The KST indicator was developed by Martin J. Pring. The name KST comes
from "Know Sure Thing". The KST is constructed by summing four
smoothed rates of change. For more interpretation refer to Martin Pring's
article "Summed Rate of Change (KST)" in the September 92 issue of
TASC.
The following formulas are MetaStock formulas for the KST.
Daily KST Simple Moving Average
(Mov(Roc(C,10,%),10,S)*1) + (Mov(Roc(C,15,%),10,S)*2) + (Mov(Roc
(C,20,%),10,S)*3) + (Mov(Roc(C,30,%),15,S)*4)
Long-Term Monthly KST Simple Moving Average
( (Mov(Roc(C,9,%),6,S)*1) + (Mov(Roc(C,12,%),6,S)*2) + (Mov(Roc(C ,
18,%),6,S)*3) + (Mov(Roc(C,24,%),9,S)*4) ) / 4
Intermediate KST Simple Moving Average
(Mov(Roc(C,10,%),10,S)*1) + (Mov(Roc(C,13,%),13,S)*2) + (Mov(Roc
(C,15,%),15,S)*3) + (Mov(Roc(C,20,%),20,S)*4)
Intermediate KST Exponential Moving Average
(Mov(Roc(C,10,%),10,E)*1) + (Mov(Roc(C,13,%),13,E)*2) + (Mov(Roc
(C,15,%),15,E)*3) + (Mov(Roc(C,20,%),20,E)*4)
Long-Term KST Exponential Moving Average
(Mov(Roc(C,39,%),26,E)*1) + (Mov(Roc(C,52,%),26,E)*2) + (Mov(Roc
(C,78,%),26,E)*3) + (Mov(Roc(C,109,%),39,E)*4)
Short-Term KST Weekly Exponential Moving Average
(Mov(Roc(C,3,%),3, E)*1) + (Mov(Roc(C,4,%),4, E)*2) + (Mov(Roc(C,6,%),6,
E)*3) + (Mov(Roc(C,10,%),8, E)*4)
(Go Top)
Mass Index
The Mass Index was designed to identify trend reversals by measuring the
narrowing and widening of the range between the high and low prices. As
the range widens the Mass Index increases; as the range narrows the Mass
Index decreases.
The MASS Index appeared in the June 92 Technical Analysis of Stocks &
Commodities article "The Mass Index", by Donald Dorsey.

Taken from Stocks & Commodities, V. 10:6 (265-267): The Mass Index by
Donald Dorsey
"Range oscillation, not often covered by students of technical analysis,
delves into repetitive market patterns during which the daily trading range
narrows and widens. Examining this pattern, Donald Dorsey explains,
allows the technician to forecast market reversals that other indicators
may miss. Dorsey proposes the use of range oscillators in his mass index."
The following is the MetaStock formula for
Sum(Mov( ( H - L ) ,9 ,E) / Mov(Mov( ( H - L ) ,9 ,E) ,9 ,E ) ,25 )
(Go Top)
McGinley Dynamic
Ref(Mov(C,12,E),-1)+((C-(Ref(Mov(C,12,E),-1))) / (C/(Ref(Mov(C,12,E),1))*125))
(Go Top)
Modified VIX Indicator
The interpretation for the Modified Volatility Index was taken from the
article Modifying The Volatility Index, by S. Jack Karczewski, in the April
1995 issue of TASC. The Volatility Index (VIX) is the implied volatility of a
group of Standard & Poors 100 index options. It is updated by the CBOE.
This formula assumes you can get the VIX information downloaded from
some data vendor, such as Dial Data, Telescan, or DBC Signal.
The custom formula you should create is the Modified VIX:
( ( ( P - Mov( P ,15 ,E ) ) / Mov( P ,15 ,E ) ) * ( 100 * 33 * 2 ) ) *
( Sqrt( 252 ) / Sqrt( 15 ) / C )
The steps to get the actual charts are:
For the Windows versions of MetaStock:
1 - Open the chart of the OEX
2 - Open the chart of the VIX.
3 - Drag the plot of the OEX into the chart of the VIX.
4 - Plot the formula for the Modified VIX directly on top of the OEX plot.
You now have a plot of the Modified VIX.
**For interpretation of the Modified VIX refer to Mr. Karczewski's article.
(Go Top)
Morris Double Momentum Indicator
Mov(((ROC(C,12.8,%))+(ROC(C,19.2,%))),10,W)
(Go Top)
Moving Average of Only One Day of the Week
Frequently we get requests for a formula that would take only one day of
the week and average them for several weeks. For example construct a
moving average of only the Fridays. This can be done in MetaStock for
Windows by using the following formula.
The following MetaStock formula is for a moving average of the Friday of
every week, if you want it calculated on any other day you would
substitute a 1 for Monday, 2 for Tuesday, 3 for Wednesday, and 4 for
Thursday. The number of day you wanted would replace the two 5's
already in the formula. This moving average is currently a 6 week or 6
Friday moving average. If you wanted to change it to another periodicity
you would change the 30 to the number of weeks or specific days
multiplied by 5. In other words if you wanted a 4 day moving average of
Friday you would change the 30 to 4*5 or 20.
Mov(If(DayOfWeek( )=5,C,Peak(1,If(DayOfWeek( )=5,C,0),1)),30,S)
(Go Top)
MACD Crossover System

## To create the 2/20-Day EMA Breakout System by David Landry in

MetaStock for Windows, choose System Tester from the Tools menu. Now
choose new and enter the following system test rules and options:
Signal Formulas
Enter Long:
Mov(C,5,E) > Mov(C,13,E)
AND Mov(C,13,E) > Mov(C,40,E)
Close Long:
Cross(Mov(C,13,E),Mov(C,5,E))
Now you can play with these combinations on both the enter long and
close long side. For example, keep the same Enter Long but change the
Close Long to:
Cross(Mov(C,40,E) ,Mov(C,5,E) )
This will keep you in the trade longer. You may want to enter when the 5
crosses above the 13 and not wait for the 40 OR, you may just want to use
the 5 cross above the 40 and forget about the 13.
{ Plots missing daily (weekday) bars count }{ Copyright 2003-2004 Jose
Silva }{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
ChkVol:=Input("Zero-volume days = missing data days? Yes=1,
No=0",0,1,1);
VolMissing:=If(ChkVol,V=0,0);
limit:=1960; {do not change limit year}
LimLeap:=Frac(limit/4)=0 AND Frac(limit/100)<>0
OR Frac(limit/400)=0;
NoCount:=limit*365+Int(limit/4)
-Int(limit/100)+Int(limit/400)-LimLeap;
leap:=Frac(Year()/4)=0 AND Frac(Year()/100)<>0
OR Frac(Year()/400)=0;
y:=Year()*365+Int(Year()/4)
-Int(Year()/100)+Int(Year()/400)-NoCount;
m:=
If(Month()=2,31-leap,
If(Month()=3,59,
If(Month()=4,90,
If(Month()=5,120,
If(Month()=6,151,
If(Month()=7,181,
If(Month()=8,212,
If(Month()=9,243,
If(Month()=10,273,
If(Month()=11,304,
If(Month()=12,334,
-leap)))))))))));
DayNr:=y+m+DayOfMonth();
WkDayCount:=
Int((DayNr+3)/7)+ {Mon}
Int((DayNr+2)/7)+ {Tue}
Int((DayNr+1)/7)+ {Wed}
Int((DayNr)/7)+
{Thu}

Int((DayNr-1)/7); {Fri}
WkDayCount-ValueWhen(2,1,WkDayCount)-1
+VolMissing
(Go Top...)
Momentum - normalized
{ Normalized Momentum v3.1 }{ Copyright 2003-2004 Jose Silva }
{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
pds:=Input("Momentum periods",1,2520,10);
pdsN:=Input("normalizing periods (1=none)",
1,2520,63);
x:=Input("use Open=1 High=2 Low=3 Close=4 Volume=5 P=6",1,6,4);
plot:=Input("Momentum=1, midpoint crossover Signals=2",1,2,1);
x:=If(x=1,O,If(x=2,H,If(x=3,L,If(x=5,V,If(x=6,P,C)))));
y:=Ref(x,-pds);
ratio:=Min(x,y)/Max(x,y);
Mom:=If(x>y,2-ratio,ratio)*100-100;
MomNorm:=(Mom-LLV(Mom,pdsN))
/(HHV(Mom,pdsN)-LLV(Mom,pdsN)+.000001)*100;
MomNorm:=If(pdsN=1,Mom,MomNorm);
midpt:=If(pdsN=1,0,
Cum(MomNorm)/Cum(IsDefined(MomNorm)));
signals:=
Cross(MomNorm,midpt)-Cross(midpt,MomNorm);
midpt;If(plot=2,signals,MomNorm)
(Go Top...)
Momentum, LRS-smoothed
{ LRS-smoothed normalized Momentum v2 }{ Copyright 2003 Jose
Silva }{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
pds:=Input("Momentum periods",2,2520,10);
smooth:=Input("LRS smoothing periods",
1,252,10);
plot:=Input("Momentum=1, Smoothed=2, Double smoothed=3",1,3,2);
x:=Input("use Open=1 High=2 Low=3 Close=4 Volume=5 P=6",1,6,4);
x:=If(x=1,O,If(x=2,H,If(x=3,L,If(x=5,V,If(x=6,P,C)))));
y:=Ref(x,-pds);
ratio:=Min(x,y)/Max(x,y);
Mom:=If(x>y,2-ratio,ratio)*100-100;
MoSm:=LinRegSlope(Mom,smooth)*10;
MoSm:=If(smooth<2,Mom,MoSm);
MoSm2:=LinRegSlope(MoSm,smooth)*4;
MoSm2:=If(smooth<2,Mom,MoSm2);
If(plot=1,Cum(Mom)/(Cum(Mom>-100)+.000001),
If(plot=2,Cum(MoSm)/(Cum(MoSm>-100)+.000001),
Cum(MoSm2)/(Cum(MoSm2>-100)+.000001)));
If(plot=1,Mom,If(plot=2,MoSm,MoSm2))
Natenberg's Volatility

rev. 01/21/97
Historical volatility is defined by Sheldon Natenberg, as the standard
deviation of the logarithmic price changes measured at regular intervals of
time. In Mr. Natenberg's book, "Option Volatility & Pricing," he covers
volatility in detail and gives the formula for computing historical volatility.
In MetaStock, the equivalent formula would be:
Std( Log( C / Ref( C ,-1 ) ) ,10 ) * Sqrt( 365 / 7 )
The above assumes Weekly Data. To utilise this with Daily Data, the
MetaStock formula would be:
Std( Log( C / Ref( C,-1) ),10 ) * Sqrt( 365 )
For further interpretation refer to the book "Option Volatility & Pricing," by
Sheldon Natenberg.
Nat's Volt
Std(log(c/ref(c,-1)),10)*sqr(365/7)
(Go Top)
NR4 Formula from Trading Tactics page 100
Column A
Std(Log(C/Ref(C,-1)),5)/Std(Log(C/Ref(C,-1)),99)
Column B
HIGH-LOW<Ref(LLV(H-L,3),-1)
Column C
HIGH<(Ref(HIGH,-1)AND LOW>Ref(LOW,-1))
Column D
HIGH
Column E
LOW
Filter
colA<.5 AND (colB= 1 OR colC= 1)
One Day Money Flow
The One Day Money Flow Indicator (some also call this indicator the One
Day Accumulation/Distribution Indicator) MetaStock formula is the
following:
(((Close-Low) - (High-Close)) / (High-Low)) * Volume
(Go Top)
Overbrought/Over Sold
Col A: CLOSE
Col B: Fml("ob/os summation")
Filter: Fml("ob/os summation") > 450 OR Fml("ob/os summation") < -50
Filter enabled: Yes
Here is the "ob/os summation" formula:
RSI(25)+Stoch(25,3)+Mo(25)+CCI(25)

(Go Top)
OBV Volatility
{ On Balance Volume Volatility v1.0 }{ Plot on own window below price
chart }{ Copyright 2004 Jose Silva }{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
pds:=Input("Volatility StdDev periods",
2,2520,10);
choose:=Input("base Volatility on: OBV=1, Close=2",1,2,1);
plot:=Input("plot: Normal Vt=1, Split Up+Down Vt=2, OBV=3",1,3,1);
x:=Stdev(If(choose=1,OBV(C),C),pds);
y:=Ref(x,-1);
ratio:=Min(x,y)/Max(x,y);
Vt:=Abs(If(x>y,2-ratio,ratio)-1)*100;
VtAvg:=Cum(Vt)/Cum(Vt>-1);
VtUp:=If(x>Ref(x,-1),Vt,0);
VtDw:=-If(x<Ref(x,-1),Vt,0);
If(plot=2,VtUp,If(plot=3,OBV(C),VtAvg));
If(plot=2,VtDw,If(plot=3,OBV(C),Vt))
OBV Volatility system
{ On Balance Volume Volatility system v1.0 }{ Enters Long on high
negative OVB Volatility }{ Exits Long on high positive OVB Volatility }{ Plot
on own window below price chart }{ Copyright 2004 Jose Silva }
{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
pds:=Input("Volatility StdDev periods",2,2520,252);
level:=Input("Threshold levels",0,100,0.5);
x:=Stdev(OBV(C),pds);
y:=Ref(x,-1);
ratio:=Min(x,y)/Max(x,y);
Vt:=Abs(If(x>y,2-ratio,ratio)-1)*100;
VtUp:=If(x>Ref(x,-1),Vt,0);
VtDw:=-If(x<Ref(x,-1),Vt,0);
In:=Cross(-level,VtDw);
Out:=Cross(VtUp,level);
delay:=Input("Entry and Exit delay",0,5,0);
plot:=Input("plot: entry/exit signals=1, trade binary=2",1,2,1);
Init:=Cum(In+Out>-1)=1;
InInit:=Cum(In)=1;
< BarsSince(Init OR Out)+InInit,-delay);
In1:=Cum(Cum(In))=1;
Out1:=Cum(Cum(Out))=1;
OR flag AND Alert(flag=0,2))
odd:=Cum(1)/2=Int(Cum(1)/2);

Ref(If(plot=1,In1,0),-delay);
-(plot=1 AND Ref(Out1 AND BarsSince(In1)
If(plot=1,0,If(odd,flag,0));
If(plot=1,signals,flag)
Panic Selling
(Go Top)
Performance Daily
Stocks sorted on % gains over 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 days. Rank results for the
selected day. Good for finding breakout stocks.

CLOSE

ROC(CLOSE,1,percent)

ROC(CLOSE,2,percent)

ROC(CLOSE,3,percent)

ROC(CLOSE,4,percent)

ROC(CLOSE,5,percent)
(Go Top)
Performance Intra Day and Daily
ColA:C {label CLOSE}
ColB:O {label OPEN}
ColC:Sub(C,O) / O {label Intr.dy%}
ColD:Sub(C,Ref(C,-1)) / Ref(C,-1) {label 1 dy %}
ColE:Sub(C,Ref(C,-2)) / Ref(C,-2) {label 2 dy %}
ColF:Sub(C,Ref(C,-3)) / Ref(C,-3) {label 3 dy %}
Filter: O>.2 AND
C<.3 AND
C>.2
Filter: enabled
Periodicity: Daily
Records required: 5
(Go Top)
Persistance of Money Flow
Chaikin's Money Flow is a built-in MetaStock indicator, as follows:
cmf(periods)
Persistence of Money Flow (PMF%)
Pds1:= Input("CMF Periods?",1,100,21);
Pds2:= Input("PMF Periods?",10,1000,120);
Sum((cmf(Pds1)>0),Pds2)/(Pds2/100)
{from HHP}
Persistence or (PMF%) is the percentage of days over 6 months that the
Chaikin Money Flow Oscillator is above 0. The Chaikin Money Flow
Oscillator formula default uses a 21 day money flow sum divided by the 21
day sum of daily volume. HHP sent the correct indicator formula for
persistence, tho you can modify it by selecting 1 for "Pds1" if you prefer to
create a 120 day cumulative money flow indicator to do what you are
suggesting. The cumulative money flow indicator often uses a 90SMA
trigger.

(Go Top)
PFE Indicator
Mov(If(C > Ref(C,-9), Sqr( Pwr( ROC(C,9,\$),2) + Pwr(10,2))
/ Sum( Sqr( Pwr( ROC(C,1,\$),2) +1), 9),-Sqr( Pwr(ROC(C,9,\$),2) +
Pwr( 10,2))
/ Sum(Sqr(Pwr(ROC(C,1,\$),2)+1),9)) * 100,5,E)
I use a 80, -80 trendline. I have stuck it in different things at different
times. Right now I have it crossing -80 with MACD 4, 35,5, crossing, RSI(9)
up one day, and selling pressure down one day.
(Go Top)
Plotting Forward Days
I want an indicator that will project an exponential moving average into
the next period (i.e., draw tomorrow's line). It would be really spiffy if I
could pl ug in tomorrow estimated/projected close and be able to adjust
the indicator based on various projected closes.
The formula below may be close to what you want, but it will not plot on
the forward day. It will just plot the point where tomorrow's EMA would be.
The equation is based on the MetaStock manual, page 459, concerning
exponential moving averages.
TC:=Input("Tomorrow's close",0.001,1000,1);
MAP:=Input("Moving Average Period",2,144,55);
MA1:=Mov(C,MAP,E);
EPX:=2/(MAP+1);
MA2:=(TC*EPX)+(MA1*(1-EPX));
ValueWhen(1,Cum(1)=LastValue(Cum(1)),MA2)
(Go Top)
Presto's Magic Box
(a tweaked version of the Darvis Box)
Periods:=Input("periods",1,260,100);
Topbox:=If(Ref(H,-3)>=Ref(HHV(H,Periods),-4) AND Ref(H,-2)<Ref(H,-3)
AND Ref(H,-1)<Ref(H,-3) AND H< Ref(H,-3),Ref(H,-3),PREVIOUS);
Botbox:=If(Ref(H,-3)>=Ref(HHV(H,Periods),-4) AND Ref(H,-2)<Ref(H,-3)
AND Ref(H,-1)<Ref(H,-3) AND H< Ref(H,-3),LLV(L,4),PREVIOUS);
Botbox;
Topbox;
(Go Top)
Price Action Indicator (PAIN)
If you were only given today's open, high, low and close, how could you
make heads or tails of it? The Price Action Indicator (PAIN) can help. The
formula returns a single value that weighs intra-day momentum (C-O),
Late Selling Pressure (LSP) (C-L), and Late Buying Pressure (LBP) (C-H).
The formula is proven by constructing ideal limit-up and limit down
scenarios in bond futures. The output is shown to be consistent with the
interpretation of Japanese candlestick patterns. See Michael B. Geraty
(1997). "Getting Better Directions" Futures Vol. 26: Aug.
PAIN
((C-O)+(C-H)+(C-L))/2
(Go Top)
Price and Volume Breakout

Shows stocks where the price increased 5% and the volume is 50% above
a 50-day moving average. Rank results by % change in price, then check
the volume.

CLOSE

Ref(CLOSE,-1)

ROC(CLOSE,1,percent)

VOLUME

Mov(VOLUME,50,EXPONENTIAL)

((VOLUME - Mov(VOLUME,50,EXPONENTIAL))
/Mov(VOLUME,50,EXPONENTIAL)) * 100

## **When(colC> = 5) AND When(colD >= colE*1.5)

(Go Top)
Pring's Daily KST Buy
Notes: KST BUY SIGNAL FROM BELOW ZERO
ColA:
Name: Close
CLOSE
ColB:
Name: KST
(Mov(ROC(C,10,%),10,S)*1)+(Mov(ROC(C,15,%),10,S)*2)+
(Mov(ROC(C,20,%),10,S)*3)+(Mov(ROC(C,30,%),15,S)*4)
ColC:
Name: KST MA
Mov((Mov(ROC(C,10,%),10,S)*1)+(Mov(ROC(C,15,%),10,S)*2)+
(Mov(ROC(C,20,%),10,S)*3)+(Mov(ROC(C,30,%),15,S)*4),10,S)
ColD:
Name: KST-1
Ref( (Mov(ROC(C,10,%),10,S)*1)+(Mov(ROC(C,15,%),10,S)*2)+
(Mov(ROC(C,20,%),10,S)*3)+(Mov(ROC(C,30,%),15,S)*4),-1)
ColE:
Name: MA KST-1
Ref(Mov((Mov(ROC(C,10,%),10,S)*1)+(Mov(ROC(C,15,%),10,S)*2)+
(Mov(ROC(C,20,%),10,S)*3)+(Mov(ROC(C,30,%),15,S)*4),10,S),-1)
Filter:
When(colB,>,colC)AND When(colB,<,0)AND When( colD,<,colE)
(Go Top)
Projected Range
From "Lyn Maine"
This is
Tom DeMark's Projected Range:
TPH1:=(H+C+2*L)/2-L;
TPH2:=(2*H+L+C)/2-L;
TPH3:=(H+L+2*C)/2-L;
TPL1:=(H+C+2*L)/2-H;
TPL2:=(2*H+L+C)/2-H;
TPL3:=(H+L+2*C)/2-H;
PH:=If((C<O),TPH1,If((C>O),TPH2,If((C=O),TPH3,0)));
PL:=If((C<O),TPL1,If((C>O),TPL2,If((C=O),TPL3,0)));
PH;
PL;
This is my updated version of Tushar Chande's Vidya

Vidya:
K:=Stdev(P,5)/Mov(Stdev(P,5),20,S);
SC:=Input("SC",.1,.9,.1);
Vidya:=SC*K*P+(1-SC*K)*Ref(P,-1);
Vidya;
{the sc input is more responsive if you use a higher number}
This is Vidya with volatility bands:
K:=Stdev(C,5)/Mov(Stdev(C,5),20,S);
SC:=0.9;
Vidya:=SC*K*C+(1-SC*K)*Ref(C,-1);
UpperBand:=Vidya+2*.5*K;
LowerBand:=Vidya-2*.5*K;
UpperBand;
LowerBand;
Vidya;
This is Tushar Chande's target price:
A:=Mov(Abs(C-Ref(C,-1)),10,S);
TPH1:=C+A;
TPH2:=C+(2*A);
TPL1:=C-A;
TPL2:=C-(2*A);
TPH1;
TPH2;
TPL1;
TPL2;
This is ATR Ratio to Close:
ATRR:= ATR(5)/C;
MATRR:=Mov(ATRR,3,E);
ATRR;
MATRR;
This is a CMO Composite Average:
(((CMO(C,5))+(CMO(C,10))+(CMO(C,20)))/3)
This is CMO Volatility:
S1:= Stdev( CMO(C,5),5);
S2:= Stdev(CMO(C,10),10);
S3:= Stdev(CMO(C,20),20);
CMOV:=(S1*CMO(C,5))+(S2*CMO(C,10))+(S3*CMO(C,20))/(S1+S2+S3);
CMOV;
This is Rule of 7 down objective:
If((ROC(C,12,%)>-1.5),If((ROC(C,12,%)>-3),
If((ROC(C,12,%)>-4.5),((H-(H-L)*1.75)),((H-(H-L)*2.33))),((H-(H-L)*3.5))),(H(H-L)))
This is rule of 7 up objective:
If((ROC(C,12,%)>1.5),If((ROC(C,12,%)>3),
If((ROC(C,12,%)>4.5),(((H-L)*1.75)+L),(((H-L)*2.33)+L)),(((H-L)*3.5)+L)),
((H-L)+L))

## This is rule of 7 Osc:

Fml("Rule of 7 UP Objective") Fml("Rule of 7 DOWN Objective")
This is %f Osc:
100*((C-Ref(TSF(C,5),-1))/C)
This is Chande's Trendscore:
If(C>=Ref(C,-11),1,-1)+If(C>=Ref(C,-12),1,-1)+If(C>=Ref(C,-13),1,-1)+
If(C>=Ref(C,-14),1,-1)+If(C>=Ref(C,-15),1,-1)+If(C>=Ref(C,-16),1,-1)+
If(C>=Ref(C,-17),1,-1)+If(C>=Ref(C,-18),1,-1)+If(C>=Ref(C,-19),1,-1)+
If(C>=Ref(C,-20),1,-1)
This is McGinley Dynamic:
Ref(Mov(C,12,E),-1)+((C-(Ref(Mov(C,12,E),-1))) / (C/(Ref(Mov(C,12,E),1))*125))
This is Morris Double Momentum Osc:
Mov(((ROC(C,12.8,%))+(ROC(C,19.2,%))),10,W)
This is Volatility%:
Lookback := Input("Time Periods",1,1000,50);
HighVolatility := Input("High Volatility %",.01,100,3);
100 * Sum(100 * ATR(1)/CLOSE > HighVolatility, Lookback)/Lookback
This is Positive Volume Indicator:
Cum(If(V>Ref(V,-1),ROC(C,1,%),0))
This is negative volume indicator:
Cum(If(V<Ref(V,-1),ROC(C,1,%),0))
(Go Top)
Percent Above/Below Moving Average
(oscp(1,30,E,%))
(Go Top)
Plotting Alpha and Beta
To plot Alpha and Beta in MetaStock follow the steps below. **The custom
indicator named Beta is required to plot Alpha.
In the Windows versions of MetaStock:
To plot Alpha:

Create the custom formulas Alpha and Beta (see below for
formula syntax).

## Open a chart of the desired security.

Drag the price plot of the index you are comparing, into the chart
of the security and close the chart of the index. **Maximize the security
chart if needed.

Drag the custom indicator Alpha from the Quick List and drop it
onto the price plot of the index. **The index plot will turn a purplish color
when you are plotting on top of it.
**Note, this formula is set to calculate Alpha over 21 periods. To change
the time periods replace each instance of 21 in the formula with the

desired number of periods and also change the time periods in the Beta
custom indicator.
( Sum( ROC( CLOSE ,1 ,% ) ,21 ) - ( Fml( "Beta" ) *
Sum( ROC( INDICATOR,1,%) ,21 ) ) ) / 21
To plot Beta:

## Open a chart of the desired security.

Drag the price plot of the index your comparing, into the chart of
the security.

Drag this custom indicator from the Quick List and drop it onto
the price plot of the index.
Note, this formula is set to calculate beta over 21 periods. To change the
time periods replace each instance of 21 in the formula with the desired
number of periods.
( ( 21 * Sum( ROC( CLOSE ,1 ,% ) * ROC( INDICATOR ,1 ,% ) ,21 ) ) ( Sum( ROC( CLOSE ,1 ,% ) ,21) * Sum( ROC( INDICATOR ,1 ,% ) ,21 ) ) ) /
( (21 * Sum( Pwr( ROC( INDICATOR ,1 ,% ) ,2 ) ,21 )) Pwr( Sum( ROC( INDICATOR ,1 ,% ) ,21 ) ,2 ))
**Beta is a measure of volatility of one security against another. This is
typically used to measure the volatility of a stock against an index like the
S&P 500. A value greater than one indicates the stock is more volatile than
the index.
(Go Top)
Polarized Fractual Efficiency
The January 1994 issue of Stocks & Commodities featured an article by
Hans Hannula on Polarized Fractual Efficiency. Here is the custom formula
for creating the five-period smoothed 10-day PFE using MetaStock:
Mov(If(C,>,Ref(C,-9),Sqr(Pwr(Roc(C,9,\$),2) + Pwr(10,2)) /
Sum(Sqr(Pwr(Roc(C,1,\$),2)+1),9),Sqr(Pwr(Roc(C,9,\$),2) + Pwr(10,2)) /
Sum(Sqr(Pwr(Roc(C,1,\$),2)+1),9))*100,5,E)
(Go Top)
Price Oscillator Wave
if(ref(oscp(3,15,S,%),-1),<,0,1,0)
(Go Top)
Price Volume Rank
Taken from Stocks & Commodities, V. 12:6 (235-239): Price-Volume Rank
by Anthony J. Macek
"Imagine receiving a warning when the market was likely to collapse or
being alerted when one of your favorite stocks was about to rally. What if
these signals came from analysis that was simple enough to do without a
computer and took only a few minutes a day to update, using just two
pieces of information found in virtually any newspaper? Is this a dream?
Maybe not. Anthony Macek explains.
The old adage about keeping things simple applies even to the investment
world. Methods of analysis such as polarized fractal efficiency and price
oscillator divergences do a great job, but for those with neither the time
nor the inclination to master the techniques necessary to monitor every
blip and sputter that the market produces may be served just as well by
noting only two very important market variables: price and volume."
For interpretation refer to the June 94 issue of Technical Analysis of Stocks
& Commodities.
You need to create all of the following custom formulas in order for the PV
Rank to calculate properly.
P-V Rank:

## Fml( "PV1" ) + Fml( "PV2" )

PV1:
If( C ,> ,Ref( C ,-1 ) ,If( V ,> ,Ref( V ,-1 ) ,1 ,If( V ,< ,Ref(V ,-1 ) ,2 ,0 ) ) ,0 )
PV2:
If( C ,< ,Ref( C ,-1 ) ,If( V ,< ,Ref( V ,-1 ) ,3 ,If( V ,> ,Ref( V ,-1 ) ,4 ,0 ) ) ,0 )
PV Biggie: (This combines all formulas into one formula)
If( C ,> ,Ref( C ,-1 ) ,If( V ,> ,Ref( V ,-1 ) ,1 ,If( V ,< ,Ref( V ,-1 ) ,2 ,0 ) ) ,If( C
,< ,Ref( C ,-1 ),If( V ,< ,Ref( V ,-1 ) ,3 ,If( V ,> ,Ref( V ,-1 ) ,4 ,0 ) ) ,0 ) )
(Go Top)
Price Volume Trend Stochastic
{Fast line}
Mov((PVT()-LLV(PVT(),19))/
(HHV(PVT(),19)-LLV(PVT(),19)), 5, S)
{Slow Line}
Mov(Mov((PVT()-LLV(PVT(),19))/
(HHV(PVT(),19)-LLV(PVT(),19)), 5, S),3,S)
(Go Top)
To recreate the Pathfinder currency trading system (described in the
October 1996 interview with Nelson Freeburg) in MetaStock for Windows,
open two charts, one of the desired currency and the other of Treasury
bonds. For this example, I used the Swiss Franc. Choose Tile from the
Window menu so both charts are visible. Drag the T-bonds price bar and
drop it on the heading of the currency chart. Your currency chart should
now have T-bonds plotted in the top inner window of the chart. Click on
the T-bonds plot in the currency chart so it's selected (that is, little squares
appear on the price bars). You will need to select the T-bonds plot each
time before running a system test. The selected plot tells the MetaStock
System Tester what to use for "P". Next, choose System Tester from the
Tools menu, and then New to create a new system. Enter the following
system rules, stops, and options and then run the test.
Signal Formulas
Enter Long:
Mov(C,6,S) > Ref(Mov(C,6,S),-1) AND
Mov(P,3,S) > Mov(P,25,S) AND
Close Long
Cross(Mov(C,18,S),Mov(C,9,S))
Enter Short
Mov(C,6,S) < Ref(Mov(C,6,S),-1) AND
Mov(P,3,S) < Mov(P,25,S) AND
Close Short
Cross(Mov(C,9,S),Mov(C,18,S))
Stops
Maximum Loss Stop:
Long and short positions
Maximum loss of 0.016 points.

## Initial equity Points Only

Positions: Long and short

Note that the maximum stop loss amount should be changed to 0.032 for
the British Pound and 0.02 for the Australian and Canadian dollars when
testing these contracts.
(Go Top)
Psychology Index
by Glenn Wallace
- Futures Magazine, Vol.29 No.6, June 2000, P.48
There was an overbought/oversold indicator described in the June 2000
Futures Magazine called the Psychological Index. It looked sort of
interesting, so I wrote the MetaStock code for it:
LookBack:= Input("Number of lookback periods", 2, 100, 12);
UThreshold:= Input("Upper threshold (%)", 0, 100, 75);
LThreshold:= Input("Lower threshold (%)", 0, 100, 25);
UpDay:= If(CLOSE > Ref(CLOSE,-1), 1, 0);
PsychIndex:= Sum(UpDay,LookBack) / LookBack * 100;
PsychIndex; UThreshold; LThreshold
(Go Top)
Periodicity detector
{ Chart periodicity detector }{ References indicator "Calendar Week
counter" }{ Copyright 2003-2004 Jose Silva }
{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
dummy:=Input("Chart detected: (1) Daily, (2) Weekly, ",0,0,0);
dummy:=Input(" (3) Monthly, (4) Quarterly, (5) Yearly",0,0,0);
Wk:=Fml("Calendar Week counter");
{FortnightCount:=Int((Wk+1)/2);}
m:=Month();
Mth:=Cum(m<>ValueWhen(2,1,m));
q:=If(m=1 OR m=2 OR m=3,1,
If(m=4 OR m=5 OR m=6,2,
If(m=7 OR m=8 OR m=9,3,4)));
Qtr:=Cum(q<>ValueWhen(2,1,q));
Yr:=Cum(Year()<>ValueWhen(2,1,Year()));
chart:=If(LastValue(Cum(Wk=ValueWhen(2,1,Wk)))=0,2,1);
chart:=If(LastValue(Cum(Mth=ValueWhen(2,1,Mth)))=0,3,chart);
chart:=If(LastValue(Cum(Qtr=ValueWhen(2,1,Qtr)))=0,4,chart);
chart:=If(LastValue(Cum(Yr=ValueWhen(2,1,Yr)))=0,5,chart);
chart
Periodicity detector app example
{Chart periodicity detector application example}{Automatically adjusts
EMA to chart periodicity}{ References indicator "Calendar Week
counter" }{ Copyright 2003-2004 Jose Silva }
{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
Wk:=Fml("Calendar Week counter");

{Frt:=Int((Wk+1)/2);}
m:=Month();
Mth:=Cum(m<>ValueWhen(2,1,m));
q:=If(m=1 OR m=2 OR m=3,1,
If(m=4 OR m=5 OR m=6,2,
If(m=7 OR m=8 OR m=9,3,4)));
Qtr:=Cum(q<>ValueWhen(2,1,q));
Yr:=Cum(Year()<>ValueWhen(2,1,Year()));
chart:=If(LastValue(Cum(Wk=ValueWhen(2,1,Wk)))=0,2,1);
chart:=If(LastValue(Cum(Mth=ValueWhen(2,1,Mth)))=0,3,chart);
chart:=If(LastValue(Cum(Qtr=ValueWhen(2,1,Qtr)))=0,4,chart);
chart:=If(LastValue(Cum(Yr=ValueWhen(2,1,Yr)))=0,5,chart);
pds:=Input("daily EMA periods",1,25200,126);
x:=Input("use Open=1 High=2 Low=3 Close=4 Volume=5 P=6",1,6,6);
shift:=1+Input("EMA vertical shift %",
-100,100,0)/100;
plot:=Input("EMA=1, Crossover signals=2",1,2,1);
x:=If(x=1,O,If(x=2,H,If(x=3,L,If(x=5,V,If(x=6,P,C)))));
pds:=If(chart=1,pds,If(chart=2,pds/5,
If(chart=3,pds/21,If(chart=4,pds/63,pds/252))));
pds:=If(pds<1,1,pds);
pds:=If(pds>Cum(IsDefined(x)),
Cum(IsDefined(x)),pds);
Ema:=x*2/(pds+1)+PREV*(1-2/(pds+1));
Ema:=Ema*shift;
signals:=Cross(x,Ema)-Cross(Ema,x);
If(plot=2,signals,Ema)
Calendar Week counter
{ Week counter v2.0, Gregorian calendar }{ Count is independent of any
missing chart data }{ Copyright 2003-2004 Jose Silva }
{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
limit:=2000; {do not change limit year}
LimLeap:=Frac(limit/4)=0 AND Frac(limit/100)<>0
OR Frac(limit/400)=0;
NoCount:=limit*365+Int(limit/4)
-Int(limit/100)+Int(limit/400)-LimLeap;
leap:=Frac(Year()/4)=0 AND Frac(Year()/100)<>0
OR Frac(Year()/400)=0;
y:=Year()*365+Int(Year()/4)
-Int(Year()/100)+Int(Year()/400)-NoCount;
m:=
If(Month()=2,31-leap,
If(Month()=3,59,
If(Month()=4,90,
If(Month()=5,120,
If(Month()=6,151,
If(Month()=7,181,
If(Month()=8,212,

If(Month()=9,243,
If(Month()=10,273,
If(Month()=11,304,
If(Month()=12,334,
-leap)))))))))));
DayNr:=y+m+DayOfMonth();
WkCount:=Int((DayNr-1)/7)+(Year()>=limit);
WkCount
Rally Gap and Inside Day
Finds stocks which have rallied, gapped upwards, and then had an inside
day.
Usually leads to a resumption of the rally. The search returns 1 for Ok and
0 for not ok.

RallyWithVol()

Inside()

GapUp()
(Go Top)
Range High
Looks for out of range move where the close equals the high. Suggests
The search returns 1 for Ok and 0 for not ok.

BigWhite()

CLOSE

(Go Top)
{Recursive Moving Trend Average}
Lb:=Input("Look-Back Period?",3,100,21);
Alpha:=2/(LB+1);
Bot:=(1-Alpha)*(If(Cum(1)<Lb,C,PREV))+C;
RMTA:=(1-Alpha)*(If(Cum(1)<Lb,C,PREV))+
(Alpha*(C+Bot-Ref(Bot,-1)));
RMTA;
{TOSC}
Lb:=Input("Look-Back Period?",3,100,21);
Alpha:=2/(LB+1);
Bot:=(1-Alpha)*(If(Cum(1)<Lb,C,PREV))+C;
RMTA:=(1-Alpha)*(If(Cum(1)<Lb,C,PREV))+
(Alpha*(C+Bot-Ref(Bot,-1)));
TOSC:=RMTA-Mov(C,lb,E);
TOSC;
Is the name of an article in the December issue of TASC, written by Dennis
Meyers. In it he describes what he calls " The Recursive Moving Trend
Average" . I wont go into all the article right now, but here is my
translation of his math (for Metastock 6.5) :
{Recursive Moving Trend Average}
Lb:=Input("Look-Back Period?",3,100,21);
Alpha:=2/(LB+1);
Bot:=(1-Alpha)*(If(Cum(1)<Lb,C,PREV))+C;
RMTA:=(1-Alpha)*(If(Cum(1)<Lb,C,PREV))+
(Alpha*Abs(C+Bot-Ref(Bot,-1)));
RMTA;
He then explains how to make an oscillator by subtracting an Exponential
MA form the Recursive MA...... again here is the code:

{TOSC}
Lb:=Input("Look-Back Period?",3,100,21);
Alpha:=2/(LB+1);
Bot:=(1-Alpha)*(If(Cum(1)<Lb,C,PREV))+C;
RMTA:=(1-Alpha)*(If(Cum(1)<Lb,C,PREV))+
(Alpha*Abs(C+Bot-Ref(Bot,-1)));
TOSC:=RMTA-Mov(C,lb,E);
TOSC;
Here is the code for System Testing;
Lb:=opt1;
ent:=3;
Alpha:=2/(LB+1);
Bot:=(1-Alpha)*(If(Cum(1)<Lb,C,PREV))+C;
RMTA:=(1-Alpha)*(If(Cum(1)<Lb,C,PREV))+
(Alpha*Abs(C+Bot-Ref(Bot,-1)));
TOSC:=RMTA-Mov(C,lb,E);
Cross(tosc,(0-Abs(ent)))
Sell short:
Lb:=opt1;
ent:=3;
Alpha:=2/(LB+1);
Bot:=(1-Alpha)*(If(Cum(1)<Lb,C,PREV))+C;
RMTA:=(1-Alpha)*(If(Cum(1)<Lb,C,PREV))+
(Alpha*Abs(C+Bot-Ref(Bot,-1)));
TOSC:=RMTA-Mov(C,lb,E);
Cross((0+Abs(ent)),tosc1)
Opt1 is the look- back periods, of 3 to 30, and Opt2 is the entry value of
the oscillator, 0 to 5.
Now, after all the hours spent on figuring out the code, I have discovered
that the RMTA plots very similar to the DEMA, oh well............
(Go Top)
Regression Asymmetric Volatile Price Band
SIGNAL FORMULAS
Enter Long:
Periods := 21;
UpperBand := STEBandTop(CLOSE,Periods,1) ;
Sum(CLOSE > UpperBand,3) = 3 AND LinRegSlope(CLOSE,21)> 0 AND
ROC(Correl(CLOSE,Cum(1) ,21,0),2,\$) >= .2
Close Long:
Periods := 21;
LowerBand := STEBandBot(CLOSE,Periods,1.5) ;
SellSignal1 := Sum(CLOSE < LowerBand,3) = 3;
SellSignal2 := CLOSE < (1-.18) * HHV(HIGH,Periods + 1) AND HIGH <
LowerBand;
SellSignal1 OR SellSignal2
STOPS
Maximum Loss: LONG ONLY
10.00 Percent
(Go Top)
Resistance and Support
LookBack := Input("Look Back Periods",1,1000,10);
Resistance :=ValueWhen(1,Cross(Mov(C, LookBack,
S),C),HHV(H, LookBack));

## Support :=ValueWhen(1,Cross(C,Mov(C, LookBack,

S)),LLV(L, LookBack));
Resistance;
Support;
(Go Top)
Resistance and Support *F
PrCnt:=Input("Percentage",0,100,10);
LookBack:= Input("Look Back Periods",1,1000,10);
Resistance:=ValueWhen(1,Cross(Mov(C,LookBack,S),C),HHV(H,LookBack));
Support:=ValueWhen(1,Cross(C,Mov(C,LookBack,S)),LLV(L,LookBack));
Resistance * ((100-prcnt)/100);
Support * ((prcnt/100)+1);
(Go Top)
ROC Moving Average System Test
ENTER LONG:
ROC(Mov(C,12,E),1,%)>0 AND ROC(Mov(C,60,E),1,%)>0
EXIT LONG:
(ROC(Mov(C,12,E),1,%)<0 AND ROC(Mov(C,60,E),1,%)>0)
OR
(ROC(Mov(C,12,E),1,%)>0 AND ROC(Mov(C,60,E),1,%)<0)
SHORT:
ROC(Mov(C,12,E),1,%)<0 AND ROC(Mov(C,60,E),1,%)<0
EXIT SHORT:
(ROC(Mov(C,12,E),1,%)<0 AND ROC(Mov(C,60,E),1,%)>0)
OR
(ROC(Mov(C,12,E),1,%)>0 AND ROC(Mov(C,60,E),1,%)<0)
{Ref(c,-1) gives yesterday's close today. So all values are shifted to the
right!}
(Go Top)
RSI and Moving Averages
{place in filter section}
C>MOV(C,5,E) AND C>MOV(C,200,E) AND CROSS(RSI(14),30)
(Go Top)
RSI Divergence
If(RSI(9) >= HHV(RSI(9),19) AND CLOSE <HHV(CLOSE,19), 1,0) OR
If(CLOSE <= LLV(CLOSE,19) AND RSI(9) > LLV(RSI(9),19), 1,0)
{RSI(9) DIVERGENCE SELL:}
If(CLOSE >= HHV(CLOSE,19) AND RSI(9)<HHV(RSI(9),19),1,0) OR
If(RSI(9) <= LLV(RSI(9),19) AND CLOSE > LLV(CLOSE,19),1,0)
{You can substitute any formula for the "RSI(9)"}
(Go Top)
RSI Divergence Exploration
{A simple exploration filter formula for finding a bullish divergence
between the RSI and the price is shown below. To find a bearish
divergence,

replace > with <. The differences in the trough function was found through
an optimization routine and they may not be the best values for your
application.}
Ref(RSI(14),-1)>Trough(1,RSI(14),.8)
AND
Ref(CLOSE,-1)<Trough(1,CLOSE,.2)
(Go Top)
RSI Offset
RSI(13) - 50 {offset the RSI to +-50}
(Go Top)
Ruggerio's Trend
Ruggiero's rules for trend mode quoting his table 4.9:
1. If ADX crosses above 25, then the market is trending.
2. If ADX crosses below 20, then the market is consolidating.
3. If ADX crosses below 45 from above, then the market is consolidating.
4. If ADX rises from below 10 on 3 out of 4 days, then the market will start
to trend.
5. If a trend is based on rule 4, it remains in effect until the 5 day
difference in ADX is less than 0.
Ruggiero employs a 14 day ADX but that is based on T-Bonds data. He
suggests employing the above rules as a filter. I make the indicator take
the value +1 if trending, a -1 if consolidating according to the above
criteria but I guess the zero is for the grey area
in between. Anyway according to definition: If a market is not trending it
must be consolidating. However the zero may contain additional useful
information. Ruggiero suggests tweaking the threshold values.
periods:=Input("Periods?",1,63,14);
(Go Top)
Random Walk Index
The following formulas, for the Random Walk Index, were constructed
using information from the article "Are There Persistent Cycles", by E.
Michael Poulos, in the September 1992 TASC.
All formulas are needed.
MetaStock Windows versions:
Random Walk Index:
Max( ( Ref(HIGH,-1) - LOW ) / ( ( Ref(Sum (Atr ( 1 ) ,2 ),-1) / 2) * Sqrt( 2 ) )
,Max( (Ref(HIGH,-2) -LOW) / ( ( Ref(Sum (Atr ( 1 ),3),-1) / 3) * Sqrt( 3 ) ),
Max( (Ref(HIGH,-3) - LOW)
/ ( (Ref(Sum (Atr( 1 ) ,4) ,-1) / 4) * Sqrt( 4 ) ) , Max( ( Ref( HIGH,-4) - LOW) /
( (Ref(Sum(Atr( 1 ),5),-1) / 5) * Sqrt( 5 ) ), Max( (Ref(HIGH,-5) - LOW) /
( (Ref( Sum( Atr ( 1 ),6),-1) / 6 )
* Sqrt( 6 ) ), Max( ( Ref(HIGH,-6) -LOW) / ( (Ref( Sum( Atr( 1 ),7),-1) / 7) *
Sqrt( 7 ) ),
Max((Ref(HIGH,-7)-LOW) / ( (Ref(Sum (Atr( 1 ),8),-1) / 8) * Sqrt(8) ),
(Ref(HIGH,-8)-LOW) /

## ( (Ref(Sum (Atr (1),9),-1) / 9) * Sqrt( 9 ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) )

(Go Top)
Rate of Change Since a Specific Date
The following formula plots a percent rate of change between a specific
date and today. The user is prompted for the specific date.This will only
work in MetaStock for Windows 95/NT version 6.5 (or higher) or in
MetaStock Professional.
Construct the formula in the Indicator Builder, giving it the name shown
below in bold. All the text after "FORMULA:" and before "*END OF
FORMULA*" below should be placed in the Formula field in the Indicator
Builder. Once the indicator has been created, you can drag it out of the
Indicator Quicklist for placement in an inner-window of your chart.
NAME: ROC Since a Date
FORMULA:
Day1 := Input("Day",1,31,4);
Month1 := Input("Month",1,12,1);
Year1 := Input("Year",1900,2400,1999);
100 * (CLOSE - ValueWhen(1,DayOfMonth() = Day1 AND Month() =
Month1 AND Year() = Year1, CLOSE))/ ValueWhen(1,DayOfMonth() = Day1
AND Month() = Month1 AND Year() = Year1,CLOSE)
(Go Top)
Regression Oscillator and Slope/Close Indicator
In MetaStock 6.0 its easy to create the Regression Oscillator and the
Slope/Close Indicator from Richard Goeddes article, "Market timing with
the regression oscillator", which appears in the March 97 issue of Technical
Analysis Stocks and Commodities magazine.
First choose Indicator Builder from the Tools menu and enter the following
formulas:
Regression Oscillator
100 * (CLOSE/ LinearReg(CLOSE,63)-1)
Slope/Close
10000* LinRegSlope(CLOSE,63)/CLOSE
Next drag each of these formulas from the Indicator QuickList and drop
them on the heading of a chart. To create horizontal lines, click the right
mouse button while the mouse pointer is positioned over the Regression
Oscillator to display the shortcut menu. Choose Regression Oscillator
Properties. On the Horizontal lines page add horizontal lines at 14, 0, and
-14.
You can use The Explorer to perform the screen mentioned in the article.
First choose The Explorer from the Tools menu, next create a new
Exploration with the following information:
Column A
Name: Reg Osc
Formula: Fml("Regression Oscillator")
Column B
Name: Slp/Cls
Formula: Fml("Slope/Close")
Filter
Formula: ColB > 50 and ColA >-15 and ColA < -5

Choose OK and then Explore to run the Exploration. For MetaStock for
Windows 5.x users the instructions are the same except enter the
following custom indicator in place the ones mentioned earlier.
Regression Oscillator
100 * (CLOSE/ ((63 * Sum(Cum(1) * C,63) - Sum(Cum(1),63) * Sum(C,63)) /
(63 * Sum(Pwr(Cum(1),2),63) - Pwr(Sum(Cum(1),63),2)) * Cum(1) +
(Mov(C,63,S) - Mov(Cum(1),63,S)
* (63 * Sum(Cum(1) * C,63) - Sum(Cum(1),63) * Sum(C,63)) / (63 *
Sum(Pwr(Cum(1),2),63) Pwr(Sum(Cum(1),63),2))))-1)
Slope/Close
10000* ((63 * Sum(Cum(1) * C,63) - Sum(Cum(1),63) * Sum(C,63)) / (63
* Sum(Pwr(Cum(1),2),63) - Pwr(Sum(Cum(1),63),2)))/CLOSE
(Go Top)
Relative Strength Index (RSI) Custom
This custom RSI will allow you to select which price data to use when you
plot it. The standard RSI uses the close value as Welles Wilder did when he
created the indicator. This custom indicator will allow you to use the other
price fields including volume.
Q:=Input("Time Periods",1,1000,14);
B:=Input("Field: 1=Close, 2=Open, 3=High, 4=Low, 5=Volume",1,5,1);
Z:=If(B=1,Wilders(If(ROC(C,1,\$)>0,ROC(C,1,\$),0),LastValue(Q)),If(B=2,Wil
ders(If(ROC(O,1,\$)>
0,ROC(O,1,\$),0)LastValue(Q)),If(B=3,Wilders(If(ROC(H,1,\$)>0,ROC(H,1,\$),0
),LastValue(Q)),
If(B=4,Wilders(If(ROC(L,1,\$)>0,ROC
(L,1,\$),0),LastValue(Q)),Wilders(If(ROC(V,1,\$)>0
,ROC(V,1,\$),0),LastValue(Q))))));
Y:=If(B=1,Wilders(If(ROC(C,1,\$)<0,Abs(ROC(C,1,\$)),0),LastValue(Q)),If(B=
2,Wilders(If(ROC
(O,1,\$)<
0,Abs(ROC(O,1,\$)),0),LastValue(Q)),If(B=3,Wilders(If(ROC(H,1,\$)<0,Abs
(ROC(H,1,\$)),0),LastValue(Q)),If(B=4,Wilders(If(ROC(L,1,\$)0,Abs(ROC(L,1,\$
)),0),LastValue(Q))
,Wilders(If(ROC(V,1, \$)<0,Abs(ROC(V,1,\$)),0),LastValue(Q))))));
RS:=Z/Y;
100-(100/(1+RS))
(Go Top)
Relative Volatility Index (RVI)
The following formulas were taken from the article "The relative volatility
index," written by Dorsey, Donald, in the June 93 issue of Technical
Analysis of STOCKS & COMMODITIES.
Taken from Stocks & Commodities, V. 11:6 (253-256): The Relative
Volatility Index by Donald Dorsey
"The RVI is simply the relative strength index (RSI) with the standard
deviation over the past 10 days used in place of daily price change.
Because most indicators use price change for their calculations, we need a
confirming indicator that uses a different measurement to interpret market
strength. The RVI measures the direction of volatility on a scale of zero to
100. Readings above 50 indicate that the volatility as measured by the 10day standard deviation of the closing prices is more to the upside.
Readings below 50 indicate that the direction of volatility is to the
downside. The initial testing indicates that the RVI can be used wherever

you might use the RSI and in the same way, but the specific purpose of
this study is to measure the RVI's performance as a confirming indicator."
The RVI was designed to measure the direction of volatility. It calculates
price strength by measuring volatility rather than price change.
All of the following formulas are required:
@RVI Down
((PREV*13)+If(ROC(C,1,%)<0,Stdev(C,10),0))/14
@RVI Up
((PREV*13)+If(ROC(C,1,%)>0,Stdev(C,10),0))/14
@RVI
(100*Fml("@RVI Up"))/(Fml("@RVI Up")+Fml("@RVI Down"))
(Go Top)
R-squared, Chande and Kroll's
In their book The New Technical Trader, Chande & Kroll introduce the r2
indicator. They state that "the primary use of r2 is as a confirming
indicator" and that "it is a lagging indicator that shows the strength of the
trend."
In MetaStock the r2 formula is:
Pwr(Corr(Cum( 1 ),C,14,0),2)
They also present a smoothed r2 which would be:
Mov(Pwr(Corr(Cum( 1 ),C,14,0),2)*100,14,S)
For interpretation refer to Chande & Kroll's book, as stated above.
Note: The r-squared indicator is built into MetaStock for Windows version
6.0 and later.
(Go Top)
Rule of 7 Oscillator
Rule of 7 Down Objective
If((ROC(C,12,%)>-1.5),If((ROC(C,12,%)>-3),
If((ROC(C,12,%)>-4.5),((H-(H-L)*1.75)),((H-(H-L)*2.33))),((H-(H-L)*3.5))),(H(H-L)))
Rule of 7 Up Objective
If((ROC(C,12,%)>1.5),If((ROC(C,12,%)>3),
If((ROC(C,12,%)>4.5),(((H-L)*1.75)+L),(((H-L)*2.33)+L)),(((H-L)*3.5)+L)),
((H-L)+L))
Rule of 7 Oscillator
Fml("Rule of 7 UP Objective") Fml("Rule of 7 DOWN Objective")
(Go Top)
Rainbow Charts
To create Rainbow Charts in MetaStock for Windows, open any chart, drop
the moving average indicator from the Indicator QuickList, and drop it in
the same inner windows as the price bars. Enter two for the Periods and
simple for the Method. Next plot a second moving average on the first
moving average by dragging a moving average from the QuickList and
dropping it on the first moving average (Note: The first moving average
should turn light purple before you release the mouse button). If you
dropped it correctly the Parameters dialog should say Indicator for the
Price Field. Click OK to accept two periods and simple as the parameters.
Change the colour of this moving average as desired. Now plot a third
moving average of the second moving average by repeating these steps.
Continue this until you have ten moving averages. Choose Yes if
MetaStock prompts you about plotting a duplicate indicator.

To save you time, Equis have created a template that allows you to bypass
these steps. You can download this template directly off of the Equis web
site. Download this file to the Charts folder (e.g. C:\Program
Files\Equis\MetaStock\Charts) in your MetaStock folder. Open any chart
and then click on your right mouse button while the pointer is located on
the chart. Choose Apply Template from the Chart Shortcut menu and
choose the Rainbow Chart template. You should now have a chart with ten
different coloured moving averages.
Next choose Indicator Builder from the Tools menu and enter the following
formulas.
Rainbow Max
Max(Mov(C,2,S),
Max(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),
Max(Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S),
Max(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),
Max(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),
Max(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),
Max(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),
Max(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2
,S),2,S),
Max(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2
,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),
Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2
,S),2,S),2,S),2,S)
,2,S))))))))))
Rainbow Min
Min(Mov(C,2,S),
Min(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),
Min(Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S),
Min(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),
Min(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),
Min(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),
Min(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),
Min(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,
S),2,S),
Min(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,
S),2,S),2,S),2,S),
Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2
,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),
2,S))))))))))
Rainbow Oscillator
100 * (CLOSE - ((Mov(C,2,S)+
Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S)+
Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S) + Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S) +
Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S) +
Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S) +

Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S)+
Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,
S)+
Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2
,S),2,S),2,S)+
Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2
,S),2,S),2,S),2,S)
,2,S)) /10))/(HHV(C,10)-LLV(C,10))
Lower Rainbow Band
-100 * (Fml("Rainbow Max") - Fml("Rainbow Min")) /
(HHV(C,10) - LLV(C,10))
Upper Rainbow Band
100 * (Fml("Rainbow Max") - Fml("Rainbow Min")) /
(HHV(C,10) - LLV(C,10))
Plot the Rainbow Oscillator in a new inner window of your chart with the
ten moving averages, by dropping the custom indicator from the QuickList
onto the charts heading. Right click on the Rainbow Oscillator and choose
properties, then change the Style to a histogram. Now plot the Lower
Rainbow Band and the Upper Rainbow Band in the same inner window as
the Rainbow Oscillator. If the scaling dialog appears when plotting these
indicators, choose Merge with Scale on Right. Change the colors of the
Upper and Lower Rainbow Bands as desired. Now save this as a new
template by choosing Save As from the File Menu and changing the File
Type to template, so you can easily apply it to any chart.
(Go Top)
Regress Slope/Money Flow Index/Time Series Forecast
A series of four trading systems, using the Regress Slope as basis and
combining with other indicators.
1. Regress Slope: Signal Formulas
Enter Long:
Alert(RSquared(C,21) < 0.15,21) AND
LinRegSlope(C,34) > opt1 AND
HHV(LinRegSlope(C,34),5) =
HHV(LinRegSlope(C,34),13) AND
HHV(MFI(55),5) = HHV(MFI(55),13) AND
HHV(TSF(C,55),5) = HHV(TSF(C,55),13)
Close Long:
LLV(TSF(C,55),5) = LLV(TSF(C,55),13) AND
LinRegSlope(C,34) < opt1
Enter Short:
Alert(RSquared(C,21) < 0.15,13) AND
LinRegSlope(C,34) < opt2 AND
LLV(LinRegSlope(C,34),5) =
LLV(LinRegSlope(C,34),13) AND
LLV(MFI(55),5) = LLV(MFI(55),13) AND
LLV(TSF(C,144),5) = LLV(TSF(C,144),13)
Close Short:
HHV(TSF(C,144),5) = HHV(TSF(C,144),13)
Optimization Variables

## OPT1: Min = -0.10 Max = 0.00 Step = 0.10

OPT2: Min = -0.20 Max = 0.00 Step = 0.10
STOPS: ALL OFF

## 2. Regress Slope/CMO - All: Signal Formulas

Enter Long:
Alert(RSquared(C,21) < 0.15,21) AND
LinRegSlope(C,34) > opt1 AND
HHV(LinRegSlope(C,34),5) =
HHV(LinRegSlope(C,34),13) AND
CMO(C,55) > 0 AND
C = HHV(C,5)
Close Long:
LinRegSlope(C,34) < opt1 AND
CMO(C,55) < 0 AND
C = LLV(C,5)
Enter Short:
Alert(RSquared(C,21) < 0.15,13) AND
LinRegSlope(C,34) < opt2 AND
LLV(LinRegSlope(C,34),5) =
LLV(LinRegSlope(C,34),13) AND
CMO(C,55) < 0 AND
C = LLV(C,5)
Close Short:
LinRegSlope(C,34) > opt2 AND
CMO(C,55) > 0 AND
C = HHV(C,5)
Optimization Variables
OPT1: Min = -0.10 Max = 0.00 Step = 0.10
OPT2: Min = -0.20 Max = 0.00 Step = 0.10
STOPS: ALL OFF

## 3. Regress Slope/Qstick - (OHLC Rqd): Signal Formulas

Enter Long:
Alert(RSquared(C,21) < 0.15,21) AND
LinRegSlope(C,34) > opt1 AND
HHV(LinRegSlope(C,34),5) =
HHV(LinRegSlope(C,34),13) AND
Qstick(55) > opt1 AND
HHV(Qstick(55),5) = HHV(Qstick(55),13)
AND C=HHV(C,5)
Close Long:
LinRegSlope(C,34) < opt1 AND
Qstick(55) < opt1 AND
C = LLV(C,5)
Enter Short:
Alert(RSquared(C,21) < 0.15,13) AND
LinRegSlope(C,34) < opt2 AND
LLV(LinRegSlope(C,34),5) =

LLV(LinRegSlope(C,34),13) AND
Qstick(55) < opt2 AND
LLV(Qstick(55),5) = LLV(Qstick(55),13)
AND C = LLV(C,5)
Close Short:
LinRegSlope(C,34) > opt2 AND
Qstick(55) > opt2 AND
C = HHV(C,5)
Optimization Variables
OPT1: Min = -0.10 Max = 0.00 Step = 0.10
OPT2: Min = -0.10 Max = 0.00 Step = 0.10
STOPS: ALL OFF

## 4. Regress Slope/CCI/TSF - All: Signal Formulas

Enter Long:
Alert(RSquared(C,21) < 0.15,21) AND
LinRegSlope(C,34) > opt1 AND
HHV(LinRegSlope(C,34),5) =
HHV(LinRegSlope(C,34),13) AND
HHV(CCI(55),5) = HHV(CCI(55),13) AND
CCI(55) > 0 AND
HHV(TSF(C,55),5) = HHV(TSF(C,55),13)
AND C = HHV(C,5)
Close Long:
LLV(TSF(C,55),5) = LLV(TSF(C,55),13) AND
LinRegSlope(C,34) < opt1 AND
CCI(55) < 0 AND
C = LLV(C,5)
Enter Short:
Alert(RSquared(C,21) < 0.15,13) AND
LinRegSlope(C,34) < opt2 AND
LLV(LinRegSlope(C,34),5) =
LLV(LinRegSlope(C,34),13) AND
LLV(CCI(55),5) = LLV(CCI(55),13) AND
LLV(TSF(C,144),5) = LLV(TSF(C,144),13)
AND C = LLV(C,5)
Close Short:
HHV(TSF(C,144),5) = HHV(TSF(C,144),13) AND
C = HHV(C,5)
Optimization Variables
OPT1: Min = -0.10 Max = 0.00 Step = 0.10
OPT2: Min = -0.20 Max = 0.00 Step = 0.10
STOPS: ALL OFF
(Go Top)
RSI, sine-weighted smoothed
{ Smoothed RSI indicator v1.1 }{ Internal sine-weighted smoothing }
{ Automatic historically-valid RSI peak/trough boundaries}{ Boundary
crossover signals: +1=Long, -1=Short}{ Copyright 2004 Jose Silva }
{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }

{ user input }
pds:=1/Input("RSI periods",1,2520,10);
plot:=Input("plot: -RSI, -Long/Short signals",1,2,1);
{ RSI up/down average components }
x:=If(C>Ref(C,-1),C-Ref(C,-1),0);
y:=If(C<Ref(C,-1),Ref(C,-1)-C,0);
up:=PREV*(1-pds)+x*pds;
dw:=PREV*(1-pds)+y*pds;
{ sine-weighted internal smoothing }
s1:=Sin(30)*up;
s2:=Sin(60)*Ref(up,-1);
s3:=Sin(90)*Ref(up,-2);
s4:=Sin(60)*Ref(up,-3);
s5:=Sin(30)*Ref(up,-4);
up:=(s1+s2+s3+s4+s5)/(Sin(30)*2+Sin(60)*2
+Sin(90));
S1:=Sin(30)*dw;
S2:=Sin(60)*Ref(dw,-1);
S3:=Sin(90)*Ref(dw,-2);
S4:=Sin(60)*Ref(dw,-3);
S5:=Sin(30)*Ref(dw,-4);
dw:=(s1+s2+s3+s4+s5)/(Sin(30)*2+Sin(60)*2
+Sin(90));
{ RSI indicator }
dw:=If(dw=0,.000001,dw);
RS:=100-100/(1+up/dw);
{ automatic RSI peak/trough boundaries }
pk:=Ref(RS,-1)>Ref(RS,-2) AND Ref(RS,-1)>RS
AND Ref(C,-1)>C,2) {AND Ref(RS,-1)>50};
pkVal:=ValueWhen(1,pk,Ref(RS,-1));
pkAvg:=Cum(pkVal)/Cum(pkVal>-1);
tr:=Ref(RS,-1)<Ref(RS,-2) AND Ref(RS,-1)<RS
AND Ref(C,-1)<C,2) {AND Ref(RS,-1)<50};
trVal:=ValueWhen(1,tr,Ref(RS,-1));
trAvg:=Cum(trVal)/Cum(trVal>-1);
{ RSI peak/trough boundary cross signals }
up:=Cross(trAvg,RS);
dw:=Cross(RS,pkAvg);
signals:=up-dw;
{ alternative RSI peak/trough signals }
{up:=Ref(RS,-1)<Ref(RS,-2) AND Ref(RS,-1)<RS
AND Ref(RS,-1)<trAvg;
dw:=Ref(RS,-1)>Ref(RS,-2) AND Ref(RS,-1)>RS
AND Ref(RS,-1)>pkAvg;
signals:=up-dw;}

{ plot }
If(plot=1,pkAvg,0);
If(plot=1,trAvg,0);
If(plot=1,RS,signals)
(Go Top)
RSI - Stochastic-normalized
{ Stochastic-normalized RSI v1.0 }{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
pds1:=Input("RSI periods",2,252,21);
pds2:=Input("Stochastic periods",2,252,63);
x:=Input("use Open=1 High=2 Low=3 Close=4 Volume=5 P=6",1,6,4);
plot:=Input("plot Stoch-RSI=1, RSI=2, both=3",1,3,1);
x:=If(x=1,O,If(x=2,H,If(x=3,L,If(x=5,V,If(x=6,P,C)))));
Rs:=RSI(x,pds1);
{MetaStock versions earlier than v7.2, use:}
{Rs:=RSI(pds1);}
StochRsi:=(Rs-LLV(Rs,pds2))/
(HHV(Rs,pds2)-LLV(Rs,pds2)+.000001)*100;
If(plot=3,Rs,50);
If(plot=2,Rs,StochRsi)
(Go Top)
{ Random trade generator v2.5 }{ Copyright 2001-2004 Jose Silva }
{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
MetaStock External Function DLLs folder}
{Plot indicator in its own window below price chart & refresh screen to
{Buy signal: +1, Sell signal: -1}{Smaller signals: secondary buy/sell
events}
{user input}
x:=Input("Frequency of random trades (0-100%)",
0,100,10);
seed:=Input("Randomizer seed = 1~1000000, none = 0",0,1000000,0)1;
y:=ExtFml("Random.Number",seed);
z:=(100-x)/2;
Sell:=y<50-z;

OR flag AND Alert(flag=0,2))
SellSm:=Sell AND signals>-1;
{signals display}
Random Strategy market test report
Market Trade \$ Profit test for four random strategies, as at Close Fri
23/01/2004.
Tested on 475 ASX All Ords stocks; Avg test period: 8.25 years of data
(2075 days); \$10K starting capital for each stock; 1% Entry/Exit Slippage,
\$34 brokerage each way.
Buy & Hold: +\$22,699 (+227%) avg profit per stock
Entry on Open of day one
Exit on Close of last day
Strategy 1: -\$7,540 (-75.4%) avg profit per stock
==========
Random entry (10% of max signals) set at seed 1
Random exit (10% of max signals) set at seed 1
Exit 2: -\$10,794 (-107.9%) avg profit per stock
======
Random entry (10% of max signals) set at seed 1
2% Trailing StopLoss exit
Exit 3: -\$6,851 (-68.5%) avg profit per stock
======
Random entry (10% of max signals) set at seed 1
5% Trailing StopLoss exit
Exit 4: +\$647 (+6.5%) avg profit per stock
======
Random entry (10% of max signals) set at seed 1
10% Trailing StopLoss exit
ame Direction
{It returns the number of periods the close is moving in the same
direction. A positive number indicates ascending close prices, a negative
descending ones and zero unchanged ones}
If(C>Ref(C,-1)
If(C<Ref(C,-1)
If(C>Ref(C,-1)
If(C<Ref(C,-1)
0))))

AND
AND
AND
AND

Ref(C,-1)>Ref(C,-2),PREV+1,
Ref(C,-1)<Ref(C,-2),PREV-1,
Ref(C,-1)<=Ref(C,-2),1,
Ref(C,-1)>=Ref(C,-2),-1,

## This formula might be useful as a component of other indicators, systems

or explorations, rather than as a stand-alone indicator.
(Go Top)
Setting up the ADX Template
This constructs the template mentioned in the ADX article of the October
1999 issue of TASC by Paul Babbitt.
1. Chart your stock/index/whatever, using a "Clean" template, then do the
same again, so that the two overlapping charts are displayed.
2. On the menu bar, click Windows, then Columns. The two charts will then
be displayed side-by-side.
3. Change the left-hand chart from Daily to Weekly. Right click on the date
scale and select X-Axis. Set the displayed range of dates to what you want,
e.g., 1996 to 1999. Make sure the loaded dates range starts earlier. Click
the Margin tab and set the margin to 1.
4. From the Indicator drop-down list select Moving Average and drag it to
the left-hand chart. A 40 period on the weekly chart corresponds to a 200
day MA.
5. For the right-hand chart, leave it at a daily interval but set the X-Axis as
in paragraph 3 above to, say, a 3-month display.
6. Drag the Bollinger Band indicator to the right-hand chart.
7. Drag the Directional Movement ADX indicator to the top of the righthand chart until the cursor changes to a box, then release. Set the
horizontal lines as desired.
8. Similarly drag the RSI indicator to the bottom of the right-hand chart.
(Go Top)
Shark-32 System, Walter Downs
The Shark exit signals don't appear to be all that good. In some cases, the
sell signals provide good opportunities for short-selling, but the signals
appear to be too few and far between to rely on them for sell signals for
long trades. The Shark pattern occurs too infrequently, and there's no
guarantee it'll occur when the trend reverses. With long trades, you'd have
to look to other indicators, such as CCI, as you say, or maybe Parabolic
SAR. You could use price breaking below certain moving averages, too -- or
moving- average crossovers.
Seems like entry but no exits in Shark. maybe standard CCI(13) with 200
and -150 triggers.
The shark pattern signals, in the third window in the chart I sent, were
really just alerts showing that the shark pattern had occurred on those
days. The shark system is based on the close rising above levels set when
the shark pattern occurs. The levels are set by the high and low in the
shark pattern, and the close must break through them within 25 days of
the signal.

The shark pattern, in other words, isn't a buy or sell signal. The buy signals
were shown in the second window of the chart I sent. The window is
labeled "Shark buy signal." Also, the signals are marked by green arrows
over the price plot in the first window of the chart. I didn't include sell
signals in the chart I sent earlier today. In the case of MU, the sell signals
weren't very good, to be honest.
The Shark system is really based on two separate events: the occurrence
of the pattern and then the signal.
The pattern isn't the signal. The system gives a signal if and when the
stock breaks above the high point in the pattern over the next 25 days.
The high on the first day of the pattern sets that high point. It's like a
resistance level, set by the highest point in the shark fin. Sometimes the
stock doesn't break above it, so there's no signal. The Shark pattern shows
consolidation, which may indicate an expansion in price to come. But the
breakout doesn't always occur. If the stock breaks below the low point in
the pattern, there's a sell signal.
The idea behind the system is: Look for a three-bar shark pattern, based
on progressively smaller ranges. It looks like a shark fin. Once that pattern
appears, a level is set by the highest point in the fin, which is the high(-2).
In the scan, I call that level "Sharkhigh." To get a buy signal, the price has
to close above that level within 25 days. If you want to plot "sharkhigh"
over a chart with the price, you can do it with the "BuyOK" part of the
Metastock formula by plotting this in the Expert Adviser:
Symmetry:=.28;
Apex:=(H+L)/2;
WB:=Ref(H,-2)-Ref(L,-2);
Shark:=If((H<Ref(H,-1) AND L>Ref(L,-1) AND Ref(H,-1)<Ref(H,-2) AND
Ref(L,-1)>Ref(L,-2))=1,
{ try Ref(L,-1)>Ref(L,-2)), without the "=1"}
If(apex <= (Ref(H,-2)-(WB*Symmetry)) AND Apex >=
(Ref(L,-2)+(WB*Symmetry)) ,1,0),0);
From: Brooke
For the pattern in the Indicator Builder:
Symmetry:=.28;

Apex:=(H+L)/2;
WB:=Ref(H,-2)-Ref(L,-2);
If((H<Ref(H,-1) AND L>Ref(L,-1) AND Ref(H,-1)<Ref(H,-2) AND
Ref(L,-1)>Ref(L,-2)),
If(apex <= (Ref(H,-2)-(WB*Symmetry)) AND Apex >=
(Ref(L,-2)+(WB*Symmetry)) ,1,0),0);
That's like a resistance level that the price has to break through. It lasts for
25 days or until a new Shark signal appears.
Combining Statistical and Pattern Analysis, Shark 32 - Walter T.
Down, TASC 10/1998
Equis
First, choose Expert Adviser from the Tools menu in MetaStock 6.5.
Next, choose New and enter the following formulas:
Name:
Click the Name tab and enter "Shark 32" in the Name field.
Trends:
Click the Trends tab and enter the following formulas in the Bullish
and Bearish fields.
Bullish: Mov(C,5,S)>Mov(C,20,S);
Bearish: Mov(C,5,S)<Mov(C,20,S);
Highlights:
Click the Highlights tab, choose New, and enter "3rd Bar" in the Name
field. Now change the color in the Color field to Blue. Finally, enter the
following formula in the Condition field, and then choose OK.
Symmetry:=.28;
Apex:=(H+L)/2;
WB:=Ref(H,-2)-Ref(L,-2);
Shark:=If((H<Ref(H,-1) AND L>Ref(L,-1) AND Ref(H,-1)<Ref(H,-2) AND
Ref(L,-1)>Ref(L,-2))=1,If(Apex <=
(Ref(H,-2)-(WB*Symmetry)) AND Apex >= (Ref(L,-2)+(WB*Symmetry))
,1,0),0);
Shark;
Using the same method as above, enter the following 2 highlight formulas.
Name: 2nd Bar
Color: Blue
Condition:
Symmetry:=.28;
Apex:=(H+L)/2;
WB:=Ref(H,-2)-Ref(L,-2);
Shark:=If((H<Ref(H,-1) AND L>Ref(L,-1) AND Ref(H,-1)<Ref(H,-2) AND
Ref(L,-1)>Ref(L,-2))=1,If(Apex <=

## (Ref(H,-2)-(WB*Symmetry)) AND Apex >= (Ref(L,-2)+(WB*Symmetry))

,1,0),0);
Ref(Shark,+1)=1;
Name: 1st Bar
Color: Blue
Condition:
Symmetry:=.28;
Apex:=(H+L)/2;
WB:=Ref(H,-2)-Ref(L,-2);
Shark:=If((H<Ref(H,-1) AND L>Ref(L,-1) AND Ref(H,-1)<Ref(H,-2) AND
Ref(L,-1)>Ref(L,-2))=1,If(Apex <=
(Ref(H,-2)-(WB*Symmetry)) AND Apex >= (Ref(L,-2)+(WB*Symmetry))
,1,0),0);
Ref(Shark,+2)=1;
Symbols:
Click the Symbols tab, choose New and enter "Shark Buy" in the Name
field. Now enter the following formula in the Condition field.
Symmetry:=.28;
Apex:=(H+L)/2;
WB:=Ref(H,-2)-Ref(L,-2);
Shark:=If((H<Ref(H,-1) AND L>Ref(L,-1) AND Ref(H,-1)<Ref(H,-2) AND
Ref(L,-1)>Ref(L,-2))=1,If(apex <=
(Ref(H,-2)-(WB*Symmetry)) AND Apex >= (Ref(L,-2)+(WB*Symmetry))
,1,0),0);
{Note* The above ValidChk variable makes the Shark signal valid for 25
periods. If the price does not cross above the High value of the base within
25 periods, you will not receive a signal. You can change the number of
periods by changing 25 to the number of periods you desire. *}
Click the Graphic tab. Change the symbol in the Graphic field to Buy Arrow.
Now change the color in the Color field to Green. Finally, type "Buy" in the
Label field, and then choose OK.
Using the Same method as above, enter the following Symbol formula.
Name: Shark Sell
Condition:
Symmetry:=.28;
Apex:=(H+L)/2;
WB:=Ref(H,-2)-Ref(L,-2);
Shark:=If((H<Ref(H,-1) AND L>Ref(L,-1) AND Ref(H,-1)<Ref(H,-2) AND
Ref(L,-1)>Ref(L,-2))=1,If(apex <=
(Ref(H,-2)-(WB*Symmetry)) AND Apex >= (Ref(L,-2)+(WB*Symmetry))
,1,0),0);

Sellok:=Cross(ValueWhen(1,Shark=1,Ref(L,-2)),C);
Chk:=Cum(Sellok)-ValueWhen(1,Shark=1,Cum(Sellok));
{Note* The above ValidChk variable makes the Shark signal valid for 25
periods. If the price does not cross below the Low value of the base within
25 periods, you will not receive a signal. You can change the number of
periods by changing 25 to the number of periods you desire.*}
Sell:= Sellok=1 AND Ref(Chk,-1)=0 AND ValidChk=1;
Sell;
Symbol: Sell Arrow
Color: Red
Label: Sell
(Go Top)
Shark Pattern
Symmetry:=.28;
Apex:=(H+L)/2;
WB:=Ref(H,-2)-Ref(L,-2);
If((H<Ref(H,-1) AND L>Ref(L,-1) AND Ref(H,-1)<Ref(H,-2) AND
Ref(L,-1)>Ref(L,-2)),
If(apex <= (Ref(H,-2)-(WB*Symmetry)) AND Apex >=
(Ref(L,-2)+(WB*Symmetry)) ,1,0),0);
{simply place the above in the filter section}
(Go Top)
Shifted TSMA Indicator
You could use the Reference (Ref) function to shift your indicator back in
time and you could add or multiply by a constant or variable to give your
indicator a vertical shift. I've never used a time series moving average so
I'm kind of out of my league, but I guess it could look like this:
TSMA:= Mov(CLOSE,5,TIMESERIES);
ShiftedTSMA:= Ref(TSMA, -1) + 2;
ShiftedTSMA
(Go Top)
Signal Formulas
MetaStock for Windows System Tester
01_R2/Regress Slope/MFI/TSF - (Vol Rqd)
Enter Long:
Alert(RSquared(C,21) < 0.15,21) AND
LinRegSlope(C,34) > opt1 AND
HHV(LinRegSlope(C,34),5) =
HHV(LinRegSlope(C,34),13) AND
HHV(MFI(55),5) = HHV(MFI(55),13) AND
HHV(TSF(C,55),5) = HHV(TSF(C,55),13)
Close Long:
LLV(TSF(C,55),5) = LLV(TSF(C,55),13) AND
LinRegSlope(C,34) < opt1
Enter Short:
Alert(RSquared(C,21) < 0.15,13) AND

## LinRegSlope(C,34) < opt2 AND

LLV(LinRegSlope(C,34),5) =
LLV(LinRegSlope(C,34),13) AND
LLV(MFI(55),5) = LLV(MFI(55),13) AND
LLV(TSF(C,144),5) = LLV(TSF(C,144),13)
Close Short:
HHV(TSF(C,144),5) = HHV(TSF(C,144),13)
OPTIMIZATION VARIABLES
OPT1: Min = -0.10 Max = 0.00 Step = 0.10
OPT2: Min = -0.20 Max = 0.00 Step = 0.10
STOPS ALL OFF
02_R2/Regress Slope/CMO - All
SIGNAL FORMULAS
Enter Long:
Alert(RSquared(C,21) < 0.15,21) AND
LinRegSlope(C,34) > opt1 AND
HHV(LinRegSlope(C,34),5) =
HHV(LinRegSlope(C,34),13) AND
CMO(C,55) > 0 AND
C = HHV(C,5)
Close Long:
LinRegSlope(C,34) < opt1 AND
CMO(C,55) < 0 AND
C = LLV(C,5)
Enter Short:
Alert(RSquared(C,21) < 0.15,13) AND
LinRegSlope(C,34) < opt2 AND
LLV(LinRegSlope(C,34),5) =
LLV(LinRegSlope(C,34),13) AND
CMO(C,55) < 0 AND
C = LLV(C,5)
Close Short:
LinRegSlope(C,34) > opt2 AND
CMO(C,55) > 0 AND
C = HHV(C,5)
OPTIMIZATION VARIABLES
OPT1: Min = -0.10 Max = 0.00 Step = 0.10
OPT2: Min = -0.20 Max = 0.00 Step = 0.10
STOPS ALL OFF
03_R2/Regress Slope/Qstick - (OHLC Rqd)
SIGNAL FORMULAS
Enter Long:
Alert(RSquared(C,21) < 0.15,21) AND
LinRegSlope(C,34) > opt1 AND
HHV(LinRegSlope(C,34),5) =
HHV(LinRegSlope(C,34),13) AND
Qstick(55) > opt1 AND

HHV(Qstick(55),5) = HHV(Qstick(55),13)
AND C=HHV(C,5)
Close Long:
LinRegSlope(C,34) < opt1 AND
Qstick(55) < opt1 AND
C = LLV(C,5)
Enter Short:
Alert(RSquared(C,21) < 0.15,13) AND
LinRegSlope(C,34) < opt2 AND
LLV(LinRegSlope(C,34),5) =
LLV(LinRegSlope(C,34),13) AND
Qstick(55) < opt2 AND
LLV(Qstick(55),5) = LLV(Qstick(55),13)
AND C = LLV(C,5)
Close Short:
LinRegSlope(C,34) > opt2 AND
Qstick(55) > opt2 AND
C = HHV(C,5)
OPTIMIZATION VARIABLES
OPT1: Min = -0.10 Max = 0.00 Step = 0.10
OPT2: Min = -0.10 Max = 0.00 Step = 0.10
STOPS ALL OFF
04_R2/Regress Slope/CCI/TSF - All
SIGNAL FORMULAS
Enter Long:
Alert(RSquared(C,21) < 0.15,21) AND
LinRegSlope(C,34) > opt1 AND
HHV(LinRegSlope(C,34),5) =
HHV(LinRegSlope(C,34),13) AND
HHV(CCI(55),5) = HHV(CCI(55),13) AND
CCI(55) > 0 AND
HHV(TSF(C,55),5) = HHV(TSF(C,55),13)
AND C = HHV(C,5)
Close Long:
LLV(TSF(C,55),5) = LLV(TSF(C,55),13) AND
LinRegSlope(C,34) < opt1 AND
CCI(55) < 0 AND
C = LLV(C,5)
Enter Short:
Alert(RSquared(C,21) < 0.15,13) AND
LinRegSlope(C,34) < opt2 AND
LLV(LinRegSlope(C,34),5) =
LLV(LinRegSlope(C,34),13) AND
LLV(CCI(55),5) = LLV(CCI(55),13) AND
LLV(TSF(C,144),5) = LLV(TSF(C,144),13)
AND C = LLV(C,5)
Close Short:
HHV(TSF(C,144),5) = HHV(TSF(C,144),13) AND
C = HHV(C,5)

OPTIMIZATION VARIABLES
OPT1: Min = -0.10 Max = 0.00 Step = 0.10
OPT2: Min = -0.20 Max = 0.00 Step = 0.10
STOPS ALL OFF
(Go Top)
Short term horizontal trading ranges
exploration by Jim Greening
HHV(C,21) < 1.1*Mov(C,21,S) AND
LLV(C,21) > 0.9*Mov(C,21,S)
{place the formulas above in the filter section; nothing else is required}
(Go Top)
Sideways Channels Exploration
Periodicity: Daily
Formulas
ColumnA: Top
Mov(Peak(1,H,1),45,S)-Ref(Mov(Peak(1,H,1),45,S),-45)
ColumnB: Bottom
Mov(Trough(1,L,1),45,S)-Ref(Mov(Trough(1,L,1),45,S),-45)
Filter:
ColA < 1 AND ColA > -1 AND ColB < 1 AND ColB > -1
(Go Top)
Sine Weighted Moving Average
{from Equis}
PI:=3.1415926;
SD:=180/6;
S1:=Sin(1*180/6)*C;
S2:=Sin(2*180/6)*Ref(C,-1);
S3:=Sin(3*180/6)*Ref(C,-2);
S4:=Sin(4*180/6)*Ref(C,-3);
S5:=Sin(5*180/6)*Ref(C,-4);
Num:=S1+S2+S3+S4+S5;
Den:=Sin(SD)+Sin(2*SD)+Sin(3*SD)+Sin(4*SD)+Sin(5*SD);
Num/Den
I use the peak and trough function in MetaStock to show support and
resistance levels. It could also be used as a trailing stoploss method.
(Go Top)
SIROC Indicator From Elder
ROC(Mov(C,13,E),21,%)
(Go Top)
Slope of a Linear Regression Line
The following custom formula will return the slope of a Linear Regression
Line.
tp:=Input("Time Periods",1,200,21);

((tp*(Sum(Cum(1)*C,tp)))-(Sum(Cum(1),tp)*(Sum(C,tp))))/
((tp*Sum(Pwr(Cum(1),2),tp))Pwr(Sum(Cum(1),tp),2))
(Go Top)
SPECIAL TRIX
This is my own version of the well-known indicator, TRIX. I have had much
better results with this than the canned version that comes with every
charting program.
trix(12)-ref((trix(12)),-1)
(Go Top)
Stix Indicator
Mov((H+L)/2,5,S)-Mov((H+L)/2,35,S)
(Go Top)
Stochastic and RSI System
Mov((RSI(8)-LLV(RSI(8),8))/(HHV(RSI(8),8)-(LLV(RSI(8),8))),5,w)*100
A formula like this works best with confirming indicators. If the MACD 1334-89 is above the zero line (purple line in window 2 above), it confirms
and uptrend and the indicator is usually more accurate. If the MACD 13-3489 is below the zero line, then a "short" indication from the StochRSI may
give better results.StochRSI 13 also gives excellent indicators- in this index
it had 4 out of 5 winning signals in two year period. The time between
signals is of course longer. Check this method out on your favorite issues.
(Go Top)
Stochastic MA System
enter long
mov(stoch(55,21),5,w)>ref(mov(stoch(55,21),5,w),-1)
and mov(stoch(55,21),5,w)<75 and
mov(stoch(55,21),5,w)>20
exit long
(mov(stoch(55,21),5,w)<75 and
ref(mov(stoch(55,21),5,w),-1)>75)
enter short
(mov(stoch(55,21),5,w)<70 and
ref(mov(stoch(55,21),5,w),-1)>70) and
mov(stoch(55,21),5,w)<ref(mov(stoch(55,21),5,w),-1)
exit short
mov(stoch(55,21),5,w)>ref(mov(stoch(55,21),5,w),-1)
and mov(stoch(55,21),5,w)<75 and
mov(stoch(55,21),5,w)>20
(Go Top)
Stochastic Momentum
SMI-Plex:=
StochMomentum(2,1,2)+StochMomentum(3,2,1)+StochMomentum(4,2,3)
+StochMomentum
(5,3,5)+StochMomentum(8,21,13)+StochMomentum(13,25,2)
SMI13E-Plex:=
Mov(StochMomentum(2,1,2)+StochMomentum(3,2,1)+StochMomentum(4,
2,3)+StochMome
ntum(5,3,5)+StochMomentum(8,21,13)+StochMomentum(13,25,2),13,E)
(Go Top)
Stochastic Momentum Indicator

## {Appeared in the January 1993 issue of Stocks & Commodities magazine}

100 * ( Mov( Mov(C - (.5 * ( HHV(H,13) + LLV(L,13))),25,E),2,E) / (.5*Mov(
Mov( HHV(H,13) - LLV(L,13),25,E),2,E)))
(Go Top)
StochPVT Indicators
Though not directly related to the volume percent indicator, I have
recently been using a volume indicator that I wrote myself in MetaStock's
formula language. It uses the same idea that Chande used to turn RSI into
the StochRSI oscillator and the preprogrammed Price Volume Trend
function. Price Volume Trend is similar to On Balance Volume, except that
as the volume is accumulated, it is weighted according to the percent
price change from the previous close.
I use fast and slow "stochastic" lines to judge when either accumulation or
distribution is taking place. I used a look back period of 19 days which fits
my style. Signals are generated by the fast crossing above or below the
slow lines. I have not worked with it enough to say whether or not
divergences offer signals too.
Formulas for the StochPVT are shown below:
{Fast line}
Mov((PVT()-LLV(PVT(),19))/
(HHV(PVT(),19)-LLV(PVT(),19)), 5, S)
{Slow Line}
Mov(Mov((PVT()-LLV(PVT(),19))/
(HHV(PVT(),19)-LLV(PVT(),19)), 5, S),3,S)
(Go Top)
Stoch RSI
Although I keep the best of the bunch as a "super secret" for friends,
relatives, and clients ... here is a smattering of formulae that might be
useful. StoRSI's perform very differently when you plug in various
numbers. Experiment and determine which are most suitable for your
style and markets. Substitute numbers, apply moving averages, get
creative. These are just a few:
((RSI(21)-LLV(RSI(21),8))/((HHV(RSI(21),13))-LLV(RSI(21),13)))
((RSI(21)-LLV(RSI(21),21))/((HHV(RSI(21),21))-LLV(RSI(21),21)))
((RSI(14)-LLV(RSI(14),14))/((HHV(RSI(14),14))-LLV(RSI(14),14)))
Mov((RSI(21)-LLV(RSI(21),13))/(HHV(RSI(21),8)(LLV(RSI(21)+.00001,13))),8,E)*100
Mov((RSI(5)-LLV(RSI(5),5))/(HHV(RSI(5),5)- (LLV(RSI(5),5))),3,E)*100
Mov((RSI(13)-LLV(RSI(13),13))/(HHV(RSI(13),13)(LLV(RSI(13),13))),3,E)*100
(Go Top)

## Stop Loss Indicator

periodsshort:=Input("periods if short",1,50,10);
periodslong:=input("periods
if long",1,50,10);
HHV(H,periodsshort)-atr(periodsshort);{stop loss level for short positions}
LLV(L,periodslong)+ATR(periodslong);{stop loss level for long positions}
(Go Top)
ST Oscillator
{The StTO is really nothing unique. It is basically a momentum indicator
and plots very similar to the "Chande Momentum Oscillator" with the main
difference being the "StTO" doesn't seem to swing as far as the CMO. I am
not sure how the math is calculated for the CMO, but the (basic) math for
the StTO is:
(Close- Yesterday's Close) /(H-L)}
{Here is the MetaStock code I use:}
{name: StTO}
{Short-term Trend Oscillator}
Lb:=Input("Smoothing Period?",1,60,5);
Num:=C-Ref(C,-1);
Den:=H-L;
Mn:=If(Mov(Num,Lb,S)=0,.01,Mov(Num,Lb,S));
Md:=If(Mov(Den,Lb,S)=0,.01,Mov(Den,Lb,S));
(Mn/Md)*100
(Go Top)
Starc Band
STARC BAND Formula = (Mov(Typical(),5,S))
Starc Upper Band:
Fml( "STARC BAND" )+ (ATR(15)*1.33)
Starc Lower Band:
Fml( "STARC BAND" )-(ATR(15)*1.33)
Any five day moving average will work.
(Go Top)
Support and Resistance
I wrote this MetaStock Expert for calculating the support 1& 2 and
resistance 1 & 2 as per Futures magazine, October 1999, page 52.
FIRST RESISTANCE: WRITEVAL(-L+(2* (H+L+C)/3),1.2)
SECOND RESISTANCE: WRITEVAL(((H+L+C)/3) +((-L+(2*
(H+L+C)/3))-(-H+(2* (H+L+C)/3))),1.2)
FIRST SUPPORT:
WRITEVAL(-H+(2*(H+L+C)/3),1.2)
SECOND SUPPORT: WRITEVAL(((H+L+C)/3)
-((-L+(2* (H+L+C)/3))-(-H+(2* (H+L+C)/3))),1.2)
(Go Top)
Support and Resistance Levels
AVd:=If(CLOSE>Ref(Peak(1,H,1) ,-1),

{then}1,
{else}If(CLOSE<Ref(Trough(1,L,1),-1),
{then}-1,
{else}0));
ANv:=ValueWhen(1,AVd<>0,AVd);
SuRe:=If(ANv=-1,
{then}Peak(1,H,1),
{else}Trough(1,L,1));
SuRe;
{StochCMO}
mp1:=Input("RSI Periods",1,377,13);
mp2:=Input("Stoch Periods",1,377,13);
mp3:=Input("Slowing Periods",1,377,1);
mp4:=Input("EMA Periods",1,377,5);
Mov(Sum((CMO(c,mp1)-LLV(CMO(c,mp1),mp2)),mp3)/Sum((.0000001+
(HHV(CMO(c,mp1),
mp2)-(LLV(CMO(c,mp1),mp2)))),mp3),mp4,E)*100
(Go Top)
System Test Examples
from Glen Wallace
"Buy at the open plus half the average true range of the last ten days?"
HIGH >= OPEN + 0.5*Ref(ATR(10), -1)
"If these two moving averages cross today, buy on tomorrow's open."
MA1:= Mov(CLOSE, 10, SIMPLE);
MA2:= Mov(CLOSE, 20, SIMPLE);
Ref(Cross(MA1, MA2), -1)
(with System Testing Options | Testing tab | Entry Price set to "Open" and
delay set to
zero)
"Exit five bars after entry."
(Go Top)
Short Volume Wave
if(oscv(1,50,S,%),>,0, if(V,>,ref(V,-1),1,0),0)
(Go Top)
Slope of a Line
The following custom formula returns the slope of a line. For example, this
formula returns the slope of a 14 day run of the security's closing prices.
( (14 * (Sum(Cum( 1 ) * C ,14 ) ) ) - (Sum(Cum( 1 ) ,14 ) * (Sum( C ,
14) ) ) ) /
( (14 * Sum(Pwr (Cum( 1 ) ,2 ) ,14 ) ) - Pwr(Sum(Cum( 1 ) ,14 ) ,2 ) )
To apply this to different lines you would replace C with the desired syntax
for the line. For example the slope of a 25 period simple moving average
would be:

## ( ( Sum(Cum(1) * Mov(C,25,S),14) ) - (Sum(Cum(1),14) *

Sum(Mov(C,25,S),14) / 14) )
/ ( (Sum(Power(Cum(1),2),14) ) - (Power(Sum(Cum(1),14),2) / 14) )
You could also make this a universal formula by using the P variable. You
could then plot the formula on top of any line.
( (14*(Sum(Cum(1)*P,14) ) ) - Sum(Cum(1),14)*(Sum(P,14 ) ) ) /
( (14*Sum(Pwr(Cum(1),
2 ),14 ) )-Pwr(Sum(Cum(1),14),2 ) )
(Go Top)
Standard Error Bands for MetaStock for Windows
For interpretation refer to the article "Standard Error Bands", in the
September 96 issue of TASC, written by Jon Anderson.
21 period Upper Band (smoothed):
Mov((21 * Sum(Cum(1) * C,21) - Sum(Cum(1),21) * Sum(C,21)) /
(21 * Sum(Pwr(Cum(1),2),21) - Pwr(Sum(Cum(1),21),2)) * Cum(1) +
(Mov(C,21,S)
- Mov(Cum(1),21,S) * (21 * Sum(Cum(1) * C,21) - Sum(Cum(1),21) *
Sum(C,21))/
(21 * Sum(Pwr(Cum(1),2),21) - Pwr(Sum(Cum(1),21),2)))
+2*(Sqrt(((Sum(Power(C,2),
21)-(Power(Sum(C,21),2)/21)) -((Sum(Cum(1)*C,21))((Sum(Cum(1),21)*Sum(C,21)/21))
)/ ((Sum(Power(Cum(1),2),21))-(Power(Sum(Cum(1),21),2)/21))
*((Sum(Cum(1)
*C,21))-((Sum(Cum(1),21)*Sum(C,21)/21)))) /19)),3,S)
21 period Lower Band (smoothed):
Mov((21 * Sum(Cum(1) * C,21) - Sum(Cum(1),21) * Sum(C,21)) / (21
* Sum(Pwr(Cum(1),2),21) - Pwr(Sum(Cum(1),21),2)) * Cum(1) +
(Mov(C,21,S)
- Mov(Cum(1),21,S) * (21 * Sum(Cum(1) * C,21) - Sum(Cum(1),21) *
Sum(C,21))/ (21
* Sum(Pwr(Cum(1),2),21) - Pwr(Sum(Cum(1),21),2))) 2*(Sqrt(((Sum(Power(C,2)
,21)-(Power(Sum(C,21),2)/21)) -((Sum(Cum(1)*C,21))- ((Sum(Cum(1),21) *
Sum(C,21)/21)
)) / ((Sum(Power(Cum (1),2),21))(Power(Sum(Cum(1),21),2)/21))*((Sum(Cum(1)*C,21))
- ((Sum(Cum(1),21)*Sum(C,21)/21)))) /19)),3,S)
21 period R2 (smoothed):
Mov((Pwr(Corr(Cum(1),C,21,0),2)),3,S)
21 period Regression Slope:
(((Sum(Cum(1)*C,21))-(Sum(Cum(1),21)*Sum(C,21)/21)) /
((Sum(Power(Cum(1),2)
,21))-(Power(Sum(Cum(1),21),2)/21)))
21 period %A:
((C-Fml("21 period lower band (smoothed)")) / (Fml("21 period upper
band(smoothed)
") -Fml("21 period lower band (smoothed)")))
21 period Regression (smoothed):
Mov((21*Sum(Cum(1)*C,21)-Sum(Cum(1),21)*Sum(C,21))/
(21*Sum(Pwr(Cum(1),2),21)Pwr(Sum(Cum(1),21),2))*Cum(1) +(Mov(C,21,S) - Mov(Cum(1),21,S) *
(21*Sum(Cum(1)
* C,21) - Sum(Cum(1),21)*Sum(C,21))/(21*Sum(Pwr(Cum(1),2),

21) -Pwr(Sum(Cum(1),21),2))),3,S)
(Go Top)
Stochastic %D
The following formula is a three day moving average of a 14 day
Stochastic. In MetaStock for Windows this would be the indicator line that
is plotted with the built in Stochastic indicator
Mov( ( ( ( C - LLV( L,14 ) ) /( HHV( H,14 ) - LLV( L,14 ) ) ) * 100 ) ,3 ,S )
(Go Top)
Stochastic Wave Long
if(ref(stoch(14,3),-1),=,llv(stoch(14,3),3),2,
if(stoch(14,3),=,llv(stoch(14,3),3),1,0))
(Go Top)
Stochastic Wave Short
if(ref(stoch(14,3),-1),=,hhv(stoch(14,3),3),2,
if(stoch(14,3),=,hhv(stoch(14,3),3),1,0))
(Go Top)
Support and Resistance
Think of security prices as the result of a head-to-head battle between a
bull (the buyer) and a bear (the seller). The bulls push prices higher and
the bears push prices lower. The direction prices actually move reveals
who is winning the battle.
Support levels indicate the price where the majority of investors believe
that prices will move higher, and resistance levels indicate the price at
which a majority of investors feel prices will move lower.
To create the Support and Resistance indicator in MetaStock use the
following custom formula:
LookBack := Input("Look Back Periods",1,1000,10);
Resistance :=ValueWhen(1,Cross(Mov(C, LookBack,
S),C),HHV(H, LookBack));
Support :=ValueWhen(1,Cross(C,Mov(C, LookBack,
S)),LLV(L, LookBack));
Resistance;
Support;
To use this formula most effectively, use the parameters dialogue to
change the style to a dotted line while increasing the line weighting.
(Go Top)
Simple Moving Average with Resistance and Support
In this issue, Dennis L.Tilley uses support and resistance to confirm price
and SMA crossover signals in his article "Simple Moving Average with
Resistance and Support".
In MetaStock for Windows, you can easily recreate the SMARS Indicators
discussed in Tilley's article. First, choose Indicator Builder from the Tools
menu in MetaStock 6.5. Next, choose New and enter the following
formulas:
Resistance and Support
LookBack := Input("Look Back Periods",1,1000,10);
Resistance :=ValueWhen(1,Cross(Mov(C, LookBack, S),C),HHV(H,
LookBack));
Support :=ValueWhen(1,Cross(C,Mov(C, LookBack, S)),LLV(L, LookBack));
Resistance;
Support;

## Resistance and Support * F

PrCnt:=Input("Percentage",0,100,10);
LookBack:= Input("Look Back Periods",1,1000,10);
Resistance:=ValueWhen(1,Cross(Mov(C,LookBack,S),C),HHV(H,LookBack));
Support:=ValueWhen(1,Cross(C,Mov(C,LookBack,S)),LLV(L,LookBack));
Resistance * ((100-prcnt)/100);
Support * ((prcnt/100)+1);
*Note: It is much easier to see the difference between the actual
"Resistance and Support" lines and the "Resistance and Support * F " lines
if you change the color and/or style of one of them.
To Display the Indicators in MetaStock 6.5 Drag the "Moving Average"
indicator from the Indicator QuickList into the price window. Choose Simple
as the method, enter the time periods and then click OK.
Now, drag the "Resistance and Support" indicator from the QuickList into
the price window. You will be prompted to enter the "Look Back" periods.
You should select the same time periods you used with the "Moving
Average".
Finally, drag the "Resistance and Support * F" indicator into the price
window. You will be prompted to enter the "Percentage" and the "Look
Back" periods. If you would like the indicator to be a 10% difference from
the "Resistance and Support" line, you would enter 10. You should select
the same time periods you used with the "Moving Average".
(Go Top)
Smoothing Techniques for More Accurate Signals
The following MetaStock formulas are from the 1998 January TASC article
"Smoothing Techniques for more Accurate Signals", by Tim Tillson. Refer to
his article for interpretation.
"More sophisticated smoothing techniques can be used to determine
market trend. Better trend recognition can be lead to more accurate
ILRS
Periods:=Input("Periods?",2,63,11);
Size:=LastValue(Cum(1));
Start:=LastValue(Ref(Mov(P,Periods,S),Periods-Size));
Cum(LinRegSlope(P,Periods))+Start;
T3
Periods:=Input("Periods?",1,63,5);
a:=Input("Hot?",0,2,.7);
e1:=Mov(P,Periods,E);
e2:=Mov(e1,Periods,E);
e3:=Mov(e2,Periods,E);
e4:=Mov(e3,Periods,E);
e5:=Mov(e4,Periods,E);
e6:=Mov(e5,Periods,E);
c1:=-a*a*a;
c2:=3*a*a+3*a*a*a;
c3:=-6*a*a-3*a-3*a*a*a;

c4:=1+3*a+a*a*a+3*a*a;
c1*e6+c2*e5+c3*e4+c4*e3;
Stock Rhythm System
In Jeffrey Owen Katz's article "Trading stocks with a cyclical system" he
introduces the Stock Rhythm System. In MetaStock 6.5, or higher, you can
easily create this system. With MetaStock running choose "System Tester"
from the Tools menu, click on the New button and enter the following
formulas:
Signal Formulas
Enter Long
thresh:= 4;
k:= 3;
m:= 63;
Value1:= Stdev(Ref(ROC(C,k,\$),-m),20);
Value2:= Ref(ROC(C,k,\$),-m);
When(Value2 > thresh*Value1)
Close Long
thresh:= 4;
k:= 3;
m:= 63;
Value1:= Stdev(Ref(ROC(C,k,\$),-m),20);
Value2:= Ref(ROC(C,k,\$),-m);
When(Value2 <-thresh*Value1)
Stops
Inactivity Positions - Long and Short Method - Points Minimum Change 15000 Periods - 10
After entering the formulas click OK, then click on Options. On the Testing
page set the Trade Delay to 0, set Positions to Both, then set any other
desired options Click OK to save the changes, then open a chart and run
the system.
(Go Top...)
Schaff Trend Cycle Oscillator
{ Schaff Trend Cycle Oscillator v1.0 }{ Automatic trigger levels }{ Also
see: "MACD oscillator - Schaff Trend Cycle" }{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
{ With thanks to Tim Straiton, www.stoploss.ch }
{ variables input }
pdsCy:=Input("Schaff cycle periods",2,252,10);
pdsSh:=Input("Short periods",1,252,10);
pdsLg:=Input("Long periods",2,2520,21);
{ Schaff Trend Cycle }
MCD:=Wilders(MP(),pdsSh)-Wilders(MP(),pdsLg);
ST:=(MCD-LLV(MCD,pdsCy))
/(HHV(MCD,pdsCy)-LLV(MCD,pdsCy))*100;
STC:=Wilders(ST,pdsCy/2);
{ automatic trigger levels }
pk:=Ref(STC,-1)>STC AND Ref(STC,-1)>Ref(STC,-2);
pkVal:=If(pk,Ref(STC,-1),0);

pkAvg:=Cum(pkVal)/(Cum(pk)+.000001);
pkAvg:=If(pkAvg=0,100,pkAvg);
tr:=Ref(STC,-1)<STC AND Ref(STC,-1)<Ref(STC,-2);
trVal:=If(tr,Ref(STC,-1),0);
trAvg:=Cum(trVal)/(Cum(tr)+.000001);
{ plot on own window }
pkAvg;trAvg;STC
Schaff Trend Cycle Indicator
{ Schaff Trend Cycle Indicator v1.0 }{ Automatic trigger levels }{ Also
see: "MACD oscillator - Schaff Trend Cycle" }{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
{ With thanks to Tim Straiton, www.stoploss.ch }
{ variables input }
buffer:=Input("Long/Short buffer zone %",
0,100,0)/100;
pdsCy:=Input("Schaff cycle periods",2,252,10);
pdsSh:=Input("Short periods",1,252,10);
pdsLg:=Input("Long periods",2,2520,21);
{ Schaff Trend Cycle }
MCD:=Wilders(MP(),pdsSh)-Wilders(MP(),pdsLg);
ST:=(MCD-LLV(MCD,pdsCy))
/(HHV(MCD,pdsCy)-LLV(MCD,pdsCy))*100;
STC:=Wilders(ST,pdsCy/2);
{ Schaff Trend Cycle }
MCD:=Wilders(MP(),pdsSh)-Wilders(MP(),pdsLg);
ST:=(MCD-LLV(MCD,pdsCy))
/(HHV(MCD,pdsCy)-LLV(MCD,pdsCy))*100;
STC:=Wilders(ST,pdsCy/2);
{ automatic trigger levels }
pk:=Ref(STC,-1)>STC AND Ref(STC,-1)>Ref(STC,-2);
pkVal:=If(pk,Ref(STC,-1),0);
pkAvg:=Cum(pkVal)/(Cum(pk)+.000001);
pkAvg:=If(pkAvg=0,100,pkAvg);
tr:=Ref(STC,-1)<STC AND Ref(STC,-1)<Ref(STC,-2);
trVal:=If(tr,Ref(STC,-1),0);
trAvg:=Cum(trVal)/(Cum(tr)+.000001);
{ STC crossover signals }
In:=Cross(pkAvg,STC);
Out:=Cross(STC,trAvg);
InInit:=Cum(In)=1;
Init:=Cum(In+Out>-1)=1;
< BarsSince(Init OR Out)+InInit;
OR flag AND Alert(flag=0,2))
{ trend support/resistance levels }

STCI:=If(flag,ValueWhen(1,signals,L*(1-buffer)),
ValueWhen(1,signals=-1 OR Init,H*(1+buffer)));
{ alternative STC crossover signals method}
tb:=ValueWhen(1,Cross(STC,trAvg),H*(1+buffer));
ts:=ValueWhen(1,Cross(pkAvg,STC),L*(1-buffer));
STCI:=If(bb<bs,tb,ts);}
{ plot on price chart }
STCI
(Go Top...)
Signal accumulator
{ Accumulates OBV/Volume (or any other signals) between & including
two user-input dates }
{signal to accumulate - OBV}
x:=If(C>Ref(C,-1),V,If(C<Ref(C,-1),-V,0));
{signal to accumulate - Volume}
{x:=V;}
StDay:=Input("Start Day",1,31,1);
StMnth:=Input("start Month",1,12,10);
StYear:=Input("start Year",1960,2060,2003);
EnDay:=Input("End Day",1,31,31);
EnMnth:=Input("end Month",1,12,10);
EnYear:=Input("end Year",1960,2060,2003);
start:=Year()>StYear
OR (Year()=StYear AND (Month()>StMnth
OR Month()=StMnth AND DayOfMonth()>=StDay));
end:=Year()<EnYear
OR (Year()=EnYear AND (Month()<EnMnth
OR Month()=EnMnth AND DayOfMonth()<=EnDay));
period:=start AND end;
If(period,Cum(If(period,x,0)),0)
(Go Top...)
Siroc
{ Siroc v2.0 }{ System1: trigger crossovers }{ System2: auto overbought/sold crossovers }{ Copyright 2002-2004 Jose Silva }
{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
prd1:=Input("first period",2,252,21);
prd2:=Input("second period",2,252,10);
prdCrs:=Input("crossover periods",2,252,5);
x:=Input("use Open=1 High=2 Low=3 Close=4 MP=5 P=6",1,6,5);
plot:=Input("Siroc, System1, System3",1,3,1);
x:=If(x=1,O,If(x=2,H,If(x=3,L,If(x=5,V,If(x=6,P,C)))));
Src:=Mov((x-Mov(x,prd1,E))
/Ref(Mov(x,prd1,E),-prd1),prd1,E);
prd2:=prd2*2-1;

y:=Src-Ref(Src,-1);
Siroc:=100-100/(1+If(Mov(
If(Src<Ref(Src,-1),-y,0),prd2,E)=0,1000000,
Mov(If(Src>Ref(Src,-1),y,0),prd2,E)
/(Mov(If(Src<Ref(Src,-1),-y,0),prd2,E)
+.000001)));
SirocAvg:=Cum(Siroc)/Cum(Siroc>-1);
{ Automatic peak/trough historical boundaries }
pk:=Ref(Siroc,-1)>Ref(Siroc,-2)
AND Ref(Siroc,-1)>Siroc
AND Ref(Siroc,-1)>SirocAvg;
pkVal:=ValueWhen(1,pk,Ref(Siroc,-1));
oBought:=Cum(pkVal)/Cum(pkVal>-1);
tr:=Ref(Siroc,-1)<Ref(Siroc,-2)
AND Ref(Siroc,-1)<Siroc
AND Ref(Siroc,-1)<SirocAvg;
trVal:=ValueWhen(1,tr,Ref(Siroc,-1));
oSold:=Cum(trVal)/Cum(trVal>-1);
{ System signals }
dTrigger:=Mov(Siroc,prdCrs,E);
System1:=
Cross(Siroc,dTrigger)-Cross(dTrigger,Siroc);
System2:=
Cross(Siroc,oSold)-Cross(Siroc,oBought);
signals:=If(plot=2,System1,System2);
If(plot=1,oBought,0);
If(plot=1,oSold,0);
If(plot=1,dTrigger,0);
If(plot=1,Siroc,signals)
Siroc II
{ Siroc II v2.0 }{ System1: trigger crossovers }{ System2: auto overbought/sold crossovers }{ Copyright 2002-2004 Jose Silva }
{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
prd1:=Input("first period",2,252,21);
prd2:=Input("second period",2,252,10);
prd3:=Input("crossover periods",2,252,5);
x:=Input("use Open=1 High=2 Low=3 Close=4 MP=5 P=6",1,6,5);
plot:=Input("Siroc, System1, System3",1,3,1);
x:=If(x=1,O,If(x=2,H,If(x=3,L,If(x=5,MP(),If(x=6,P,C)))));
y:=Mov(x,prd1,E);
z:=Mov((x-y)/Ref(y,-prd1),prd2,E);
Siroc:=100
*Mov(If(z>Ref(z,-1),z-Ref(z,-1),0),prd3,E)
/(Mov(If(z>Ref(z,-1),z-Ref(z,-1),0),prd3,E)
+Mov(If(z<Ref(z,-1),Ref(z,-1)-z,0),prd3,E)

+.000001);
SirocAvg:=Cum(Siroc)/Cum(Siroc>-1);
{ Automatic peak/trough historical boundaries }
pk:=Ref(Siroc,-1)>Ref(Siroc,-2)
AND Ref(Siroc,-1)>Siroc
AND Ref(Siroc,-1)>SirocAvg;
pkVal:=ValueWhen(1,pk,Ref(Siroc,-1));
oBought:=Cum(pkVal)/Cum(pkVal>-1);
tr:=Ref(Siroc,-1)<Ref(Siroc,-2)
AND Ref(Siroc,-1)<Siroc
AND Ref(Siroc,-1)<SirocAvg;
trVal:=ValueWhen(1,tr,Ref(Siroc,-1));
oSold:=Cum(trVal)/Cum(trVal>-1);
{ System signals }
dTrigger:=Mov(Siroc,prd3,E);
System1:=
Cross(Siroc,dTrigger)-Cross(dTrigger,Siroc);
System2:=
Cross(Siroc,oSold)-Cross(Siroc,oBought);
signals:=If(plot=2,System1,System2);
If(plot=1,oBought,0);
If(plot=1,oSold,0);
If(plot=1,dTrigger,0);
If(plot=1,Siroc,signals)
(Go Top...)
Smart System design - Long
{ Simple combined Entry & Exit system }{ Plots +1 spike on entry, -1 on
exit signals }{ Warning: this trading system is a design example only - do
not trade! }{ Copyright 2003 Jose Silva }{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
{*** user input section ***}
delay:=1; {delay entry/exit x periods}
pds:=Input("global entry/exit periods",
1,252,21);
En1:=Input("enable EMA entry",0,1,1);
En2:=Input("enable HHV entry",0,1,1);
Ex1:=Input("enable EMA exit",0,1,1);
Ex2:=Input("enable LLV exit",0,1,1);
Ex3:=Input("enable ATR exit",0,1,1);
{*** place your entry/exit conditions here ***}
EntryCond1:=Cross(C,Mov(C,pds,E)*1.05);
EntryCond2:=Cross(C,Ref(HHV(C,pds),-1));
ExitCond1:=C<Mov(C,pds,E);
ExitCond2:=C<Ref(LLV(C,pds),-1);
ExitCond3:=C<HHV(C,pds)-ATR(pds)*2.5;
{*** system logic section ***}

En1:=If(En1,EntryCond1,0);
En2:=If(En2,EntryCond2,0);
Ex1:=If(Ex1,ExitCond1,0);
Ex2:=If(Ex2,ExitCond2,0);
Ex3:=If(Ex3,ExitCond3,0);
{*** system signals logic section ***}
In:=En1 OR En2;
Out:=Ex1 OR Ex2 OR Ex3;
Init:=Cum(In+Out>-1)=1;
< BarsSince(Init OR Out)+(Cum(In)=1);
{*** system signals display section ***}
More advanced system developers:
Smart System Long Entry developer
{
{
{
{

## Plots +1 spike on Long entry signal }

Warning: this trading system is a design example only - do not trade! }
Copyright 2003 Jose Silva }
josesilva22@yahoo.com }

## {*** user input section ***}

pds:=Input("global entry periods",1,252,21);
En1:=Input("enable EMA entry",0,1,1);
En2:=Input("enable HHV entry",0,1,1);
En3:=Input("enable ATR entry",0,1,1);
En4:=Input("enable WR% entry",0,1,1);
En5:=Input("enable CMF entry",0,1,1);
{*** place your entry Long conditions here ***}
Entry1:=Cross(C,Mov(C,pds,E)*1.05);
Entry2:=Cross(C,Ref(HHV(C,pds),-1));
Entry3:=Cross(C,HHV(C-2.5*ATR(pds),pds));
Entry4:=Cross(WillR(pds),-50);
Entry5:=Cross(CMF(pds),0);
{*** system logic section ***}
En1:=If(En1,Entry1,0);
En2:=If(En2,Entry2,0);
En3:=If(En3,Entry3,0);
En4:=If(En4,Entry4,0);
En5:=If(En5,Entry5,0);
entry:=En1 OR En2 OR En3 OR En4 OR En5;

## {*** system entry output section ***}

entry
Smart System Long Exit developer
{Plots -1 spike on Long exit signal}
{Warning: this trading system is a design example only - do not trade!}
{Copyright 2003 Jose Silva}
{josesilva22@yahoo.com}
{*** user input section ***}
pds:=Input("global exit periods",1,252,10);
Ex1:=Input("enable EMA exit",0,1,1);
Ex2:=Input("enable LLV exit",0,1,1);
Ex3:=Input("enable ATR exit",0,1,1);
Ex4:=Input("enable WR% exit",0,1,1);
Ex5:=Input("enable CMF exit",0,1,1);
{*** place your exit Long conditions here ***}
Exit1:=C<Mov(C,pds,E);
Exit2:=C<Ref(LLV(C,pds),-1);
Exit3:=C<LLV(C+2.5*ATR(pds),pds);
Exit4:=WillR(pds)<-50;
Exit5:=CMF(pds)<0;
{*** system logic section ***}
Ex1:=If(Ex1,Exit1,0);
Ex2:=If(Ex2,Exit2,0);
Ex3:=If(Ex3,Exit3,0);
Ex4:=If(Ex4,Exit4,0);
Ex5:=If(Ex5,Exit5,0);
exit:=-(Ex1 OR Ex2 OR Ex3 OR Ex4 OR Ex5);
{*** system exit output section ***}
exit
Smart System Long trade signals
{ Plots +1 on entry, -1 spike on exit signals }{ Change user-input default
settings within code in referenced indicators: "Smart System Long Entry
developer" & "Smart System Long Exit developer" }
{ Warning: this trading system is a design example only - do not trade! }
{ Copyright 2003 Jose Silva }{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
delay:=Input("Entry and Exit delay",0,5,0);
plot:=Input("plot: entry/exit signals=1, trade binary=2",1,2,1);
In:=Fml("Smart System Long Entry developer");

## Out:=Fml("Smart System Long Exit developer")=-1;

Init:=Cum(In+Out>-1)=1;
InInit:=Cum(In)=1;
< BarsSince(Init OR Out)+InInit,-delay);
In1:=Cum(Cum(In))=1;
Out1:=Cum(Cum(Out))=1;
OR flag AND Alert(flag=0,2))
odd:=Cum(1)/2=Int(Cum(1)/2);
0;
Ref(If(plot=1,In1,0),-delay);
If(plot=1,0,If(odd,flag,0));
If(plot=1,signals,flag)
TASC Trader's Tip: Volatility % Indicator (Dec '97)
You can easily create the Volatility% Indicator from William Browers article
in MetaStock for Windows. First choose Indicator Builder from the Tools
menu in MetaStock. Next choose New and enter one of the following
formulas:
Formula for MetaStock 6.5
Volatility%
Lookback := Input("Time Periods",1,1000,50);
HighVolatility := Input("High Volatility %",.01,100,3);
100 * Sum(100 * ATR(1)/CLOSE > HighVolatility, Lookback)/Lookback
(Go Top)
Tema PV Binary Wave
Use of Tema PV Binary Wave and Tema QStick Formulas in MetaStock, from
"JimG"
There are really two different ways to use these formulas. Since the Binary
Wave is a smoothed addition of several technical indicators that each give
+1 when bullish, 0 when neutral and -1 when negative, it makes sense
that a positive number is bullish and rising numbers are bullish. Similarly
negative numbers and falling numbers are bearish.
The QStick is really a candlestick type indicator, but can be read as bullish
or bearish in same way as the Binary Wave.
The two traditional ways to play them are to buy on a rise from a negative
peak and sell on a fall from a positive peak, or to buy on a zero cross over
to the upside and sell on a zero crossover to the downside. Of course you
can optimize and find various buy and sell levels as long as you
understand what is bearish and what is bullish.
My own MetaStock system tests alerts on the BW crossing a moving
average of itself and buys or sells on a confirmation of Qstick turning
positive or negative respectively. Having said that, I don't make my buy an
sell decisions from the indicators or the system test. I do use the system

test as an initial screen and use a buy signal as a flag to move the stock to
my watch list. I make all buying and selling decisions based on the trend
channels. Over the years, I've found that works best for me.
(Go Top)
Tema PV Binary Wave and Tema QStick Formulas--use of
in MetaStock, from "JimG"
There are really two different ways to use these formulas. Since the Binary
Wave is a smoothed addition of several technical indicators that each give
+1 when bullish, 0 when neutral and -1 when negative, it makes sense
that a positive number is bullish
and rising numbers are bullish. Similarly negative numbers and falling
numbers are bearish.
The QStick is really a candlestick type indicator, but can be read as bullish
or bearish in same way as the Binary Wave.
The two traditional ways to play them are to buy on a rise from a negative
peak and sell on a fall from a positive peak, or to buy on a zero cross over
to the upside and sell on a zero crossover to the downside. Of course you
can optimize and find various buy and sell levels as long as you
understand what is bearish and what is bullish.
My own MetaStock system tests alerts on the BW crossing a moving
average of itself and buys or sells on a confirmation of Qstick turning
positive or negative respectively. Having said that, I don't make my buy an
sell decisions from the indicators or the system test. I do use the system
test as an initial screen and use a buy signal as a flag to move the stock to
my watch list. I make all buying and selling decisions based on the trend
channels. Over the years, I've found that works best for me.
The HIGHER CLOSES MetaStock exploration should be entered as follows:
colA CLOSE
colB ref(C,-1)
colC ref(C,-2)
filter colA > colB AND colB > colC
{General Purpose Intermediate Term MACD Indicator}
( Mov( C,13,E ) - Mov( C,34,E ) ) - Mov( ( Mov( C,13,E ) Mov( C,34,E ) ),89,E )
{General Purpose Short Term MACD Indicator}
( Mov( C,8,E ) - Mov( C,17,E ) ) - Mov( ( Mov( C,8,E ) - Mov( C,17,E ) ),9,E )
(Go Top)
Tema StochRSI Formula
I use is Tema smoothed and I subtract 0.5 so I can plot it as a histogram.
It's:}
Periods := Input("Enter Tema Smoothing Periods",5,233,13);
Tema(((RSI(Periods) - LLV(RSI(Periods),Periods)) /
((0.0001+HHV(RSI(Periods),Periods)) - LLV(RSI(Periods),Periods)))
-0.5,Periods)
(Go Top)

## Three inside Days

Inside days suggest a volatility compression and often preceede strong
breakouts. Search returns 1 for ok and 0 for not ok

Inside()

Inside()-1

Inside()-2
(Go Top)
Tom Demark's Range Expansion Index
TDREI
TD1:= H-Ref(H,-2);
TD2:= L-Ref(L,-2);
TD3:= If((H>=Ref(L,-5) OR H>=Ref(L,-6)) AND (L<=Ref(H,-5) OR
L<=Ref(H,-6)),1,0);
TD4:= If((Ref(H,-2)>=Ref(C,-7) OR Ref(H,-2)>=Ref(C,-8)) AND (Ref(L,2)<=Ref(C,-7) OR Ref(L,-2)<=Ref(C,-8)),1,0);
TD6:= (TD1) + (TD2);
TD5:= If((TD3) + (TD4)>=1, (TD6), 0);
TD7:= Abs(TD1) + Abs(TD2);
TDREI:=((TD5) + Ref(TD5,-1) + Ref(TD5,-2) + Ref(TD5,-3) + Ref(TD5,-4))/
(TD7) + Ref(TD7,-1) + Ref(TD7,-2) + Ref(TD7,-3) + Ref(TD7,-4)*100;
TDREI;
(Go Top)
Trading the Trend 1
TTT--TREND TRAILING Indicator -- Andrew Abraham
Could have been called:

## INVESTORS DREAM Indicator

fml("VOLAInd"): Mov(ATR(21),1,W)*3;
If(C>Ref(C,-21) AND C>fml("VOLAInd"),
HHV(H,21)-Ref(fml("VOLAInd"),-1), Ref(fml("VOLAInd"),-1)+LLV(L,21))
.or.
VOLAInd :=Mov(ATR(21),1,W)*3;
If(C>Ref(C,-21) AND C>VOLAInd, HHV(H,21)-Ref(VOLAInd,-1),
Ref(VOLAInd,-1)+LLV(L,21))
{CHANGE BAR COLORS: double click on the price plot in the chart, from
the Color/Style page click the UP drop-list and choose darkblue for
upwards, and red for downward price changes}
(Go Top)
Trading the Trend 2
Trading the Trend (TTT) -- by Andrew Abraham, TASC Magazine 9/1998,
was about one form of stoploss exit: subtract some manipulation of the
true range from the highest high (or add it to the lowest low) and exit
when the close crosses that. (Members of Chuck LeBeau's Traders Club will
recognise the "Chandelier Exit".)

## THE CHANDELIER EXIT: The exit stop is placed at a multiple of average

true ranges from the highest high or highest close since the entry of the
trade. As the highs get higher the stop moves up but it never moves
downward.
In MS 6.5 as a variable or custom indicator : DaysinTrade:=
Barssince(previous composite entry criteria = 1)
THE YO YO EXIT: This exit is very similar to the Chandelier Exit except that
the ATR stop is always pegged to the most recent close instead of the
highest high. Since the closes move higher and lower, the stop also moves
up and down (hence the Yo Yo name).
Name: Trading the Trend
Pds:=21;
Mult:=3;
TruRan:=Mov(ATR(1),Pds,W)*Mult;
HiLimit:=HHV(H,Pds)-TruRan;
LoLimit:=LLV(L,Pds)+TruRan;
If(C>HiLimit,HiLimit,LoLimit)
1.
After closing the Indicator Builder click on the Expert Advisor (the
guy in the bowler/derby hat).
2.
Click on New, then the Name tab, type in Trading the Trend.
3.
Click on the Highlights tab, select the first line so that it is
highlighted, click Edit, type in the name Uptrend, select Colour Blue, select
Condition, type in C>FmlVar("Trading the Trend","HiLimit"), and click OK,
4.
Still on the Highlights tab, select the second line, click Edit, type
in the name Downtrend, select Color Red, select Condition, type in
C<=FmlVar("Trading the Trend","HiLimit"), click OK, and then click OK
again.
5.
If you have a chart open that you want to use this on, click
Attach, otherwise click Close. In the latter case, when you open a chart
and plot the trendline, click on the Expert Advisor, select Trading the
Trend, and click on Attach.
I've given the Expert steps in detail for any who may not be familiar with
its use. To experiment with variations in the lookback periods and the
multiplier you can do so in either the Indicator Builder, or right-click the
indicator on the chart, select Properties, then the Formula tab, and make
the changes (e.g. try a lookback period of 10, and a multiplier of 2.5). As
implemented above, the Expert should change accordingly. This shows the
between near and distant stops. This is too rudimentary to be traded as a
system - the whipsaws would chop you to pieces - but the exits should
help to limit drawdowns.
A very similar stoploss is given in Chande & Kroll "The New Technical
Trader", pp.167 - 169, "Volatility-Based Trailing Stops". My preference is to
plot both the high and the low exit lines in contrasting colours, dispensing
with the switch between them, and dispensing with the Expert. If anyone
wants help with the code, just say so.
Assuming you entered everything exactly in both the Indicator Builder and
the Expert Advisor, one question comes to mind. Did you decide to adapt

the formula to MS v.6.5 and use an Input function for Pds and Mult? It
seems like a logical thing to do, and in fact I coded it that way at first. The
problem is that the Expert Advisor always reverts to the default value (the
System Tester does the same thing).
Thus if you used something like:
Pds:=Input("Lookback Periods?",1,1000,20)
and then when you applied it you changed the periods to 15, the Expert
Advisor will still read 20. I hard-coded the Pds and Mult parameters for that
reason.
(Go Top)
Trailing Stop Loss Indicator
If(cum(1)=1,
{then} Close,
{else} If((C*1.1) <= PREV,
{then}(C*1.1),
{else} PREV));
{Regarding the Recursive Moving Trendline System, I ended up making an
oscillator out of it (subtracting the ema from the rta). If you wish to try
"tuning" it in MetaStock, you could try different entry levels from the
oscillator. For example, go long when TOSC crosses from below -2, or go
short when TOSC crosses from above +2. }
{TOSC}
Lb:=Input("Look-Back Period?",3,100,21);
Ty:=Input("1=C 2=H 3=L 4= Median Price",1,4,1);
Tv:=If(Ty=1,C,If(Ty=2,H,If(Ty=3,L,MP())));
Alpha:=2/(LB+1);
Bot:=(1-Alpha)*(If(Cum(1)<Lb,Tv,PREV))+Tv;
RMTA:=(1-Alpha)*(If(Cum(1)<Lb,Tv,PREV))+
(Alpha*(Tv+Bot-Ref(Bot,-1)));
TOSC:=RMTA-Mov(Tv,lb,E);
TOSC;
{NOTE: this code will work slowly because of all of the "PREV" functions.
{Single 60 Day Period BreakOut Signal Indicator}
ACol:= C;
BCol:= Ref(HHV(H,59), -1);
CCol:= HHV(H,60);
SSDPBOS:= (ACol>BCol) AND (Ref(C,-1)<BCol) AND
(H=CCol);
SSDPBOS
(Go Top)
Trending Bandini
Mov(C,2,S)>
Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S) AND

Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S)>
Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S) AND
Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S)>
Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S) AND
Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S)>
Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S) AND
Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S)>
Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S) AND
Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S)>
Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S) AND
Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S)>
Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,
S) AND
Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,
S)>
Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2
,S),2,S),2,S) AND
Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2
,S),2,S),2,S)>
Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(Mov(C,2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2
,S),2,S),2,S),2,S),2,S)
(Go Top)
True Range Formula
TR = (H - L + Abs(H - Ref(C,-1)) + Abs(L - Ref(C,-1)) )/2
(Go Top)
True Strength Index
{Appeared in the January 1993 issue of Stocks & Commodities magazine}
100 * ( Mov( Mov( ROC(C,1,\$),25,E),13,E) /
Mov( Mov( Abs(ROC(C,1,\$)),25,E),13,E))
(Go Top)
TSF Optimised Trading System for Metastock
Enter long:
Cross(opt1,((CLOSE-Ref(TSF(C,opt3),-1))/CLOSE*100))
Close long:
Cross(((CLOSE-Ref(TSF(C,opt3),-1))/CLOSE*100),opt2)
Enter short:
Cross(((CLOSE-Ref(TSF(C,opt3),-1))/CLOSE*100),opt2)
Close short:
Cross(opt1,((CLOSE-Ref(TSF(C,opt3),-1))/CLOSE*100))
opt 1: zero to -2 (with .1 step)
opt 2: zero to +2 (with .1 step)
opt 3: 2 to 8 (with 1 step)
{I use this for futures and the above parameters (optimized settings) keep
it in the ballpark. If you are applying it to equities (or commodities), it
always makes sense to look at the indicator and understand the outside
parameters for each of its "steps". It makes no sense to limit your outside
limits to -2 and +2 if the TSF oscillates between -8 and +8. So do a little

## homework on the "outside" limits of the indicator and then optimize

accordingly. from Steve Karnish.}
(Go Top)
TSI and TSI Moving Average
100*(Mov(Mov(Roc(C,1,\$),25,E),13,E)/Mov(Mov(Abs(Roc(c,1,\$)),25,E),13,E)
)
Mov(Fml("TSI"),20,E)
(Go Top)
The New Advance Decline Line
The formulas and steps necessary to do the New Advance -Decline Line
from the September 1994 Technical Analysis of Stocks & Commodities,
page 14 by Daniel Downing are:
Taken from Stocks & Commodities, V. 12:9 (363-365): A New AdvanceDecline Line by Daniel E. Downing
"Here's a trading tool that uses a unique version of the daily advancedecline line of the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE). This version helps in
our short- and long-term trading of index options and stock index futures.
It gives many good short-term trading signals and excellent but infrequent
longer-term signals
The philosophy behind this tool is that the short-term trader's capital is
finite and that traders have to reliquify their holdings after a period.
Traders can buy and try to push the equities higher only so many times
before they need to reliquify, just as only a finite amount of selling waves
can take place before the sellers are out of supplies. A tool that points to
when short-term traders need to reliquify their positions will also spot
when the markets will soon reverse their trends."
For the Windows versions of MetaStock:

## Load the declines

Drag the plot of the advances into the chart of the declines

## Plot the following custom formula directly on the plot of

Cum( If( P ,>= ,1000 ,If(C ,< ,1000 , + 1 ,0 ) ,If( C ,>= ,1000 ,-1 ,0 ) ) )
(Go Top)
Tick Line Momentum Oscillator
In his article "Using The Tick In A Short-Term Indicator", in the January 94
issue of TASC, Daniel E. Downing presents the Tick Line Momentum
Oscillator.
Taken from Stocks & Commodities, V. 12:1 (42-44): Using The Tick In A
Short-Term Indicator by Daniel E. Downing
"The tick index, the net difference of the numbers of stocks last traded on
an uptick from those last traded on a downtick , is a well-known indicator,
but it's got a problem. The raw number result is volatile, perhaps too
volatile for some. What to do? here, then, is a way to smooth out the noise
to identify short-term trading opportunities.
The tick is a basic unit for the markets, watched with fascination during
periods of turmoil and periods of enthusiasm. It is quoted throughout the
day on most quote services. In addition, the closing tick value can be
found on the market statistics pages of financial newspapers such as
Barron's and The Wall Street Journal. Let me present, then, the tick line
momentum oscillator, which is based on the closing value for the New York
Stock Exchange (NYSE) tick indicator. The oscillator has been shown to
have a good track record of determining when the NYSE is overbought or

oversold on a short-term basis. The formula for the tick line momentum
oscillator is simple and can be easily calculated without a computer,
although a spreadsheet version can be found in the sidebar, "Tick line
momentum." Finally, the oscillator is straightforward and simple to apply."
The MetaStock formula for the Tick Line Momentum Oscillator is:
Mov( ROC( Cum( If( C ,> ,Ref( Mov(C ,10 ,E ) ,-1 ) ,+1 ,If( C ,<
,Ref( Mov( C ,10 ,E ) ,-1 ) ,- 1 ,0 ) ) ) ,5 ,\$ ) ,5 ,E )
(Go Top)
The Trading Channel Index comes from an early version of AIQ's Stock
Expert program. "The Trading Channel Index measures the location of
average daily price relative to a smoothed average of average daily price.
It is derived from the average difference between these two values."
To create the Trading Channel Index in MetaStock create the following
custom formula's:
AP+: Average price
(H+L+C)/3
ESA+: Smoothed price average
Mov( Fml( "AP+" ) ,10 ,E ) + ( Mov( Ref( Fml( "AP+" ) ,-1 ) ,10 ,E ) )
D+: Price range estimate
Mov( ( Fml( "AP+" ) - Fml( "ESA+" ) ) ,10 ,E ) + ( Mov( Ref( Fml( "AP+" ) Fml( "ESA+" ) ,-1 ) ,10 ,E ) )
CI+: Channel index
( ( Fml( "AP+" ) - Fml( "ESA+" ) ) / ( 0.015 * Fml( "D+" ) ) )
Mov( Fml( "CI+" ) ,21 ,E ) + ( Mov( Ref( Fml( "CI+" ) ,-1 ) ,21 ,E ) )
(Go Top)
Trendline Formula
Trough(1,L,10)+((((Trough(1,L,10)-Trough(2,L,10))/(TroughBars(2,L,10)TroughBars(1,L,10)))
*TroughBars(1,L,10)))
This formula will draw a trendline from the most recent bottom.
The L (low) can be changed to C (close) and the 10 can be changed to a
different percent value.
You will also need to change the line style to the last one in thedrop down
list.
(Go Top)
Tushar Chande's Target Price
A:=Mov(Abs(C-Ref(C,-1)),10,S);
TPH1:=C+A;
TPH2:=C+(2*A);
TPL1:=C-A;
TPL2:=C-(2*A);
TPH1;
TPH2;
TPL1;
TPL2;
(Go Top)
Tushar Chande's Vidya with Volatility Bands
K:=Stdev(C,5)/Mov(Stdev(C,5),20,S);
SC:=0.9;
Vidya:=SC*K*C+(1-SC*K)*Ref(C,-1);
UpperBand:=Vidya+2*.5*K;
LowerBand:=Vidya-2*.5*K;

UpperBand;
LowerBand;
Vidya;
(Go Top)
Trailing Stop - Elder's SafeZone
{ Dr Alexander Elder's SafeZone trailing stop v2 }{ Triggers: Long (+1) &
Short (-1) signals at crossover of user-defined trailing stops }{ Copyright
2003 Jose Silva }{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
coefficient:=Input("SafeZone coefficient",
0,10,2.5);
bkpds:=Input("Lookback periods",1,252,10);
pds:=Input("Trend EMA periods",2,252,21);
adv:=Input("plot: today's SafeZone=0, tomorrow's stop=1",0,1,0);
plot:=Input("plot: trailing stop=1, Long+Short=2, signals=3",1,3,1);
delay:=Input("Entry and Exit signal delay",
0,5,0);
DwSidePen:=Mov(C,pds,E)>Ref(Mov(C,pds,E),-1)
AND L<Ref(L,-1);
DwSideDiff:=If(DwSidePen,Ref(L,-1)-L,0);
DwPenAvg:=Sum(DwSideDiff,bkpds)
/(Sum(DwSidePen,bkpds)+.000001);
StLong:=Ref(L-DwPenAvg*coefficient,-1);
StopLong:=If(C<PREV,StLong,Max(StLong,PREV));
UpSidePen:=Mov(C,pds,E)<Ref(Mov(C,pds,E),-1)
AND H>Ref(H,-1);
UpSideDiff:=If(UpSidePen,H-Ref(H,-1),0);
UpPenAvg:=Sum(UpSideDiff,bkpds)
/(Sum(UpSidePen,bkpds)+.000001);
StShort:=Ref(H+UpPenAvg*coefficient,-1);
StopShort:=If(C>PREV,StShort,Min(StShort,PREV));
In:=Cross(C,Ref(StopShort,-1));
Out:=Cross(Ref(StopLong,-1),C);
< BarsSince(Cum(In+Out>-1)=1 OR Out)
+(Cum(In)=1);
signals:=Ref((Cum(In)=1
OR flag AND Alert(flag=0,2))
If(plot=1,Ref(If(flag=1,stopLong,stopShort),
If(plot=1,Ref(If(flag=1,stopLong,stopShort),
signals))
(Go Top)
Trailing Stop - MetaStock
{ Triggers: Long (+1) & Short (-1) signals at crossover of user-defined
trailing stops }{ x23 slower than TradeSim's version }{ Copyright 20032004 Jose Silva }{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }

## buffer:=Input("buffer % trailing stop",0,100,8);

plot:=Input("plot: trailing stop=1, Long+Short=2, signals=3",1,3,1);
adv:=Input("plot: today's trailing stop=0, tomorrow's stop=1",0,1,0);
delay:=Input("Entry and Exit signal delay",
0,5,0);
StLong:=C-C*buffer/100;
StShort:=C+C*buffer/100;
stopLong:=If(C<PREV,StLong,Max(StLong,PREV));
stopShort:=If(C>PREV,StShort,Min(StShort,PREV));
In:=Cross(C,Ref(stopShort,-1));
Out:=Cross(Ref(stopLong,-1),C);
Init:=Cum(In+Out>-1)=1;
InInit:=Cum(In)=1;
< BarsSince(Init OR Out)+InInit;
OR flag AND Alert(flag=0,2))
If(plot=1,stop,
If(plot=1,stop,
Trailing Stop - TradeSim
{ Triggers: Long (+1) & Short (-1) signals at crossover of user-defined
trailing stops }{ x23 faster than MetaStock's 4-PREV version }
{ TradeSim.dll must be in
...\MetaStock\External Function DLLs\ folder }{ Copyright 2003-2004
Jose Silva }{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
buffer:=Input("buffer % trailing stop",0,100,8);
plot:=Input("plot: trailing stop=1, Long+Short=2, signals=3",1,3,1);
adv:=Input("plot: today's trailing stop=0, tomorrow's stop=1",0,1,0);
delay:=Input("Entry and Exit signal delay",
0,5,0);
Volatility:=C*buffer/100;
BAND,
{mode: band or trigger}
LONG,
{long or short}
Volatility, {user defined see variable above}
CLOSE,
{RefPoint for stop calc}
CLOSE);
{threshold - stop breached}
BAND,SHORT,Volatility,C,C);
In:=Cross(C,Ref(stopShort,-1));
Out:=Cross(Ref(stopLong,-1),C);

Init:=Cum(In+Out>-1)=1;
InInit:=Cum(In)=1;
< BarsSince(Init OR Out)+InInit;
OR flag AND Alert(flag=0,2))
If(plot=1,stop,
If(plot=1,stop,
Trailing Stop - AdvTrailStop plug-in
{ Plot on price chart }{ Triggers: Long (+1) & Short (-1) signals at
crossover of user-defined trailing stops }{ Much faster than MetaStock's 4PREV version }{ Copyright 2004 Jose Silva }{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
{ AdvancedStop.dll must be in ...\MetaStock\External Function DLLs\ folder
}{ AdvancedStop.dll by Richard Dale, free from:
buffer1:=
Input("initial stop % buffer",0,100,5)/100;
buffer2:=
Input("trailing stop % buffer",0,100,8)/100;
plot:=Input("plot: trailing stop=1, Long+Short=2, signals=3",1,3,1);
adv:=Input("plot: today's trailing stop=0, tomorrow's stop=1",0,1,0);
delay:=Input("Entry and Exit signal delay",
0,5,0);
entrySignal:=C=C;
initialStopLong:=C*(1-buffer1);
trailStopLong:=C*(1-buffer2);
entrySignal,initialStopLong,0,trailStopLong,
0,0,0,0);
exitSignal:=Cross(stopLong,C);
initialStopShort:=C*(1+buffer1);
trailStopShort:=C*(1+buffer2);
exitSignal,initialStopShort,0,trailStopShort,
0,0,0,0);
entrySignal:=Cross(C,stopShort);
entrySignal,initialStopLong,0,trailStopLong,
0,0,0,0);
In:=Cross(C,Ref(stopShort,-1));
Out:=Cross(Ref(stopLong,-1),C);

Init:=Cum(In+Out>-1)=1;
< BarsSince(Init OR Out)+(Cum(In)=1);
signals:=Ref(((Cum(In)=1)
OR flag AND Alert(flag=0,2))
If(plot=1,stop,
If(plot=1,stop,
(Go Top)
{ Copyright 2003 Jose Silva }{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
pds:=
Input("average trend length periods",2,252,21);
pr:=Input("Open=1 High=2 Low=3 Close=4 Vol=5 MP=6, P=7",1,7,4);
display:=Input("plot Trend line = 1, Trend points = 2",1,2,1);
{define events}
pr:=If(pr=1,O,If(pr=2,H,If(pr=3,L,If(pr=5,V,
If(pr=6,MP(),If(pr=7,P,C))))));
price1:=pr;
price2:=pr;
time1:=price1>Ref(HHV(price1,pds),-1);
time2:=price2<Ref(LLV(price2,pds),-1);
{restrict to last events}
time1:=time1
AND Cum(time1)=LastValue(Cum(time1));
time2:=time2
AND Cum(time2)=LastValue(Cum(time2));
{sort events}
x1:=If(t1pds>=t2pds,time1,time2);
x2:=If(t1pds>=t2pds,time2,time1);
y1:=If(t1pds>=t2pds,price1,price2);
y2:=If(t1pds>=t2pds,price2,price1);
{fix coordinates}
y1:=ValueWhen(1,x1,y1);
y2:=LastValue(ValueWhen(1,x2,y2));
If(display=1,plot,time1+time2)
Up 20% on Double Average Volume

Col A: CLOSE
Col B:ROC(C,5,%)
Filter ROC(C,5,%)>=20 AND Mov(V,5,S)>=(2*Ref(Mov(V,60,S),-5))
Filter enabled Yes
Periodicity Daily
Records required 1300
Variable MA Formula- Updated
periods:=Input("periods",1,244,89);
VariableMA511( mp() , periods)
Equis put this function in for me. It uses VHF rather than CMO. Unlike the
present version, this is better.
(Go Top)
Vidya 21, 5
This is the MetaStock code for VIDYA 21,5 which applies to the article
"Breaking Out Of Price Channels" by Gerald Marisch in the TASC January
1998 edition.
Length:=Input("Length",1,200,21);
Smooth:=Input("Smoothing",1,200,5);
AbsCMO:=(Abs(CMO(C,Length)))/100;
SC:=2/(Smooth+1);
VIDYA:=If(Cum(1)<=(Length+1),C,(SC*AbsCMO*CLOSE)+(1(SC*AbsCMO))*PREV);
VIDYA
(Go Top)
Vidya with P variable, version II
My version of Tushar Chande's Vidya, using the P variable
Vidya{P}
Periods:=Input("length of MA",5,100,20);
K:=Stdev(P,5)/Mov(Stdev(P,5),20,S);
A:=(2/(Periods+1));
Vidya:=A*K*(P)+(1-A*K)*Ref(P,-1);
Vidya;
Tar(SZ)an Long
C-(((462*Mov(C,34,E))-(420*Mov(C,13,E))+(490*(Mov(Mov(C,13,E)Mov(C,34,E),89,E))))/42)
Tar(SZ)an Short
(C-(((325*Mov(C,26,E))-(297*Mov(C,12,E))+(351*Mov(Mov(C,13,E)Mov(C,26,E),9,E))))/28)*2
(Go Top)
Vidya Explanation
Vidya is a subject that comes up with some regularity. It's actually
available in MetaStock as the Variable Moving Average (Mov(C,n,V) but
Equis, for their own inscrutable reasons, choose not to identify it by name.
If you refer to the MetaStock manual, be aware that there is a typo in the

formula (0.078 should read 0.78). Two or three years ago I coded the
version given in TAS&C and it overlaid the MetaStock version precisely,
except that at the time the MetaStock version was not correctly initialised
-- this has since been corrected. Equis acknowledged the typo at the time,
but have done nothing about it.
As far as the 'circular reference' is concerned, you are right that eventually
you run out of data. However adding a portion of yesterday's value to a
portion of today's value is common to several indicators, such as the
Exponential Moving Average. If no provision is made, then usually the
indicator will start with a value of zero, rise rapidly at first, then take some
time to stabilise.
One answer is to initialise it. For a Vidya of the close, period N, you can
initialise with something like "If(Cum(1) < N, C,{else} ...)" with the Vidya
formula as the 'else'. Then at day N the indicator uses the (N-1) close for
yesterday's data and takes much less time to stabilise.
(Go Top)
Vidya using P variable, version I
Here is a version of Vidya using a P variable that matches MetaStock's
built-in Variable Moving Average. You can overlay them in different colours
on the same chart to satisfy yourself that they are indeed the same (but
remember to use the same number of periods). There is a small difference
at the start due to different initialisation, after which they are identical.
The coding is spelled out for the benefit of anyone studying the book. It
can be adapted by adding a variable input for the CMO length (9), or made
universal by replacing each C with a P, or the Abs(CMOsc) can be replaced
with a different volatility index that ranges between 0 and 1.
{Vidya (Chande)}
Pds:= Input("Number of Periods?",1,1000,20);
Alpha:= 2/(Pds+1);
{Chande Momentum Oscillator}
{UD = Up day}
{DD = Down day}
UD:= Sum((C-Ref(C,-1))*(C>Ref(C,-1)),9);
DD:= Sum((Ref(C,-1)-C)*(C<Ref(C,-1)),9);
CMOsc:= (UD-DD)/(UD+DD);
k:= Abs(CMOsc);
Vidya:= (Cum(1) < Pds) * C + (Cum(1)>=Pds) * ((Alpha * k * C) + (1-Alpha
* k) * PREV);
Vidya
(Go Top)
Volatility % Indicator
You can easily create the Volatility% Indicator from William Browers article
in MetaStock for Windows. First choose Indicator Builder from the Tools
menu in MetaStock. Next choose New and enter one of the following
formulas:
Formula for MetaStock 6.5
Volatility%

## Lookback := Input("Time Periods",1,1000,50);

HighVolatility := Input("High Volatility %",.01,100,3);
100 * Sum(100 * ATR(1)/CLOSE > HighVolatility, Lookback)/Lookback
Formula for earlier versions of MetaStock for Windows
Volatility%
100 * Sum(100 * ATR(1)/CLOSE > 3, 50)/50
Now drag the Volatility% from the Indicator QuickList and drop it on the
desired chart.
(Go Top)
Volatility Trade in Gold
"A Volatility Trade In Gold" by David S. Landry, CTA, Technical Analysis of
Stocks & Commodities, page 87.
In this article the author gives formulas for three indicators MetaStock. The
formulas as given will work in all versions of MetaStock. However, there is
an error in the formula the author names Volatility 12 EMA. The formula
should be: Mov((Fml("CONHV4") + Fml("CONHV6") +
Fml("CONHV10"))/3,12,e)
Here are formulas for version 6.5 and higher of MetaStock for Windows.
These formulas use Inputs which allow you to select the time periods when
you plot the formulas.
David Landry Historical Volatility
Num:=Input("Number Of Periods For Numerator",1,100,4);
Den:=Input("Number Of Periods For Denominator",2,1000,100);
(Log(C/Ref(C,-1)),Num)/Std(Log(C/Ref(C,-1)),Den)
David Landry Average Historical Volatility
Den:=Input("Number Of Periods For Denominator",2,1000,100);
((Std(Log(C/Ref(C,-1)),4)/Std(Log(C/Ref(C,-1)),Den))+(Std(Log(C/Ref(C,1)),6)/Std(Log(C/Ref(C,-1)),Den))+(Std(Log(C/Ref(C,1)),10)/Std(Log(C/Ref(C,1)),Den)))/3
David Landry EMA of Historical Volatility
Den:=Input("Number Of Periods For Denominator",2,1000,100);
EMA:=Input("Number Of Periods For EMA",2,100,12);
Mov(((Std(Log(C/Ref(C,-1)),4)/Std(Log(C/Ref(C,-1)),Den))+
(Std(Log(C/Ref(C,1)),6)/Std(Log(C/Ref(C,-1)),Den))+(Std(Log(C/Ref(C,1)),10)/Std(Log(C/Ref(C,1)),Den)))/3,LastValue(EMA),E)
Note: Standard deviation information was not included here because the
way these formulas are being used, any standard deviation being used
would return an identical value as 1 standard deviation.
(Go Top)
Volatility Bands as a Long Term Strategy
This article "Volatility Bands As A Long Term Strategy", by Ahmet Tezel,
Ph.D., and Suzan Koknar-Tezel, M.S., which appears in this issue introduces
two different volatility band trading systems. One system uses bands

based on moving averages and the other is based on bands which use
regression. To plot the Moving Average Asymmetric Volatility Price Bands
in MetaStock for Windows, simply plot Bollinger Bands using 11 periods
and 1.7 standard deviations. Then click your right-mouse button while the
cursor is over the lower band and choose properties. Change the standard
deviations to 2. This plot will now appear exactly as the bands discussed in
the article.
To plot the Regression Asymmetric Volatility Price Bands in Metastock for
Windows, simply plot Standard Error Bands using 21 periods, 1 for
standard errors, and 1 for the smoothing periods. Then click your rightmouse button while the cursor is over the lower band and choose
properties. Change the standard errors to 1.5.
To recreate the systems in MetaStock for Windows, choose System Tester
from the Tools menu. Next choose New and enter the following trading
rules and stop conditions. After entering this information, choose Options
and change the trade delay to 1, then change the Trade Price to Open. If
you have MetaStock 6.5 enter the first set of formulas. MetaStock 6.5
allows variables which will allow you to change the periods when testing
much more easily.
(Go Top)
Volatility Over 16 Weeks
Col A: CLOSE
Col B: Vol(10,80)
Filter: Vol(10,80)>200
Filter enabled: Yes
(Go Top)
Volume Accumulation Percentage
I contacted David Vomund by e-mail and he was kind enough to mail me
the equations required to calculate the VAP. I've programmed them in
MetaStock as follows:
VOLUME ACCUMULATION PERCENTAGE
Periods:=Input("Time Periods",1,60,21);
X:=(2*C-H-L)/(H-L);
TVA:=Sum(V*x,Periods);
TV:=Sum(V,Periods);
VA:=100*TVA/TV;
VA
(Go Top)
Volume Based Exploration
1. Stocks with volume > 10x the previous day's volume
2. Stocks where the above situation hasn't occurred during the previous 60
days.
ColA = if(V > 10*ref(V,-1),1,0)
Filter: ColA=1 and ColB>60
(Go Top)

Volatility Difference
mov(H-L,1,S)/mov(H-L,20,S)
(Go Top)
Volume Oscillator Wave
if(oscv(1,50,S,%),>,50,1,0)
Weakness In A Strong Trend
In an up trend, three or four successive lower CLOSES and the EMA(21) is
rising.
SimpleX LONG:
C <= Ref(C,-1) AND
Ref(C, -1) <= Ref(C, -2) AND
Ref(C, -2) <= Ref(C, -3) AND
Mov(C, 21, E) > Ref(Mov(C, 21, E), -1)
OR
C <= Ref(C,-1) AND
Ref(C, -1) <= Ref(C, -2) AND
Ref(C, -2) <= Ref(C, -3) AND
Ref(C, -3) <= Ref(C, -4) AND
Mov(C, 21, E) > Ref(Mov(C, 21, E), -1)
SimpleX SHORT:
C >= Ref(C,-1) AND
Ref(C, -1) >= Ref(C, -2) AND
Ref(C, -2) >= Ref(C, -3) AND
Mov(C, 21, E) < Ref(Mov(C, 21, E), -1)
OR
C >= Ref(C,-1) AND
Ref(C, -1) >= Ref(C, -2) AND
Ref(C, -2) >= Ref(C, -3) AND
Ref(C, -3) >= Ref(C, -4) AND
Mov(C, 21, E) < Ref(Mov(C, 21, E), -1)
Rig this up with an OB/OS oscillator and you've got an entry that is, well,
at least worth considering.
(Go Top)
Weekly Indicators
MetaStock Weekly Indicators
I had basically put the weekly indicators on daily charts thing on the back
burner for the time being, but someone mentioned the subject in an off list
e-mail, and I decided that maybe I should post these two indicators. They
look right to me, but double check them. Remember, they plot the
previous weeks value beginning the first trading day of the following week,
and that value remains constant throughout that week. These are
designed for backtesting.....so if you just gotta know on this Friday evening
what the weekly value of the indicator is going to be for the following
week, simply look a weekly chart.
Stochastic: The %K and %K slowing can be coded to accommodate more
parameters by using the user Input function, but when you do this the %D
always calculates using the default value of the %K slowing, giving

erroneous values. So I just left it as is. Youcan plug in your own values...I
just used the MetaStock default values as a starting point. I made the %K
D as two separate indicators so that you can plot the %D a different color
and/or dashed. The Momentum indicator uses the Input function just fine.
{`Wkly Stoch 5 per %K, slowing=3, no %D}
{start week}
sw:=If(DayOfWeek()<=Ref(DayOfWeek(),-1),1,0);
yestClo:=If(sw>0,Ref(C,-1),0);
{lowest low last 5 weeks}
LLow:=(ValueWhen(1,sw>0,
Ref(LowestSince(5,sw>0,L),-1)));
{highest high last 5 weeks}
HHigh:=(ValueWhen(1,sw>0,
Ref(HighestSince(5,sw>0,H),-1)));
{5 per %K, slowing=3}
y:=(ValueWhen(1,sw>0,(yestClo-LLow))+
ValueWhen(2,sw>0,(yestClo-LLow))+
ValueWhen(3,sw>0,(yestClo-LLow)))/
((ValueWhen(1,sw>0,HHigh)+
ValueWhen(2,sw>0,HHigh)+
ValueWhen(3,sw>0,HHigh))(ValueWhen(1,sw>0,LLow)+
ValueWhen(2,sw>0,LLow)+
ValueWhen(3,sw>0,LLow)))*100;
y;
{`Wkly Stoch 3 per %D of a 5 per %K, slowing=3}
{start week}
sw:=If(DayOfWeek()<=Ref(DayOfWeek(),-1),1,0);
yestClo:=If(sw>0,Ref(C,-1),0);
{lowest low last 5 weeks}
LLow:=(ValueWhen(1,sw>0,
Ref(LowestSince(5,sw>0=1,L),-1)));
{highest high last 5 weeks}
HHigh:=(ValueWhen(1,sw>0,
Ref(HighestSince(5,sw>0,H),-1)));
{5 per %K, slowing=3}
y:=(ValueWhen(1,sw>0,(yestClo-LLow))+
ValueWhen(2,sw>0,(yestClo-LLow))+
ValueWhen(3,sw>0,(yestClo-LLow)))/

((ValueWhen(1,sw>0,HHigh)+
ValueWhen(2,sw>0,HHigh)+
ValueWhen(3,sw>0,HHigh))(ValueWhen(1,sw>0,LLow)+
ValueWhen(2,sw>0,LLow)+
ValueWhen(3,sw>0,LLow)))*100;
{This plots the 3 period %D (ma) of the above.}
z:=(ValueWhen(1,sw>0,y)+ValueWhen(2,sw>0,y)+
ValueWhen(3,sw>0,y))/3;
z
{`Wkly Momentum for DAILY Chart }
{This plots WEEKLY Momentum on DAILY charts. -Ken 4/16/99}
n:=Input("Periods",1,20,10);
{start week}
sw:=If(DayOfWeek()<=Ref(DayOfWeek(),-1),1,0);
(ValueWhen(1,sw>0,Ref(C,-1))/
ValueWhen(n+1,sw>0,
Ref(C,-1)))*100
(Go Top)
Weekly Pivot Point
{Weekly Pivot Point Projection 8/4/99}
Dw:=If(DayOfWeek()<=Ref(DayOfWeek(),-1),1,0);
{Weekly Typical Price}
PP1:=If(Dw=1,
{then}(Ref(HighestSince(1,Dw=1,H),-1)+
Ref(LowestSince(1,Dw=1,L),-1) +
Ref(C,-1))/3,
{else}0);
{Weekly High}
Wh1:=If(Dw=1,
{then}Ref(HighestSince(1,Dw=1,H),-1),
{else}0);
{Weekly Low}
Wl1:=If(Dw=1,
{then}Ref(LowestSince(1,Dw=1,L),-1),
{else}0);
Wh:=ValueWhen(1,Wh1>0,Wh1);
Wl:=ValueWhen(1,Wl1>0,Wl1);
PP:=ValueWhen(1,PP1>0,PP1);
{Resistance 1}
R1:=(2*PP)-Wl;
{Support 1}
S1:=(2*PP)-Wh;
{Resistance 2}
R2:=(PP-S1)+R1;
{Support 2}
S2:=PP-(R1-S1);

R2;
R1;
S1;
S2;
(Go Top)
Weekly Trix Moving Average Test
COLA: TRIX(3)
COLB: REF(TRIX(3),-1)
COLC: MOV(TRIX(3),8,TIMESERIES)
COLD: REF(MOV(TRIX(3),8,TIMESERIES),-1)
COLE: C
Filter enabled:yes
when(cola,>,colc)and when(colb,<,cold)and when(cola,<,0)and
when(cola,>,-2)
(Go Top)
Wilders ATR From Equis
{The actual ATR does not use a simple moving average. Welles Wilder
uses his own smoothing (a modified exponential average) which is the
function named "Wilders" in MetaStock. Try your formula this way:}
periods:=Input("ATR Periods?",1,100,10);
TH:=If(Ref(C,-1) > H,Ref(C,-1),H);
TL:=If(Ref(C,-1) < L,Ref(C,-1),L);
TR:=TH-TL;
Wilders(TR,periods)
(Go Top)
WillSpread by Larry Williams
The Larry Wiliams' indicator named WillSpread is quite easy to plot in
MetaStock for Windows version 6.5. Using version 6.5 of MetaStock for

## Plot the underlying commodity.

Drag the Spread Indicator from the indicator quick list to this
commodity chart.

## Select either Tbonds or Tbills as the security to use to spread. I

recommend you plot this in a new inner window.

Drag the Price Oscillator from the indicator quick list and drop it
on the SPREAD plot, not the price plot. The parameters Mr. Williams' uses
are 7 and 11 time period exponential moving averages. You also want to
use "points" as the method. This plot is the WillSpread indicator.

At this point, you may change the Spread Indicator plot's color to
match the background of the chart, or perhaps move the WillSpread
indicator to a separate inner window.
If you save this first effort as a template, perhaps named WillSpread, you
are able to apply this template to any commodity you wish and the
indicator will be automatically calculated against that commodity.
You may also use the "Next Security" function within MetaStock for
Windows to view each of your commodities by setting the options for next
security to "Keep line studies". If you apply this template to the first
commodity in your futures folder, you may then use the right arrow to
move down the folder contents. Each new commodity will have the
(Go Top)
Working with DMI

## {Smoothed DMI Index (20 Period Moving Average)}

Mov(PDI(14)-MDI(14),20,S)
OPEN LONG:
close>hhv(low,21)
CLOSE LONG:
close<llv(high,21)
(Go Top)
Writing Metastock Explorations
MetaStock is a marvellous program for traders, but can appear
complicated and intimidating at first. In reality, it's easy and fun, if you
take it slowly, step by step.
Let's consider a common trader's question: "How can MetaStock help me
find all the stocks where the 3 day moving average has just crossed above
the 10 day moving average?"
MetaStock's Explorer tool allows you to search all the stocks in the ASX,
and within a minute or two (depending on your computer's speed!)
generate a list of all stocks meeting this particular criteria.
Here's a step by step guide for beginners:
1. Open up your Explorer tool in MetaStock by clicking on the little
"binoculars" symbol in the upper right field of your screen, or find it under
Tools in the drop-down menu.
2. You will be presented with the Explorer screen showing a list of readymade Equis Explorations plus various options to view or edit them. More
about these later. Look instead at the list of options to the right.
3. Choose the "New" button and click. You've just starting writing your own
MetaStock Exploration! MetaStock gives it the name "<New Exploration>"
but let's rename it "Moving Average Crossover" for the sake of this
exercise.
4. Note that the Explorer screen has an upper section labelled "Notes" and
then, just below, seven columns, with tabs, labelled "A" to "F," plus "Filter."
For now we're just going to work with the "Filter" column. Click on its tab
and you're ready to write a MetaStock formula in this column.
5. Enter the following without the quotation marks: "Cross( Mov(c,3,s) ,
Mov(c,10,s) )" but don't worry about the *spaces* between letters and
punctuations marks, nor about capitalisation.
6. Here's a quick explanation to ponder, before we go further. What you've
just entered under MetaStock Explorer's Filter is a much more simple
formula than you realise! It means only "Crossover A over B" or "Crossover
3 over 10" in ordinary English. MetaStock writes this as "Cross( A , B )"
where A and B are other MetaStock formulas, any formulas you like. In this
case, we're putting two different moving averages in the place of A and B.
MetaStock writes the English language phrase "Moving Average of the
past 3 days" as "mov(c,3,s)" and the second moving average is exactly
the same, with the numeral 10 substituted for the 3.
7. Your first MetaStock Exploration is now finished. Click "OK" in the lower
left of the Explorer field to save it and you will quickly find your own
"Moving Average Crossover" Exploration added to those already on

8. Next, click on the "Explore" button and MetaStock will prompt you for
the path to the place on your computer where you have all your ASX (or
other) data. Choose which securities you want to scan. I suggest that you
choose them all to start with, and save this as a "List" named "All" so that
when you make more Explorations you won't have to go through this step
again. You can just choose the "All" list whenever you want to scan stocks.
(Take note at this point that MetaStock has excellent assistance for you
under its "Help" tab as well as one of the best software manuals ever
written.)
9. MetaStock will quickly verify that your stocks are where you say they
are, and prompt you for an "OK". Once you do this, you can watch a nifty
screen where MetaStock outlines its search for all the stocks that match
your search (Filter) criteria. How long this process takes depends once
again on the speed of your computer!
10. When Explorer is finished you should choose the "Report" option to
find a filtered list of all the stocks which *today* have their 3 day moving
average rising above their 10 day moving average. MetaStock allows you
to open each or all of these stocks in full screen pages for further analysis.
(Go Top)
WRO and WSO Indicators
In the May 1998 issue of STOCKS & COMMODITIES, a Traders' Tip provided
MetaStock formulas for calculating support and resistance levels and the
WRO and WSO support and resistance oscillators. The Traders' Tip was
based on my article, "Automated Support And Resistance," also in that
issue. Since then, I've received many E-mail messages from STOCKS &
COMMODITIES readers about it. While the method was well received, the
formulas provided were a bit confusing and could use some clarification.
Further, execution was slow and screening of large numbers of stocks was
difficult. Since then, I have
developed a faster and improved method for computing these indicators.
To begin, the support levels S1 through S6 and the resistance levels R1
through R6 are separate indicators (12 in all), and each should be entered
using the custom indicator option in the indicator builder.
S1 Indicator:
ValueWhen(1, Ref(L,-4) = LLV(L,9), Ref(L,-4))
S2 Indicator:
ValueWhen(2, Ref(L,-4) = LLV(L,9), Ref(L,-4))
S3 Indicator:
ValueWhen(3, Ref(L,-4) = LLV(L,9), Ref(L,-4))
S4 Indicator:
ValueWhen(4, Ref(L,-4) = LLV(L,9), Ref(L,-4))
S5 Indicator:
ValueWhen(5, Ref(L,-4) = LLV(L,9), Ref(L,-4))
S6 Indicator:
ValueWhen(6, Ref(L,-4) = LLV(L,9), Ref(L,-4))
R1 Indicator:
ValueWhen(1, Ref(H,-4) = HHV(H,9), Ref(H,-4))

R2 Indicator:
ValueWhen(2, Ref(H,-4) = HHV(H,9), Ref(H,-4))
R3 Indicator:
ValueWhen(3, Ref(H,-4) = HHV(H,9), Ref(H,-4))
R4 Indicator:
ValueWhen(4, Ref(H,-4) = HHV(H,9), Ref(H,-4))
R5 Indicator:
ValueWhen(5, Ref(H,-4) = HHV(H,9), Ref(H,-4))
R6 Indicator:
ValueWhen(6, Ref(H,-4) = HHV(H,9), Ref(H,-4))
These 12 indicators should be individually plotted with the price data as
points, not lines (click on each and change the style to the one on the
bottom of the style menu). The color red is recommended for the support
levels S1 through S6 and the color blue for the resistance levels R1
through R6. Entering these formulas and changing the style takes a bit of
time, but once done, they can be saved as a template and easily applied
to anotherstock.
If you are interested only in computing the WRO and WSO indicators, then
these formulas can be entered as shown here. It is not necessary to
compute S1 through S6 or R1 through R6, since the new formulas are now
self-contained. The new WRO and WSO formulas also contain max and min
functions to ensure that the change for each level is either zero or 1. This
avoids a rare but occasional error when the price change is very large over
a short period.
WSO Indicator:
L1:=ValueWhen(1,Ref(L,-4)=LLV(L,9),Ref(L,-4));
L2:=ValueWhen(2,Ref(L,-4)=LLV(L,9),Ref(L,-4));
L3:=ValueWhen(3,Ref(L,-4)=LLV(L,9),Ref(L,-4));
L4:=ValueWhen(4,Ref(L,-4)=LLV(L,9),Ref(L,-4));
L5:=ValueWhen(5,Ref(L,-4)=LLV(L,9),Ref(L,-4));
L6:=ValueWhen(6,Ref(L,-4)=LLV(L,9),Ref(L,-4));
L1M:= Max(0,Min(1,Int(L1/C)));
L2M:= Max(0,Min(1,Int(L2/C)));
L3M:= Max(0,Min(1,Int(L3/C)));
L4M:= Max(0,Min(1,Int(L4/C)));
L5M:= Max(0,Min(1,Int(L5/C)));
L6M:= Max(0,Min(1,Int(L6/C)));
100*(1-(L1M+L2M+L3M+L4M+L5M+L6M)/6)
WRO Indicator:
L1:=ValueWhen(1,Ref(H,-4)=HHV(H,9),Ref(H,-4));
L2:=ValueWhen(2,Ref(H,-4)=HHV(H,9),Ref(H,-4));
L3:=ValueWhen(3,Ref(H,-4)=HHV(H,9),Ref(H,-4));
L4:=ValueWhen(4,Ref(H,-4)=HHV(H,9),Ref(H,-4));
L5:=ValueWhen(5,Ref(H,-4)=HHV(H,9),Ref(H,-4));
L6:=ValueWhen(6,Ref(H,-4)=HHV(H,9),Ref(H,-4));

L1M:= Max(0,Min(1,Int(L1/C)));
L2M:= Max(0,Min(1,Int(L2/C)));
L3M:= Max(0,Min(1,Int(L3/C)));
L4M:= Max(0,Min(1,Int(L4/C)));
L5M:= Max(0,Min(1,Int(L5/C)));
L6M:= Max(0,Min(1,Int(L6/C)));
100*(1-(L1M+L2M+L3M+L4M+L5M+L6M)/6)
The WRO and WSO oscillators are generally plotted together on a separate
scale from the price plot. It is helpful to add horizontal lines at zero and
100 on this same scale. Horizontal lines can be added by clicking on the
indicator and selecting "horizontal lines" from the Indicator Properties
These formulas run much faster (by 40 times) than the earlier formulas,
and theyve been tested successfully with both end-of-day data and
real-time data using MetaStock Professional Version 6.51.
(Go Top)
Weekly High Low Wave
if(H,>,ref(hhv(H,40),-1),1, if(L,<,ref(llv(L,40),-1), -1,0))
(Go Top)
Weekly Oscillator Segment
mov(oscp(43,86,S,%),43,S)
(Go Top)
Weekly Price Oscillator
mov(oscp(10,20,S,%),10,S)
(Go Top)
Wilder's Volatility
In his book New Concepts in Technical Trading Systems, J. Welles Wilder Jr.
talks about volatility and describes his Volatility Index and Volatility
System. Both of these can be performed in MetaStock for Windows. This
document describes how to construct both the index and the system.
The Volatility Index (VI) is described by Wilder as:
VI Today = (13 * VI Prev + TR1) / 14 *where TR1 is today's true range.
He defines the true range as the greatest of the following:
1.
The distance from today's high to today's low
2.
The distance from yesterday's close to today's high, or
3.
The distance from yesterday's close to today's low.
In MetaStock version 5.0 or higher you would use the following function.
VI Today = ATR(14)
The Volatility System is:
Enter Long
Cross(C,Ref(LLV(C,7),-1)+(Ref(ATR(7),-1)*3))
Enter Short
Cross(Ref(HHV(C,7),-1)-(Ref(ATR(7),-1)*3),C)
Zero Lag EMA
Here's my Metastock 6.2 coded version of the Zero Lag Moving Average,
as described in the April, 2000, issue of Technical Analysis of Stocks and
Commodities. I've also used it to construct a Zero Lag MACD and a Zero
Lag MACD trigger signal.
Period:= Input("What Period",1,250,10);
EMA1:= Mov(CLOSE,Period,E);
EMA2:= Mov(EMA1,Period,E);

## Difference:= EMA1 - EMA2;

ZeroLagEMA:= EMA1 + Difference;
ZeroLagEMA
(Go Top)
Zero Lag MACD
EMA1:= Mov(CLOSE,13,E);
EMA2:= Mov(EMA1,13,E);
Difference:= EMA1 - EMA2;
ZeroLagEMA13:= EMA1 + Difference;
EMA1:= Mov(CLOSE,21,E);
EMA2:= Mov(EMA1,21,E);
Difference:= EMA1 - EMA2;
ZeroLagEMA21:= EMA1 + Difference;
ZeroLagMACD:=ZeroLagEMA13 - ZeroLagEMA21;
ZeroLagMACD
(Go Top)
Zero Lag MACD Trigger Signal
(To be used with the ZeroLag MACD above)
EMA1:= Mov(CLOSE,13,E);
EMA2:= Mov(EMA1,13,E);
Difference:= EMA1 - EMA2;
ZeroLagEMA13:= EMA1 + Difference;
EMA1:= Mov(CLOSE,21,E);
EMA2:= Mov(EMA1,21,E);
Difference:= EMA1 - EMA2;
ZeroLagEMA21:= EMA1 + Difference;
ZeroLagMACD:=ZeroLagEMA13 - ZeroLagEMA21;
EMA1:= Mov(ZeroLagMACD,8,E);
EMA2:= Mov(EMA1,8,E);
Difference:= EMA1 - EMA2;
ZeroLagTRIG:= EMA1 + Difference;
ZeroLagTRIG
(Go Top)
Zig Zag Validity
perc:=Input("Percent",2,100,10);
Z:=Zig(C,perc,%);
last:=ValueWhen(1,
( Z > Ref(Z,-1) AND Ref(Z,-1) < Ref(Z,-2) )
OR
( Z < Ref(Z,-1) AND Ref(Z,-1) > Ref(Z,-2) ),
Ref(Z,-1));
pc:=(C-last) * 100 / last;
pc:= Abs(pc);
SD:=(z>Ref(z,-1) AND Ref(z,-1)>Ref(z,-2)) OR (z<Ref(z,-1) AND
Ref(z,-1)<Ref(z,-2));
res:=If(pc>=perc ,1,0);
(Go Top)
Zigzag Validity Indicator
Spyros Raftopoulos
1=valid last leg of zig,
-1=invalid last leg of zig.
DO NOT use this indicator in systems}

perc:=Input("Percent",0.2,100,10);
Z:=Zig(C,perc,%);
last:=ValueWhen(1,
( Z > Ref(Z,-1) AND Ref(Z,-1) < Ref(Z,-2) )
OR
( Z < Ref(Z,-1) AND Ref(Z,-1) > Ref(Z,-2) ),
Ref(Z,-1));
pc:=(C-last) * 100 / last;
pc:= Abs(pc);
SD:=(z>Ref(z,-1) AND Ref(z,-1)>Ref(z,-2)) OR (z<Ref(z,-1) AND
Ref(z,-1)<Ref(z,-2));
res:=If(pc>=perc ,1,0);
res:= If(Alert(res,2) AND SD,1,res);
res
(Go Top)
ZigZag - Hi/Lo
{ High/Low ZigZag v1.0 }{ Plot on price chart }{ Copyright 2004 Jose
Silva }{ josesilva22@yahoo.com }
pr:=Input("ZigZag reversal amount", 0.001,100000,5);
choose:=Input("Hi/Lo ZigZag, Close ZZ, Peaks/Troughs",1,3,1);
pk:=PeakBars(1,H,pr)=0;
tr:=TroughBars(1,L,pr)=0;
pktr:=pk-tr;
zz:=Zig(C,pr,%);
zzHi:=Zig(H,pr,%);
zzLo:=Zig(L,pr,%);
avg:=(zzHi+zzLo)/2;
x:=
If(pk,zzHi,If(tr,zzLo,If(avg>Ref(avg,-1),H,L)));
zzHiLo:=Zig(x,pr,%);
If(choose=1,zzHiLo,If(choose=2,zz,pktr))

## Email ThisBlogThis!Share to TwitterShare to FacebookShare to Pinterest

Home
Subscribe to: Posts (Atom)
Translate

Popular Posts

## Supertrend Indicator - for catching trends with effective stoploss

Supertrend Indicator on 5 min Nifty futures chart Copyright Suresh
Gundappa 2012 SuperTrend was developed by Olivier Seban , This ind...
15 Basic Rules for Using Bollinger Bands
Guest Author: B Y J O H N B O L L I N G E R Bollinger Bands are available
on MetaStock and most charting software. They have become popu...
RSI, The Secret Weapon For Trend Trading
Before you go jumping to any conclusions, read this through. There are
many uses for RSI (Relative Strength Index). The way we are go...

## An example of multi time frame NIfty trade - 250 points gain!! .

Nifty 10 min charts March 2013 with Metastock SURE indicator, copyright
Suresh Gundappa. I got lot of mails last week to show an ...
by RAMI One of my favorite trading setups is the Gartley Pattern a.k.a The
Butterfly. Some of the variations of this pattern off...

## Top 5 performing NSE charts YTD using Metastock "SURE" Indicator.

As we approach March as well as the first quarter end, year 2013 has been
eventful and is being heralded as "traders graveyard" y...
BTST or STBT:Intraday low or high is taken out during the last hour of
If an Intraday low or high is taken out during the last hour of trading , then
it`s a good sign to do STBT or BTST kind of trades. 7 out o...

CNX Bank Nifty - NSE Futures chart and performance : June 2013 to August
2013 using Metastock "SURE" indicator.

As we approach September start... I can say that Bank Nifty has delivered
"single trade" best performance over last four years. ...
Five uses of the RSI in analyzing Equity/commodity charts
In Mr. Wilders book-" New Concepts in Technical Trading Systems" , he
discusses five uses of the RSI in analyzing commodity c...
How to interpret futures price and open interest
By Sahaj Agrawal, AVP- Derivatives, Kotak Securities Every investment
that we make- as players or as investors, is made on solid reason...